This commit was manufactured by cvs2svn to create tag

'RELENG_4_6_0_RELEASE'.

Makefile.inc1

@@ -744,7 +744,6 @@ includes:
 # libradius: libmd
 # libreadline: libncurses
 # libskey: libcrypt libmd
-# libssh: libcrypto libz
 # libstc++: msun
 # libtacplus: libmd
 #
@@ -754,7 +753,7 @@ includes:
 # kerberosIV/lib kerberos5/lib: lib/libcrypt
 # lib/libpam: secure/lib/libcrypto kerberosIV/lib/libkrb \
 #             secure/lib/libssh lib/libz
-# secure/lib: secure/lib/libcrypto lib/libmd lib/libz
+# secure/lib: lib/libmd
 #
 .if exists(${.CURDIR}/lib/csu/${MACHINE_ARCH}.pcc)
 _csu=	lib/csu/${MACHINE_ARCH}.pcc
@@ -764,11 +763,8 @@ _csu=	lib/csu/i386-elf
 _csu=	lib/csu/${MACHINE_ARCH}
 .endif
 
-.if exists(${.CURDIR}/secure) && !defined(NOCRYPT) && !defined(NOSECURE)
+.if !defined(NOSECURE) && !defined(NOCRYPT)
 _secure_lib=	secure/lib
-.if exists(${.CURDIR}/secure/lib/libcrypto)
-_libcrypto=	secure/lib/libcrypto
-.endif
 .endif
 
 .if !defined(NOCRYPT) && defined(MAKE_KERBEROS4)
@@ -789,10 +785,10 @@ _libkeycap=	usr.sbin/pcvt/keycap
 
 libraries:
 .for _lib in ${_csu} gnu/lib/csu gnu/lib/libgcc lib/libmd lib/libcrypt \
-    lib/libz ${_libcrypto} ${_secure_lib} ${_kerberosIV_lib} \
+    ${_secure_lib} ${_kerberosIV_lib} \
     ${_kerberos5_lib} lib/libcom_err lib/msun lib/libncurses \
     lib/libopie lib/libradius lib/libskey lib/libtacplus lib/libutil \
-    lib gnu/lib ${_libperl} usr.bin/lex/lib ${_libkeycap}
+    lib/libz lib gnu/lib ${_libperl} usr.bin/lex/lib ${_libkeycap}
 .if exists(${.CURDIR}/${_lib})
 	cd ${.CURDIR}/${_lib}; \
 		${MAKE} depend; \

UPDATING

@@ -8,14 +8,6 @@ A reverse chronology since 4.0 was released is included, followed by
 the common items quick how-tos, followed by entries for versions of
 -current prior to 4.0 Release.
 
-20020703:
-	The install(1) utility no longer allows the -d and -C options
-	to be specified together.  "INSTALL=install -C" in make.conf
-	should be replaced with "COPY=-C".
-
-20020615:
-	FreeBSD 4.6-RELEASE.
-
 20020515:
 	The k5su utility installed as part of Kerberos 5 is no longer
 	installed with the set-user-ID bit set by default.  Add

bin/cat/cat.c

@@ -135,14 +135,13 @@ scanfiles(argv, cooked)
 {
 	int i = 0;
 	char *path;
-	FILE *fp;
 
 	while ((path = argv[i]) != NULL || i == 0) {
 		int fd;
 
 		if (path == NULL || strcmp(path, "-") == 0) {
 			filename = "stdin";
-			fd = STDIN_FILENO;
+			fd = 0;
 		} else {
 			filename = path;
 			fd = open(path, O_RDONLY);
@@ -155,17 +154,12 @@ scanfiles(argv, cooked)
 			warn("%s", path);
 			rval = 1;
 		} else if (cooked) {
-			if (fd == STDIN_FILENO)
-				cook_cat(stdin);
-			else {
-				fp = fdopen(fd, "r");
-				cook_cat(fp);
-				fclose(fp);
-			}
+			FILE *fp = fdopen(fd, "r");
+			cook_cat(fp);
+			fclose(fp);
 		} else {
 			raw_cat(fd);
-			if (fd != STDIN_FILENO)
-				close(fd);
+			close(fd);
 		}
 		if (path == NULL)
 			break;
@@ -179,10 +173,6 @@ cook_cat(fp)
 {
 	register int ch, gobble, line, prev;
 
-	/* Reset EOF condition on stdin. */
-	if (fp == stdin && feof(stdin))
-		clearerr(stdin);
-
 	line = gobble = 0;
 	for (prev = '\n'; (ch = getc(fp)) != EOF; prev = ch) {
 		if (prev == '\n') {

bin/df/df.c

@@ -209,9 +209,11 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 	rv = 0;
 	if (!*argv) {
 		mntsize = regetmntinfo(&mntbuf, mntsize, vfslist);
-		bzero(&maxwidths, sizeof(maxwidths));
-		for (i = 0; i < mntsize; i++)
-			update_maxwidths(&maxwidths, &mntbuf[i]);
+		if (vfslist != NULL) {
+			bzero(&maxwidths, sizeof(maxwidths));
+			for (i = 0; i < mntsize; i++)
+				update_maxwidths(&maxwidths, &mntbuf[i]);
+		}
 		for (i = 0; i < mntsize; i++) {
 			if (aflag || (mntbuf[i].f_flags & MNT_IGNORE) == 0)
 				prtstat(&mntbuf[i], &maxwidths);

bin/ed/ed.1

@@ -12,36 +12,19 @@
 .Op Fl sx
 .Op Fl p Ar string
 .Op Ar file
-.LP
-.Nm red
-.Op Fl
-.Op Fl sx
-.Op Fl p Ar string
-.Op Ar file
+.\" .LP
+.\" red [-] [-sx] [-p \fIstring\fR] [\fIfile\fR]
 .Sh DESCRIPTION
 The
 .Nm
 utility is a line-oriented text editor.
 It is used to create, display, modify and otherwise manipulate text
 files.
-When invoked as
-.Nm red ,
-the editor runs in
-.Qq restricted
-mode, in which the only difference is that the editor restricts the
-use of filenames which start with
-.Ql \&!
-(interpreted as shell commands by
-.Nm ed )
-or contain a
-.Ql \&/ .
-Note that editing outside of the current directory is only prohibited
-if the user does not have write access to the current directory.
-If a user has write access to the current directory, then symbolic
-links can be created in the current directory, in which case
-.Nm red
-will not stop the user from editing the file that the symbolic link
-points to.
+.\" .B red
+.\" is a restricted
+.\" .BR ed :
+.\" it can only edit files in the current
+.\" directory and cannot execute shell commands.
 .Pp
 If invoked with a
 .Ar file

bin/mv/mv.c

@@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ copy(from, to)
 	int pid, status;
 
 	if ((pid = fork()) == 0) {
-		execl(_PATH_CP, "mv", vflg ? "-PRpv" : "-PRp", "--", from, to,
+		execl(_PATH_CP, "mv", vflg ? "-PRpv" : "-PRp", from, to,
 		    (char *)NULL);
 		warn("%s", _PATH_CP);
 		_exit(1);
@@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ copy(from, to)
 		return (1);
 	}
 	if (!(pid = vfork())) {
-		execl(_PATH_RM, "mv", "-rf", "--", from, (char *)NULL);
+		execl(_PATH_RM, "mv", "-rf", from, (char *)NULL);
 		warn("%s", _PATH_RM);
 		_exit(1);
 	}

bin/pax/pax.1

@@ -179,9 +179,8 @@
 .Op Ar
 .Ar directory
 .Sh DESCRIPTION
-The
-.Nm
-utility will read, write, and list the members of an archive file,
+.Nm Pax
+will read, write, and list the members of an archive file,
 and will copy directory hierarchies.
 .Nm Pax
 operation is independent of the specific archive format,
@@ -203,7 +202,8 @@ and
 .Bl -tag -width 6n
 .It <none>
 .Em List .
-Write to
+.Nm Pax
+will write to
 .Dv standard output
 a table of contents of the members of the archive file read from
 .Dv standard input ,
@@ -213,7 +213,8 @@ The table of contents contains one filename per line
 and is written using single line buffering.
 .It Fl r
 .Em Read .
-Extract the members of the archive file read from the
+.Nm Pax
+extracts the members of the archive file read from the
 .Dv standard input ,
 with pathnames matching the specified
 .Ar patterns .
@@ -227,7 +228,8 @@ the extracted files are discussed in more detail under the
 option.
 .It Fl w
 .Em Write .
-Write an archive containing the
+.Nm Pax
+writes an archive containing the
 .Ar file
 operands to
 .Dv standard output
@@ -242,7 +244,8 @@ operand is also a directory, the entire file hierarchy rooted
 at that directory will be included.
 .It Fl r Fl w
 .Em Copy .
-Copy the
+.Nm Pax
+copies the
 .Ar file
 operands to the destination
 .Ar directory .
@@ -462,17 +465,15 @@ operand,
 will prompt to
 .Pa /dev/tty
 giving the name of the file, its file mode and its modification time.
-The
-.Nm
-utility will then read a line from
+.Nm Pax
+will then read a line from
 .Pa /dev/tty .
 If this line is blank, the file or archive member is skipped.
 If this line consists of a single period, the
 file or archive member is processed with no modification to its name.
 Otherwise, its name is replaced with the contents of the line.
-The
-.Nm
-utility will immediately exit with a non-zero exit status if
+.Nm Pax
+will immediately exit with a non-zero exit status if
 .Dv <EOF>
 is encountered when reading a response or if
 .Pa /dev/tty
@@ -690,9 +691,8 @@ is not buffered, and is written only after the file has been read or written.
 .It Fl x Ar format
 Specify the output archive format, with the default format being
 .Ar ustar .
-The
-.Nm
-utility currently supports the following formats:
+.Nm Pax
+currently supports the following formats:
 .Bl -tag -width "sv4cpio"
 .It Ar cpio
 The extended cpio interchange format specified in the
@@ -753,9 +753,8 @@ The default blocksize for this format is 10240 bytes.
 Pathnames stored by this format must be 250 characters or less in length.
 .El
 .Pp
-The
-.Nm
-utility will detect and report any file that it is unable to store or extract
+.Nm Pax
+will detect and report any file that it is unable to store or extract
 as the result of any specific archive format restrictions.
 The individual archive formats may impose additional restrictions on use.
 Typical archive format restrictions include (but are not limited to):
@@ -1146,9 +1145,8 @@ utility appeared in
 .An Keith Muller
 at the University of California, San Diego
 .Sh DIAGNOSTICS
-The
-.Nm
-utility will exit with one of the following values:
+.Nm Pax
+will exit with one of the following values:
 .Bl -tag -width 2n
 .It 0
 All files were processed successfully.

bin/ps/ps.1

@@ -51,9 +51,7 @@
 .Nm
 .Op Fl L
 .Sh DESCRIPTION
-The
-.Nm
-utility
+.Nm Ps
 displays a header line followed by lines containing information about your
 processes that have controlling terminals.
 This information is sorted by controlling terminal, then by process
@@ -327,9 +325,7 @@ When printing using the command keyword, a process that has exited and
 has a parent that has not yet waited for the process (in other words, a zombie)
 is listed as ``<defunct>'', and a process which is blocked while trying
 to exit is listed as ``<exiting>''.
-The
-.Nm
-utility
+.Nm Ps
 makes an educated guess as to the file name and arguments given when the
 process was created by examining memory or the swap area.
 The method is inherently somewhat unreliable and in any event a process

bin/pwd/pwd.1

@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
 .\"     @(#)pwd.1	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/28/95
 .\" $FreeBSD$
 .\"
-.Dd February 4, 2002
+.Dd April 28, 1995
 .Dt PWD 1
 .Os
 .Sh NAME
@@ -43,11 +43,9 @@
 .Nd return working directory name
 .Sh SYNOPSIS
 .Nm
-.Op Fl LP
 .Sh DESCRIPTION
-The
-.Nm
-utility writes the absolute pathname of the current working directory to
+.Nm Pwd
+writes the absolute pathname of the current working directory to
 the standard output.
 .Pp
 Some shells may provide a builtin
@@ -56,32 +54,17 @@ command which is similar or identical to this utility.
 Consult the
 .Xr builtin 1
 manual page.
-.Pp
-The options are as follows:
-.Bl -tag -width indent
-.It Fl L
-Display the logical current working directory.
-.It Fl P
-Display the physical current working directory (all symbolic links resolved).
-.El
-.Pp
-If no options are specified, the
-.Fl P
-option is assumed.
-.Sh ENVIRONMENT
-Environment variables used by
-.Nm :
-.Bl -tag -width ".Ev PWD"
-.It Ev PWD
-Logical current working directory.
-.El
 .Sh DIAGNOSTICS
 .Ex -std
 .Sh STANDARDS
 The
 .Nm
-utility conforms to
-.St -p1003.1-2001 .
+utility is expected to be
+.St -p1003.2
+compatible.
+The
+.Fl L
+flag is not supported.
 .Sh SEE ALSO
 .Xr builtin 1 ,
 .Xr cd 1 ,
@@ -97,9 +80,3 @@ is always faster because it is built into that shell.
 However, it can give a different answer in the rare case
 that the current directory or a containing directory was moved after
 the shell descended into it.
-.Pp
-The
-.Fl L
-option does not work unless the
-.Ev PWD
-environment variable is exported by the shell.

bin/pwd/pwd.c

@@ -45,45 +45,34 @@ static const char rcsid[] =
   "$FreeBSD$";
 #endif /* not lint */
 
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-
 #include <err.h>
-#include <errno.h>
 #include <limits.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <unistd.h>
 #include <sys/param.h>
 
-static char *getcwd_logical(void);
-void usage(void);
+int main __P((int, char *[]));
+void usage __P((void));
 
 int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
+main(argc, argv)
+	int argc;
+	char *argv[];
 {
-	int physical;
 	int ch;
 	char *p;
 	char buf[PATH_MAX];
 
-	if (strcmp(getprogname(), "realpath") == 0) {
-		if (argc != 2)
-			usage();
-		if ((p = realpath(argv[1], buf)) == NULL)
-			err(1, "%s", argv[1]);
-		(void)printf("%s\n", p);
-		exit(0);
-	}
-
-	physical = 1;
-	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "LP")) != -1)
+	/*
+	 * Flags for pwd are a bit strange.  The POSIX 1003.2B/D9 document
+	 * has an optional -P flag for physical, which is what this program
+	 * will produce by default.  The logical flag, -L, should fail, as
+	 * there's no way to display a logical path after forking.
+	 */
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "P")) != -1)
 		switch (ch) {
-		case 'L':
-			physical = 0;
-			break;
 		case 'P':
-			physical = 1;
 			break;
 		case '?':
 		default:
@@ -92,50 +81,27 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 	argc -= optind;
 	argv += optind;
 
-	if (argc != 0)
+	if (argc == 1) {
+		p = realpath(argv[0], buf);
+		if (p == NULL)
+			err(1, "%s", argv[0]);
+		(void)printf("%s\n", p);
+	} else  if (argc == 0) {
+		p = getcwd(NULL, (size_t)0);
+		if (p == NULL)
+			err(1, ".");
+		(void)printf("%s\n", p);
+	} else {
 		usage();
-
-	/*
-	 * If we're trying to find the logical current directory and that
-	 * fails, behave as if -P was specified.
-	 */
-	if ((!physical && (p = getcwd_logical()) != NULL) ||
-	    (p = getcwd(NULL, 0)) != NULL)
-		printf("%s\n", p);
-	else
-		err(1, ".");
+	}
 
 	exit(0);
 }
 
 void
-usage(void)
+usage()
 {
 
-	if (strcmp(getprogname(), "realpath") == 0)
-		(void)fprintf(stderr, "usage: realpath [path]\n");
-	else
-		(void)fprintf(stderr, "usage: pwd [-LP]\n");
-  	exit(1);
-}
-
-static char *
-getcwd_logical(void)
-{
-	struct stat log, phy;
-	char *pwd;
-
-	/*
-	 * Check that $PWD is an absolute logical pathname referring to
-	 * the current working directory.
-	 */
-	if ((pwd = getenv("PWD")) != NULL && *pwd == '/') {
-		if (stat(pwd, &log) == -1 || stat(".", &phy) == -1)
-			return (NULL);
-		if (log.st_dev == phy.st_dev && log.st_ino == phy.st_ino)
-			return (pwd);
-	}
-
-	errno = ENOENT;
-	return (NULL);
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "usage: pwd\n");
+	exit(1);
 }

bin/sh/miscbltin.c

@@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ ulimitcmd(argc, argv)
 	struct rlimit	limit;
 
 	what = 'f';
-	while ((optc = nextopt("HSatfdsmcnuvlb")) != '\0')
+	while ((optc = nextopt("HSatfdsmcnulb")) != '\0')
 		switch (optc) {
 		case 'H':
 			how = HARD;

bin/sh/sh.1

@@ -1331,19 +1331,17 @@ environment variable if no
 is specified.
 If
 .Ar directory
-does not begin with
-.Pa / ,
-.Pa \&. ,
+is not found as a subdirectory of the current directory
+(and does not begin with
+.Dq Li / ,
+.Dq Li ./ ,
 or
-.Pa .. ,
+.Dq Li ../ ) ,
 then the directories listed in the
 .Ev CDPATH
 variable will be
 searched for the specified
 .Ar directory .
-If
-.Ev CDPATH
-is unset, the current directory is searched.
 The format of
 .Ar CDPATH
 is the same as that of
@@ -1817,7 +1815,7 @@ for commands and tracked aliases
 the complete pathname of the command is printed.
 .It Xo
 .Ic ulimit
-.Op Fl HSabcdflmnstuv
+.Op Fl HSabcdflmnust
 .Op Ar limit
 .Xc
 Set or display resource limits (see
@@ -1878,8 +1876,6 @@ The maximal size of the stack segment, in kilobytes.
 The maximal amount of CPU time to be used by each process, in seconds.
 .It Fl u Ar userproc
 The maximal number of simultaneous processes for this user ID.
-.It Fl v Ar virtualmem
-The maximal virtual size of a process, in kilobytes.
 .El
 .It Ic umask Op Ar mask
 Set the file creation mask (see

contrib/bind/doc/misc/rfc2317-notes.txt

@@ -1,105 +0,0 @@
-Message-Id: <[email protected]>
-To: ...
-Subject: Notes on RFC-2317
-Date: Mon, 22 May 2000 22:46:55 -0400
-From: Kimmo Suominen <[email protected]>
-
-Hi!
-
-I wrote down some notes on RFC-2317.  I've had discussions with all of
-you regarding classless IN-ADDR.ARPA delegations, and I would very much
-appreciate any comments you may have.  Please feel free to forward this
-to other parties as you see necessary or appropriate.
-
-The goal of these notes is to try and clarify the reasoning behind the
-recommendations I've been making on implementing RFC-2317 delegations.
-In particular the following issues keep coming up with again and again
-with each vendor:
-
-    - why use "-" instead of "/"
-    - why use particular NS records
-    - why delegate within IN-ADDR.ARPA
-
-I am hoping that the these notes could eventually be used to convince
-ISPs to provide an efficient and smooth implementation of RFC-2317 with
-the least amount of headache for the end-user.
-
-Regards,
-+ Kim
-
-
-
-NOTES ON IMPLEMENTING CLASSLESS IN-ADDR.ARPA DELEGATION PER RFC-2317
-
-1.  Selecting the CNAME target zone
-
-    RFC-2317 shows an example case where the target zone is a delegated
-    sub-zone of the IN-ADDR.ARPA zone for the natural class C network.
-    This will allow for the NS records for the zone can be independently
-    selected (see benefits described below).  An example of such a zone
-    would be 0-28.150.80.204.IN-ADDR.ARPA.
-
-    Now pay careful attention to the last paragraph of RFC-2317.  There
-    are broken resolver implementations that apply the "valid host name"
-    restrictions on the CNAME target (it should only be applied to the
-    PTR target name).  To avoid problems with such implementations it
-    is best to use a character that is allowed in a hostname.  I prefer
-    using a hyphen, as I did in the example above.
-
-    Some ISPs may at first refuse to delegate these zones (without any
-    explanation).  Approach such ISPs with the reasoning in here first,
-    but if that fails consider using your "forward" zone as a fallback.
-
-    There is nothing magic about the IN-ADDR.ARPA zone for RFC-2317
-    delegations.  You will have to sacrifice the optimization provided
-    by a correct IN-ADDR.ARPA delegation, but you will still retain
-    the ease of local administration for all name changes.
-
-    I recommend using a dedicated subdomain for the PTR records, e.g. if
-    your "forward" domain is "HOME.GW.COM" use "REV.HOME.GW.COM" for the
-    PTR records.
-
-2.  Selecting the NS records
-
-    The NS records for the delegated zone should include all the NS
-    records of the parent zone, in addition to any NS records pointing
-    to the public name servers the delegate may want to use.  Having the
-    name servers of the parent zone secondary the delegated zone allows
-    them to have the necessary authoritative data to return the CNAME
-    target in the additional records of a response to a PTR record query
-    (minimizing the number of queries needed to resolve an address).
-
-    This can be achieved using any zone (i.e. even a subdomain of your
-    "forward" domain), of course.  However, having the ISP delegate an
-    IN-ADDR.ARPA zone for your PTR records rather than you delegating a
-    zone to your ISP maintains the logical "owner" and "delegate" roles.
-
-    If the primary server for the delegated zone is not permanently on
-    the Internet (e.g. a dial-on-demand connection) then you would not
-    want to advertise it in the NS records.  It would just be a stealth
-    server which the advertised secondaries poll for updates.
-
-3.  Example delegation
-
-    To delegate our example zone 0-28.150.80.204.IN-ADDR.ARPA first look
-    at the NS records of the parent zone 150.80.204.IN-ADDR.ARPA.  Let's
-    say they are the following:
-
-        $ORIGIN 150.80.204.IN-ADDR.ARPA.
-        @    IN NS GRENDEL.GW.COM.
-             IN NS PYRY.GW.COM.
-
-    To delegate 204.80.150.0/28 to SRV.HOME.GW.COM you would then insert
-    these records in the parent zone data:
-
-        $ORIGIN 150.80.204.IN-ADDR.ARPA.
-        0-28 IN NS SRV.HOME.GW.COM.
-             IN NS GRENDEL.GW.COM.
-             IN NS PYRY.GW.COM.
-        $GENERATE 0-15 $ IN CNAME $.0-28.150.80.204.IN-ADDR.ARPA.
-
-    The necessary modifications to /etc/named.conf will be left as an
-    exercise to the reader.
-
-Kimmo Suominen
-Global Wire Oy

contrib/binutils/bfd/archive64.c

@@ -1,245 +0,0 @@
-/* MIPS-specific support for 64-bit ELF
-   Copyright 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
-   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support
-   Linker support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
-   <[email protected]>
-
-This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-(at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* This file supports the 64-bit (MIPS) ELF archives.  */
-
-#include "bfd.h"
-#include "sysdep.h"
-#include "libbfd.h"
-#include "aout/ar.h"
-
-/* Irix 6 defines a 64bit archive map format, so that they can
-   have archives more than 4 GB in size.  */
-
-boolean bfd_elf64_archive_slurp_armap PARAMS ((bfd *));
-boolean bfd_elf64_archive_write_armap
-  PARAMS ((bfd *, unsigned int, struct orl *, unsigned int, int));
-
-/* Read an Irix 6 armap.  */
-
-boolean
-bfd_elf64_archive_slurp_armap (abfd)
-     bfd *abfd;
-{
-  struct artdata *ardata = bfd_ardata (abfd);
-  char nextname[17];
-  file_ptr arhdrpos;
-  bfd_size_type i, parsed_size, nsymz, stringsize, carsym_size, ptrsize;
-  struct areltdata *mapdata;
-  bfd_byte int_buf[8];
-  char *stringbase;
-  bfd_byte *raw_armap = NULL;
-  carsym *carsyms;
-  bfd_size_type amt;
-
-  ardata->symdefs = NULL;
-
-  /* Get the name of the first element.  */
-  arhdrpos = bfd_tell (abfd);
-  i = bfd_bread ((PTR) nextname, (bfd_size_type) 16, abfd);
-  if (i == 0)
-    return true;
-  if (i != 16)
-    return false;
-
-  if (bfd_seek (abfd, (file_ptr) - 16, SEEK_CUR) != 0)
-    return false;
-
-  /* Archives with traditional armaps are still permitted.  */
-  if (strncmp (nextname, "/               ", 16) == 0)
-    return bfd_slurp_armap (abfd);
-
-  if (strncmp (nextname, "/SYM64/         ", 16) != 0)
-    {
-      bfd_has_map (abfd) = false;
-      return true;
-    }
-
-  mapdata = (struct areltdata *) _bfd_read_ar_hdr (abfd);
-  if (mapdata == NULL)
-    return false;
-  parsed_size = mapdata->parsed_size;
-  bfd_release (abfd, (PTR) mapdata);
-
-  if (bfd_bread (int_buf, (bfd_size_type) 8, abfd) != 8)
-    {
-      if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call)
-	bfd_set_error (bfd_error_malformed_archive);
-      return false;
-    }
-
-  nsymz = bfd_getb64 (int_buf);
-  stringsize = parsed_size - 8 * nsymz - 8;
-
-  carsym_size = nsymz * sizeof (carsym);
-  ptrsize = 8 * nsymz;
-
-  amt = carsym_size + stringsize + 1;
-  ardata->symdefs = (carsym *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
-  if (ardata->symdefs == NULL)
-    return false;
-  carsyms = ardata->symdefs;
-  stringbase = ((char *) ardata->symdefs) + carsym_size;
-
-  raw_armap = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc (abfd, ptrsize);
-  if (raw_armap == NULL)
-    goto release_symdefs;
-
-  if (bfd_bread (raw_armap, ptrsize, abfd) != ptrsize
-      || bfd_bread (stringbase, stringsize, abfd) != stringsize)
-    {
-      if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call)
-	bfd_set_error (bfd_error_malformed_archive);
-      goto release_raw_armap;
-    }
-
-  for (i = 0; i < nsymz; i++)
-    {
-      carsyms->file_offset = bfd_getb64 (raw_armap + i * 8);
-      carsyms->name = stringbase;
-      stringbase += strlen (stringbase) + 1;
-      ++carsyms;
-    }
-  *stringbase = '\0';
-
-  ardata->symdef_count = nsymz;
-  ardata->first_file_filepos = bfd_tell (abfd);
-  /* Pad to an even boundary if you have to.  */
-  ardata->first_file_filepos += (ardata->first_file_filepos) % 2;
-
-  bfd_has_map (abfd) = true;
-  bfd_release (abfd, raw_armap);
-
-  return true;
-
-release_raw_armap:
-  bfd_release (abfd, raw_armap);
-release_symdefs:
-  bfd_release (abfd, ardata->symdefs);
-  return false;
-}
-
-/* Write out an Irix 6 armap.  The Irix 6 tools are supposed to be
-   able to handle ordinary ELF armaps, but at least on Irix 6.2 the
-   linker crashes.  */
-
-boolean
-bfd_elf64_archive_write_armap (arch, elength, map, symbol_count, stridx)
-     bfd *arch;
-     unsigned int elength;
-     struct orl *map;
-     unsigned int symbol_count;
-     int stridx;
-{
-  unsigned int ranlibsize = (symbol_count * 8) + 8;
-  unsigned int stringsize = stridx;
-  unsigned int mapsize = stringsize + ranlibsize;
-  file_ptr archive_member_file_ptr;
-  bfd *current = arch->archive_head;
-  unsigned int count;
-  struct ar_hdr hdr;
-  unsigned int i;
-  int padding;
-  bfd_byte buf[8];
-
-  padding = BFD_ALIGN (mapsize, 8) - mapsize;
-  mapsize += padding;
-
-  /* work out where the first object file will go in the archive */
-  archive_member_file_ptr = (mapsize
-			     + elength
-			     + sizeof (struct ar_hdr)
-			     + SARMAG);
-
-  memset ((char *) (&hdr), 0, sizeof (struct ar_hdr));
-  strcpy (hdr.ar_name, "/SYM64/");
-  sprintf (hdr.ar_size, "%-10d", (int) mapsize);
-  sprintf (hdr.ar_date, "%ld", (long) time (NULL));
-  /* This, at least, is what Intel coff sets the values to.: */
-  sprintf ((hdr.ar_uid), "%d", 0);
-  sprintf ((hdr.ar_gid), "%d", 0);
-  sprintf ((hdr.ar_mode), "%-7o", (unsigned) 0);
-  strncpy (hdr.ar_fmag, ARFMAG, 2);
-
-  for (i = 0; i < sizeof (struct ar_hdr); i++)
-    if (((char *) (&hdr))[i] == '\0')
-      (((char *) (&hdr))[i]) = ' ';
-
-  /* Write the ar header for this item and the number of symbols */
-
-  if (bfd_bwrite ((PTR) &hdr, (bfd_size_type) sizeof (struct ar_hdr), arch)
-      != sizeof (struct ar_hdr))
-    return false;
-
-  bfd_putb64 ((bfd_vma) symbol_count, buf);
-  if (bfd_bwrite (buf, (bfd_size_type) 8, arch) != 8)
-    return false;
-
-  /* Two passes, first write the file offsets for each symbol -
-     remembering that each offset is on a two byte boundary.  */
-
-  /* Write out the file offset for the file associated with each
-     symbol, and remember to keep the offsets padded out.  */
-
-  current = arch->archive_head;
-  count = 0;
-  while (current != (bfd *) NULL && count < symbol_count)
-    {
-      /* For each symbol which is used defined in this object, write out
-	 the object file's address in the archive */
-
-      while (map[count].u.abfd == current)
-	{
-	  bfd_putb64 ((bfd_vma) archive_member_file_ptr, buf);
-	  if (bfd_bwrite (buf, (bfd_size_type) 8, arch) != 8)
-	    return false;
-	  count++;
-	}
-      /* Add size of this archive entry */
-      archive_member_file_ptr += (arelt_size (current)
-				  + sizeof (struct ar_hdr));
-      /* remember about the even alignment */
-      archive_member_file_ptr += archive_member_file_ptr % 2;
-      current = current->next;
-    }
-
-  /* now write the strings themselves */
-  for (count = 0; count < symbol_count; count++)
-    {
-      size_t len = strlen (*map[count].name) + 1;
-
-      if (bfd_bwrite (*map[count].name, (bfd_size_type) len, arch) != len)
-	return false;
-    }
-
-  /* The spec says that this should be padded to an 8 byte boundary.
-     However, the Irix 6.2 tools do not appear to do this.  */
-  while (padding != 0)
-    {
-      if (bfd_bwrite ("", (bfd_size_type) 1, arch) != 1)
-	return false;
-      --padding;
-    }
-
-  return true;
-}

contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/header.sed

@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-s|\(.*\) [^ ]*header.sed.*|\1|
-s|[^ ]*/||g
-s|^ *|"|
-s| |", "|g
-s|$|"|
-s|, \([^ ]*\)$| and \1|
-s|^|/* DO NOT EDIT!  -*- buffer-read-only: t -*-  This file is automatically generated from |
-s|\(.\{60\}[^ ]* \)|\1\
-   |g
-s|$|.\
-   Run "make headers" in your build bfd/ to regenerate.  */\
-|

contrib/binutils/bfd/elf-strtab.c

@@ -1,449 +0,0 @@
-/* ELF strtab with GC and suffix merging support.
-   Copyright 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   Written by Jakub Jelinek <[email protected]>.
-
-This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-(at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#include "bfd.h"
-#include "sysdep.h"
-#include "libbfd.h"
-#include "elf-bfd.h"
-#include "hashtab.h"
-
-/* An entry in the strtab hash table.  */
-
-struct elf_strtab_hash_entry
-{
-  struct bfd_hash_entry root;
-  /* Length of this entry.  */
-  unsigned int len;
-  unsigned int refcount;
-  union {
-    /* Index within the merged section.  */
-    bfd_size_type index;
-    /* Entry this is a suffix of (if len is 0).  */
-    struct elf_strtab_hash_entry *suffix;
-    struct elf_strtab_hash_entry *next;
-  } u;
-};
-
-/* The strtab hash table.  */
-
-struct elf_strtab_hash
-{
-  struct bfd_hash_table table;
-  /* Next available index.  */
-  bfd_size_type size;
-  /* Number of array entries alloced.  */
-  bfd_size_type alloced;
-  /* Final strtab size.  */
-  bfd_size_type sec_size;
-  /* Array of pointers to strtab entries.  */
-  struct elf_strtab_hash_entry **array;
-};
-
-static struct bfd_hash_entry *elf_strtab_hash_newfunc
-  PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_entry *, struct bfd_hash_table *, const char *));
-static int cmplengthentry PARAMS ((const PTR, const PTR));
-static int last4_eq PARAMS ((const PTR, const PTR));
-
-/* Routine to create an entry in a section merge hashtab.  */
-
-static struct bfd_hash_entry *
-elf_strtab_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string)
-     struct bfd_hash_entry *entry;
-     struct bfd_hash_table *table;
-     const char *string;
-{
-  struct elf_strtab_hash_entry *ret = (struct elf_strtab_hash_entry *) entry;
-
-  /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
-     subclass.  */
-  if (ret == (struct elf_strtab_hash_entry *) NULL)
-    ret = ((struct elf_strtab_hash_entry *)
-	   bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct elf_strtab_hash_entry)));
-  if (ret == (struct elf_strtab_hash_entry *) NULL)
-    return NULL;
-
-  /* Call the allocation method of the superclass.  */
-  ret = ((struct elf_strtab_hash_entry *)
-	 bfd_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret, table, string));
-
-  if (ret)
-    {
-      /* Initialize the local fields.  */
-      ret->u.index = -1;
-      ret->refcount = 0;
-      ret->len = 0;
-    }
-
-  return (struct bfd_hash_entry *)ret;
-}
-
-/* Create a new hash table.  */
-
-struct elf_strtab_hash *
-_bfd_elf_strtab_init ()
-{
-  struct elf_strtab_hash *table;
-  bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_strtab_hash);
-
-  table = (struct elf_strtab_hash *) bfd_malloc (amt);
-  if (table == NULL)
-    return NULL;
-
-  if (! bfd_hash_table_init (&table->table, elf_strtab_hash_newfunc))
-    {
-      free (table);
-      return NULL;
-    }
-
-  table->sec_size = 0;
-  table->size = 1;
-  table->alloced = 64;
-  amt = sizeof (struct elf_strtab_hasn_entry *);
-  table->array = (struct elf_strtab_hash_entry **)
-		 bfd_malloc (table->alloced * amt);
-  if (table->array == NULL)
-    {
-      free (table);
-      return NULL;
-    }
-
-  table->array[0] = NULL;
-
-  return table;
-}
-
-/* Free a strtab.  */
-
-void
-_bfd_elf_strtab_free (tab)
-     struct elf_strtab_hash *tab;
-{
-  bfd_hash_table_free (&tab->table);
-  free (tab->array);
-  free (tab);
-}
-
-/* Get the index of an entity in a hash table, adding it if it is not
-   already present.  */
-
-bfd_size_type
-_bfd_elf_strtab_add (tab, str, copy)
-     struct elf_strtab_hash *tab;
-     const char *str;
-     boolean copy;
-{
-  register struct elf_strtab_hash_entry *entry;
-
-  /* We handle this specially, since we don't want to do refcounting
-     on it.  */
-  if (*str == '\0')
-    return 0;
-
-  BFD_ASSERT (tab->sec_size == 0);
-  entry = (struct elf_strtab_hash_entry *)
-	  bfd_hash_lookup (&tab->table, str, true, copy);
-
-  if (entry == NULL)
-    return (bfd_size_type) -1;
-
-  entry->refcount++;
-  if (entry->len == 0)
-    {
-      entry->len = strlen (str) + 1;
-      if (tab->size == tab->alloced)
-	{
-	  bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_strtab_hash_entry *);
-	  tab->alloced *= 2;
-	  tab->array = (struct elf_strtab_hash_entry **)
-		       bfd_realloc (tab->array, tab->alloced * amt);
-	  if (tab->array == NULL)
-	    return (bfd_size_type) -1;
-	}
-
-      entry->u.index = tab->size++;
-      tab->array[entry->u.index] = entry;
-    }
-  return entry->u.index;
-}
-
-void
-_bfd_elf_strtab_addref (tab, idx)
-     struct elf_strtab_hash *tab;
-     bfd_size_type idx;
-{
-  if (idx == 0 || idx == (bfd_size_type) -1)
-    return;
-  BFD_ASSERT (tab->sec_size == 0);
-  BFD_ASSERT (idx < tab->size);
-  ++tab->array[idx]->refcount;
-}
-
-void
-_bfd_elf_strtab_delref (tab, idx)
-     struct elf_strtab_hash *tab;
-     bfd_size_type idx;
-{
-  if (idx == 0 || idx == (bfd_size_type) -1)
-    return;
-  BFD_ASSERT (tab->sec_size == 0);
-  BFD_ASSERT (idx < tab->size);
-  BFD_ASSERT (tab->array[idx]->refcount > 0);
-  --tab->array[idx]->refcount;
-}
-
-void
-_bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (tab)
-     struct elf_strtab_hash *tab;
-{
-  bfd_size_type idx;
-
-  for (idx = 1; idx < tab->size; ++idx)
-    tab->array[idx]->refcount = 0;
-}
-
-bfd_size_type
-_bfd_elf_strtab_size (tab)
-     struct elf_strtab_hash *tab;
-{
-  return tab->sec_size ? tab->sec_size : tab->size;
-}
-
-bfd_size_type
-_bfd_elf_strtab_offset (tab, idx)
-     struct elf_strtab_hash *tab;
-     bfd_size_type idx;
-{
-  struct elf_strtab_hash_entry *entry;
-
-  if (idx == 0)
-    return 0;
-  BFD_ASSERT (idx < tab->size);
-  BFD_ASSERT (tab->sec_size);
-  entry = tab->array[idx];
-  BFD_ASSERT (entry->refcount > 0);
-  entry->refcount--;
-  return tab->array[idx]->u.index;
-}
-
-boolean
-_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd, tab)
-     register bfd *abfd;
-     struct elf_strtab_hash *tab;
-{
-  bfd_size_type off = 1, i;
-
-  if (bfd_bwrite ("", 1, abfd) != 1)
-    return false;
-
-  for (i = 1; i < tab->size; ++i)
-    {
-      register const char *str;
-      register size_t len;
-
-      str = tab->array[i]->root.string;
-      len = tab->array[i]->len;
-      BFD_ASSERT (tab->array[i]->refcount == 0);
-      if (len == 0)
-	continue;
-
-      if (bfd_bwrite ((PTR) str, (bfd_size_type) len, abfd) != len)
-	return false;
-
-      off += len;
-    }
-
-  BFD_ASSERT (off == tab->sec_size);
-  return true;
-}
-
-/* Compare two elf_strtab_hash_entry structures.  This is called via qsort.  */
-
-static int
-cmplengthentry (a, b)
-     const PTR a;
-     const PTR b;
-{
-  struct elf_strtab_hash_entry * A = *(struct elf_strtab_hash_entry **) a;
-  struct elf_strtab_hash_entry * B = *(struct elf_strtab_hash_entry **) b;
-
-  if (A->len < B->len)
-    return 1;
-  else if (A->len > B->len)
-    return -1;
-
-  return memcmp (A->root.string, B->root.string, A->len);
-}
-
-static int
-last4_eq (a, b)
-     const PTR a;
-     const PTR b;
-{
-  struct elf_strtab_hash_entry * A = (struct elf_strtab_hash_entry *) a;
-  struct elf_strtab_hash_entry * B = (struct elf_strtab_hash_entry *) b;
-
-  if (memcmp (A->root.string + A->len - 5, B->root.string + B->len - 5, 4)
-      != 0)
-    /* This was a hashtable collision.  */
-    return 0;
-
-  if (A->len <= B->len)
-    /* B cannot be a suffix of A unless A is equal to B, which is guaranteed
-       not to be equal by the hash table.  */
-    return 0;
-
-  return memcmp (A->root.string + (A->len - B->len),
-		 B->root.string, B->len - 5) == 0;
-}
-
-/* This function assigns final string table offsets for used strings,
-   merging strings matching suffixes of longer strings if possible.  */
-
-void
-_bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (tab)
-     struct elf_strtab_hash *tab;
-{
-  struct elf_strtab_hash_entry **array, **a, **end, *e;
-  htab_t last4tab = NULL;
-  bfd_size_type size, amt;
-  struct elf_strtab_hash_entry *last[256], **last_ptr[256];
-
-  /* GCC 2.91.66 (egcs-1.1.2) on i386 miscompiles this function when i is
-     a 64-bit bfd_size_type: a 64-bit target or --enable-64-bit-bfd.
-     Besides, indexing with a long long wouldn't give anything but extra
-     cycles.  */
-  size_t i;
-
-  /* Now sort the strings by length, longest first.  */
-  array = NULL;
-  amt = tab->size * sizeof (struct elf_strtab_hash_entry *);
-  array = (struct elf_strtab_hash_entry **) bfd_malloc (amt);
-  if (array == NULL)
-    goto alloc_failure;
-
-  memset (last, 0, sizeof (last));
-  for (i = 0; i < 256; ++i)
-    last_ptr[i] = &last[i];
-  for (i = 1, a = array; i < tab->size; ++i)
-    if (tab->array[i]->refcount)
-      *a++ = tab->array[i];
-    else
-      tab->array[i]->len = 0;
-
-  size = a - array;
-
-  qsort (array, size, sizeof (struct elf_strtab_hash_entry *), cmplengthentry);
-
-  last4tab = htab_create (size * 4, NULL, last4_eq, NULL);
-  if (last4tab == NULL)
-    goto alloc_failure;
-
-  /* Now insert the strings into hash tables (strings with last 4 characters
-     and strings with last character equal), look for longer strings which
-     we're suffix of.  */
-  for (a = array, end = array + size; a < end; a++)
-    {
-      register hashval_t hash;
-      unsigned int c;
-      unsigned int j;
-      const unsigned char *s;
-      PTR *p;
-
-      e = *a;
-      if (e->len > 4)
-	{
-	  s = e->root.string + e->len - 1;
-	  hash = 0;
-	  for (j = 0; j < 4; j++)
-	    {
-	      c = *--s;
-	      hash += c + (c << 17);
-	      hash ^= hash >> 2;
-	    }
-	  p = htab_find_slot_with_hash (last4tab, e, hash, INSERT);
-	  if (p == NULL)
-	    goto alloc_failure;
-	  if (*p)
-	    {
-	      struct elf_strtab_hash_entry *ent;
-
-	      ent = (struct elf_strtab_hash_entry *) *p;
-	      e->u.suffix = ent;
-	      e->len = 0;
-	      continue;
-	    }
-	  else
-	    *p = (PTR) e;
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  struct elf_strtab_hash_entry *tem;
-
-	  c = e->root.string[e->len - 2] & 0xff;
-
-	  for (tem = last[c]; tem; tem = tem->u.next)
-	    if (tem->len > e->len
-		&& memcmp (tem->root.string + (tem->len - e->len),
-			   e->root.string, e->len - 1) == 0)
-	      break;
-	  if (tem)
-	    {
-	      e->u.suffix = tem;
-	      e->len = 0;
-	      continue;
-	    }
-	}
-
-      c = e->root.string[e->len - 2] & 0xff;
-      /* Put longest strings first.  */
-      *last_ptr[c] = e;
-      last_ptr[c] = &e->u.next;
-      e->u.next = NULL;
-    }
-
-alloc_failure:
-  if (array)
-    free (array);
-  if (last4tab)
-    htab_delete (last4tab);
-
-  /* Now assign positions to the strings we want to keep.  */
-  size = 1;
-  for (i = 1; i < tab->size; ++i)
-    {
-      e = tab->array[i];
-      if (e->refcount && e->len)
-	{
-	  e->u.index = size;
-	  size += e->len;
-	}
-    }
-
-  tab->sec_size = size;
-
-  /* And now adjust the rest.  */
-  for (i = 1; i < tab->size; ++i)
-    {
-      e = tab->array[i];
-      if (e->refcount && ! e->len)
-	e->u.index = e->u.suffix->u.index
-		     + (e->u.suffix->len - strlen (e->root.string) - 1);
-    }
-}

contrib/binutils/bfd/libpei.h

@@ -1,335 +0,0 @@
-/* Support for the generic parts of PE/PEI; common header information.
-   Copyright 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
-   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   Written by Cygnus Solutions.
-
-This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-(at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/*
-Most of this hacked by  Steve Chamberlain,
-			[email protected]
-
-PE/PEI rearrangement (and code added): Donn Terry
-				       Softway Systems, Inc.
-*/
-
-/* Hey look, some documentation [and in a place you expect to find it]!
-
-   The main reference for the pei format is "Microsoft Portable Executable
-   and Common Object File Format Specification 4.1".  Get it if you need to
-   do some serious hacking on this code.
-
-   Another reference:
-   "Peering Inside the PE: A Tour of the Win32 Portable Executable
-   File Format", MSJ 1994, Volume 9.
-
-   The *sole* difference between the pe format and the pei format is that the
-   latter has an MSDOS 2.0 .exe header on the front that prints the message
-   "This app must be run under Windows." (or some such).
-   (FIXME: Whether that statement is *really* true or not is unknown.
-   Are there more subtle differences between pe and pei formats?
-   For now assume there aren't.  If you find one, then for God sakes
-   document it here!)
-
-   The Microsoft docs use the word "image" instead of "executable" because
-   the former can also refer to a DLL (shared library).  Confusion can arise
-   because the `i' in `pei' also refers to "image".  The `pe' format can
-   also create images (i.e. executables), it's just that to run on a win32
-   system you need to use the pei format.
-
-   FIXME: Please add more docs here so the next poor fool that has to hack
-   on this code has a chance of getting something accomplished without
-   wasting too much time.
-*/
-
-#ifndef GET_FCN_LNNOPTR
-#define GET_FCN_LNNOPTR(abfd, ext) \
-  H_GET_32 (abfd, ext->x_sym.x_fcnary.x_fcn.x_lnnoptr)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef GET_FCN_ENDNDX
-#define GET_FCN_ENDNDX(abfd, ext) \
-  H_GET_32 (abfd, ext->x_sym.x_fcnary.x_fcn.x_endndx)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef PUT_FCN_LNNOPTR
-#define PUT_FCN_LNNOPTR(abfd, in, ext) \
-  H_PUT_32(abfd, in, ext->x_sym.x_fcnary.x_fcn.x_lnnoptr)
-#endif
-#ifndef PUT_FCN_ENDNDX
-#define PUT_FCN_ENDNDX(abfd, in, ext) \
-  H_PUT_32(abfd, in, ext->x_sym.x_fcnary.x_fcn.x_endndx)
-#endif
-#ifndef GET_LNSZ_LNNO
-#define GET_LNSZ_LNNO(abfd, ext) \
-  H_GET_16 (abfd, ext->x_sym.x_misc.x_lnsz.x_lnno)
-#endif
-#ifndef GET_LNSZ_SIZE
-#define GET_LNSZ_SIZE(abfd, ext) \
-  H_GET_16 (abfd, ext->x_sym.x_misc.x_lnsz.x_size)
-#endif
-#ifndef PUT_LNSZ_LNNO
-#define PUT_LNSZ_LNNO(abfd, in, ext) \
-  H_PUT_16(abfd, in, ext->x_sym.x_misc.x_lnsz.x_lnno)
-#endif
-#ifndef PUT_LNSZ_SIZE
-#define PUT_LNSZ_SIZE(abfd, in, ext) \
-  H_PUT_16(abfd, in, ext->x_sym.x_misc.x_lnsz.x_size)
-#endif
-#ifndef GET_SCN_SCNLEN
-#define GET_SCN_SCNLEN(abfd, ext) \
-  H_GET_32 (abfd, ext->x_scn.x_scnlen)
-#endif
-#ifndef GET_SCN_NRELOC
-#define GET_SCN_NRELOC(abfd, ext) \
-  H_GET_16 (abfd, ext->x_scn.x_nreloc)
-#endif
-#ifndef GET_SCN_NLINNO
-#define GET_SCN_NLINNO(abfd, ext) \
-  H_GET_16 (abfd, ext->x_scn.x_nlinno)
-#endif
-#ifndef PUT_SCN_SCNLEN
-#define PUT_SCN_SCNLEN(abfd, in, ext) \
-  H_PUT_32(abfd, in, ext->x_scn.x_scnlen)
-#endif
-#ifndef PUT_SCN_NRELOC
-#define PUT_SCN_NRELOC(abfd, in, ext) \
-  H_PUT_16(abfd, in, ext->x_scn.x_nreloc)
-#endif
-#ifndef PUT_SCN_NLINNO
-#define PUT_SCN_NLINNO(abfd, in, ext) \
-  H_PUT_16(abfd,in, ext->x_scn.x_nlinno)
-#endif
-#ifndef GET_LINENO_LNNO
-#define GET_LINENO_LNNO(abfd, ext) \
-  H_GET_16 (abfd, ext->l_lnno);
-#endif
-#ifndef PUT_LINENO_LNNO
-#define PUT_LINENO_LNNO(abfd, val, ext) \
-  H_PUT_16(abfd,val, ext->l_lnno);
-#endif
-
-/* The f_symptr field in the filehdr is sometimes 64 bits.  */
-#ifndef GET_FILEHDR_SYMPTR
-#define GET_FILEHDR_SYMPTR H_GET_32
-#endif
-#ifndef PUT_FILEHDR_SYMPTR
-#define PUT_FILEHDR_SYMPTR H_PUT_32
-#endif
-
-/* Some fields in the aouthdr are sometimes 64 bits.  */
-#ifndef GET_AOUTHDR_TSIZE
-#define GET_AOUTHDR_TSIZE H_GET_32
-#endif
-#ifndef PUT_AOUTHDR_TSIZE
-#define PUT_AOUTHDR_TSIZE H_PUT_32
-#endif
-#ifndef GET_AOUTHDR_DSIZE
-#define GET_AOUTHDR_DSIZE H_GET_32
-#endif
-#ifndef PUT_AOUTHDR_DSIZE
-#define PUT_AOUTHDR_DSIZE H_PUT_32
-#endif
-#ifndef GET_AOUTHDR_BSIZE
-#define GET_AOUTHDR_BSIZE H_GET_32
-#endif
-#ifndef PUT_AOUTHDR_BSIZE
-#define PUT_AOUTHDR_BSIZE H_PUT_32
-#endif
-#ifndef GET_AOUTHDR_ENTRY
-#define GET_AOUTHDR_ENTRY H_GET_32
-#endif
-#ifndef PUT_AOUTHDR_ENTRY
-#define PUT_AOUTHDR_ENTRY H_PUT_32
-#endif
-#ifndef GET_AOUTHDR_TEXT_START
-#define GET_AOUTHDR_TEXT_START H_GET_32
-#endif
-#ifndef PUT_AOUTHDR_TEXT_START
-#define PUT_AOUTHDR_TEXT_START H_PUT_32
-#endif
-#ifndef GET_AOUTHDR_DATA_START
-#define GET_AOUTHDR_DATA_START H_GET_32
-#endif
-#ifndef PUT_AOUTHDR_DATA_START
-#define PUT_AOUTHDR_DATA_START H_PUT_32
-#endif
-
-/* Some fields in the scnhdr are sometimes 64 bits.  */
-#ifndef GET_SCNHDR_PADDR
-#define GET_SCNHDR_PADDR H_GET_32
-#endif
-#ifndef PUT_SCNHDR_PADDR
-#define PUT_SCNHDR_PADDR H_PUT_32
-#endif
-#ifndef GET_SCNHDR_VADDR
-#define GET_SCNHDR_VADDR H_GET_32
-#endif
-#ifndef PUT_SCNHDR_VADDR
-#define PUT_SCNHDR_VADDR H_PUT_32
-#endif
-#ifndef GET_SCNHDR_SIZE
-#define GET_SCNHDR_SIZE H_GET_32
-#endif
-#ifndef PUT_SCNHDR_SIZE
-#define PUT_SCNHDR_SIZE H_PUT_32
-#endif
-#ifndef GET_SCNHDR_SCNPTR
-#define GET_SCNHDR_SCNPTR H_GET_32
-#endif
-#ifndef PUT_SCNHDR_SCNPTR
-#define PUT_SCNHDR_SCNPTR H_PUT_32
-#endif
-#ifndef GET_SCNHDR_RELPTR
-#define GET_SCNHDR_RELPTR H_GET_32
-#endif
-#ifndef PUT_SCNHDR_RELPTR
-#define PUT_SCNHDR_RELPTR H_PUT_32
-#endif
-#ifndef GET_SCNHDR_LNNOPTR
-#define GET_SCNHDR_LNNOPTR H_GET_32
-#endif
-#ifndef PUT_SCNHDR_LNNOPTR
-#define PUT_SCNHDR_LNNOPTR H_PUT_32
-#endif
-
-#ifdef COFF_WITH_pep
-
-#define GET_OPTHDR_IMAGE_BASE H_GET_64
-#define PUT_OPTHDR_IMAGE_BASE H_PUT_64
-#define GET_OPTHDR_SIZE_OF_STACK_RESERVE H_GET_64
-#define PUT_OPTHDR_SIZE_OF_STACK_RESERVE H_PUT_64
-#define GET_OPTHDR_SIZE_OF_STACK_COMMIT H_GET_64
-#define PUT_OPTHDR_SIZE_OF_STACK_COMMIT H_PUT_64
-#define GET_OPTHDR_SIZE_OF_HEAP_RESERVE H_GET_64
-#define PUT_OPTHDR_SIZE_OF_HEAP_RESERVE H_PUT_64
-#define GET_OPTHDR_SIZE_OF_HEAP_COMMIT H_GET_64
-#define PUT_OPTHDR_SIZE_OF_HEAP_COMMIT H_PUT_64
-#define GET_PDATA_ENTRY bfd_get_64
-
-#define _bfd_XX_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data_common	_bfd_pep_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data_common
-#define _bfd_XX_bfd_copy_private_section_data		_bfd_pep_bfd_copy_private_section_data
-#define _bfd_XX_get_symbol_info				_bfd_pep_get_symbol_info
-#define _bfd_XX_only_swap_filehdr_out			_bfd_pep_only_swap_filehdr_out
-#define _bfd_XX_print_private_bfd_data_common		_bfd_pep_print_private_bfd_data_common
-#define _bfd_XXi_final_link_postscript			_bfd_pepi_final_link_postscript
-#define _bfd_XXi_final_link_postscript			_bfd_pepi_final_link_postscript
-#define _bfd_XXi_only_swap_filehdr_out			_bfd_pepi_only_swap_filehdr_out
-#define _bfd_XXi_swap_aouthdr_in			_bfd_pepi_swap_aouthdr_in
-#define _bfd_XXi_swap_aouthdr_out			_bfd_pepi_swap_aouthdr_out
-#define _bfd_XXi_swap_aux_in				_bfd_pepi_swap_aux_in
-#define _bfd_XXi_swap_aux_out				_bfd_pepi_swap_aux_out
-#define _bfd_XXi_swap_lineno_in				_bfd_pepi_swap_lineno_in
-#define _bfd_XXi_swap_lineno_out			_bfd_pepi_swap_lineno_out
-#define _bfd_XXi_swap_scnhdr_out			_bfd_pepi_swap_scnhdr_out
-#define _bfd_XXi_swap_sym_in				_bfd_pepi_swap_sym_in
-#define _bfd_XXi_swap_sym_out				_bfd_pepi_swap_sym_out
-
-#else /* !COFF_WITH_pep */
-
-#define GET_OPTHDR_IMAGE_BASE H_GET_32
-#define PUT_OPTHDR_IMAGE_BASE H_PUT_32
-#define GET_OPTHDR_SIZE_OF_STACK_RESERVE H_GET_32
-#define PUT_OPTHDR_SIZE_OF_STACK_RESERVE H_PUT_32
-#define GET_OPTHDR_SIZE_OF_STACK_COMMIT H_GET_32
-#define PUT_OPTHDR_SIZE_OF_STACK_COMMIT H_PUT_32
-#define GET_OPTHDR_SIZE_OF_HEAP_RESERVE H_GET_32
-#define PUT_OPTHDR_SIZE_OF_HEAP_RESERVE H_PUT_32
-#define GET_OPTHDR_SIZE_OF_HEAP_COMMIT H_GET_32
-#define PUT_OPTHDR_SIZE_OF_HEAP_COMMIT H_PUT_32
-#define GET_PDATA_ENTRY bfd_get_32
-
-#define _bfd_XX_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data_common	_bfd_pe_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data_common
-#define _bfd_XX_bfd_copy_private_section_data		_bfd_pe_bfd_copy_private_section_data
-#define _bfd_XX_get_symbol_info				_bfd_pe_get_symbol_info
-#define _bfd_XX_only_swap_filehdr_out			_bfd_pe_only_swap_filehdr_out
-#define _bfd_XX_print_private_bfd_data_common		_bfd_pe_print_private_bfd_data_common
-#define _bfd_XXi_final_link_postscript			_bfd_pei_final_link_postscript
-#define _bfd_XXi_final_link_postscript			_bfd_pei_final_link_postscript
-#define _bfd_XXi_only_swap_filehdr_out			_bfd_pei_only_swap_filehdr_out
-#define _bfd_XXi_swap_aouthdr_in			_bfd_pei_swap_aouthdr_in
-#define _bfd_XXi_swap_aouthdr_out			_bfd_pei_swap_aouthdr_out
-#define _bfd_XXi_swap_aux_in				_bfd_pei_swap_aux_in
-#define _bfd_XXi_swap_aux_out				_bfd_pei_swap_aux_out
-#define _bfd_XXi_swap_lineno_in				_bfd_pei_swap_lineno_in
-#define _bfd_XXi_swap_lineno_out			_bfd_pei_swap_lineno_out
-#define _bfd_XXi_swap_scnhdr_out			_bfd_pei_swap_scnhdr_out
-#define _bfd_XXi_swap_sym_in				_bfd_pei_swap_sym_in
-#define _bfd_XXi_swap_sym_out				_bfd_pei_swap_sym_out
-
-#endif /* !COFF_WITH_pep */
-
-/* These functions are architecture dependent, and are in peicode.h:
-   coff_swap_reloc_in
-   int coff_swap_reloc_out
-   coff_swap_filehdr_in
-   coff_swap_scnhdr_in
-   pe_mkobject
-   pe_mkobject_hook  */
-
-/* The functions described below are common across all PE/PEI
-   implementations architecture types, and actually appear in
-   peigen.c.  */
-
-void _bfd_XXi_swap_sym_in PARAMS ((bfd*, PTR, PTR));
-#define coff_swap_sym_in _bfd_XXi_swap_sym_in
-
-unsigned int _bfd_XXi_swap_sym_out PARAMS ((bfd*, PTR, PTR));
-#define coff_swap_sym_out _bfd_XXi_swap_sym_out
-
-void _bfd_XXi_swap_aux_in PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, int, int, int, int, PTR));
-#define coff_swap_aux_in _bfd_XXi_swap_aux_in
-
-unsigned int _bfd_XXi_swap_aux_out \
-  PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, int, int, int, int, PTR));
-#define coff_swap_aux_out _bfd_XXi_swap_aux_out
-
-void _bfd_XXi_swap_lineno_in PARAMS ((bfd*, PTR, PTR));
-#define coff_swap_lineno_in _bfd_XXi_swap_lineno_in
-
-unsigned int _bfd_XXi_swap_lineno_out PARAMS ((bfd*, PTR, PTR));
-#define coff_swap_lineno_out _bfd_XXi_swap_lineno_out
-
-void _bfd_XXi_swap_aouthdr_in PARAMS ((bfd*, PTR, PTR));
-#define coff_swap_aouthdr_in _bfd_XXi_swap_aouthdr_in
-
-unsigned int _bfd_XXi_swap_aouthdr_out PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, PTR));
-#define coff_swap_aouthdr_out _bfd_XXi_swap_aouthdr_out
-
-unsigned int _bfd_XXi_swap_scnhdr_out PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, PTR));
-#define coff_swap_scnhdr_out _bfd_XXi_swap_scnhdr_out
-
-boolean _bfd_XX_print_private_bfd_data_common PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR));
-
-boolean _bfd_XX_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data_common PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *));
-
-void _bfd_XX_get_symbol_info PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol *, symbol_info *));
-
-boolean _bfd_XXi_final_link_postscript
-  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct coff_final_link_info *));
-
-#ifndef coff_final_link_postscript
-#define coff_final_link_postscript _bfd_XXi_final_link_postscript
-#endif
-/* The following are needed only for ONE of pe or pei, but don't
-   otherwise vary; peicode.h fixes up ifdefs but we provide the
-   prototype.  */
-
-unsigned int _bfd_XX_only_swap_filehdr_out PARAMS ((bfd*, PTR, PTR));
-unsigned int _bfd_XXi_only_swap_filehdr_out PARAMS ((bfd*, PTR, PTR));
-boolean _bfd_XX_bfd_copy_private_section_data
-  PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, bfd *, asection *));

contrib/binutils/bfd/merge.c

@@ -1,958 +0,0 @@
-/* SEC_MERGE support.
-   Copyright 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   Written by Jakub Jelinek <[email protected]>.
-
-This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-(at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* This file contains support for merging duplicate entities within sections,
-   as used in ELF SHF_MERGE.  */
-
-#include "bfd.h"
-#include "sysdep.h"
-#include "libbfd.h"
-#include "hashtab.h"
-
-struct sec_merge_sec_info;
-
-/* An entry in the section merge hash table.  */
-
-struct sec_merge_hash_entry
-{
-  struct bfd_hash_entry root;
-  /* Length of this entry.  */
-  unsigned int len;
-  /* Start of this string needs to be aligned to
-     alignment octets (not 1 << align).  */
-  unsigned int alignment;
-  union {
-    /* Index within the merged section.  */
-    bfd_size_type index;
-    /* Entity size (if present in suffix hash tables).  */
-    unsigned int entsize;
-    /* Entry this is a suffix of (if alignment is 0).  */
-    struct sec_merge_hash_entry *suffix;
-  } u;
-  /* Which section is it in.  */
-  struct sec_merge_sec_info *secinfo;
-  /* Next entity in the hash table.  */
-  struct sec_merge_hash_entry *next;
-};
-
-/* The section merge hash table.  */
-
-struct sec_merge_hash
-{
-  struct bfd_hash_table table;
-  /* Next available index.  */
-  bfd_size_type size;
-  /* First entity in the SEC_MERGE sections of this type.  */
-  struct sec_merge_hash_entry *first;
-  /* Last entity in the SEC_MERGE sections of this type.  */
-  struct sec_merge_hash_entry *last;
-  /* Entity size.  */
-  unsigned int entsize;
-  /* Are entries fixed size or zero terminated strings?  */
-  boolean strings;
-};
-
-struct sec_merge_info
-{
-  /* Chain of sec_merge_infos.  */
-  struct sec_merge_info *next;
-  /* Chain of sec_merge_sec_infos.  */
-  struct sec_merge_sec_info *chain;
-  /* A hash table used to hold section content.  */
-  struct sec_merge_hash *htab;
-};
-
-struct sec_merge_sec_info
-{
-  /* Chain of sec_merge_sec_infos.  */
-  struct sec_merge_sec_info *next;
-  /* The corresponding section.  */
-  asection *sec;
-  /* Pointer to merge_info pointing to us.  */
-  PTR *psecinfo;
-  /* A hash table used to hold section content.  */
-  struct sec_merge_hash *htab;
-  /* First string in this section.  */
-  struct sec_merge_hash_entry *first;
-  /* Original section content.  */
-  unsigned char contents[1];
-};
-
-static struct bfd_hash_entry *sec_merge_hash_newfunc
-  PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_entry *, struct bfd_hash_table *, const char *));
-static struct sec_merge_hash_entry *sec_merge_hash_lookup
-  PARAMS ((struct sec_merge_hash *, const char *, unsigned int, boolean));
-static struct sec_merge_hash *sec_merge_init
-  PARAMS ((unsigned int, boolean));
-static struct sec_merge_hash_entry *sec_merge_add
-  PARAMS ((struct sec_merge_hash *, const char *, unsigned int,
-	   struct sec_merge_sec_info *));
-static boolean sec_merge_emit
-  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct sec_merge_hash_entry *));
-static int cmplengthentry PARAMS ((const PTR, const PTR));
-static int last4_eq PARAMS ((const PTR, const PTR));
-static int last_eq PARAMS ((const PTR, const PTR));
-static boolean record_section
-  PARAMS ((struct sec_merge_info *, struct sec_merge_sec_info *));
-static void merge_strings PARAMS ((struct sec_merge_info *));
-
-/* Routine to create an entry in a section merge hashtab.  */
-
-static struct bfd_hash_entry *
-sec_merge_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string)
-     struct bfd_hash_entry *entry;
-     struct bfd_hash_table *table;
-     const char *string;
-{
-  struct sec_merge_hash_entry *ret = (struct sec_merge_hash_entry *) entry;
-
-  /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
-     subclass.  */
-  if (ret == (struct sec_merge_hash_entry *) NULL)
-    ret = ((struct sec_merge_hash_entry *)
-	   bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct sec_merge_hash_entry)));
-  if (ret == (struct sec_merge_hash_entry *) NULL)
-    return NULL;
-
-  /* Call the allocation method of the superclass.  */
-  ret = ((struct sec_merge_hash_entry *)
-	 bfd_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret, table, string));
-
-  if (ret)
-    {
-      /* Initialize the local fields.  */
-      ret->u.suffix = NULL;
-      ret->alignment = 0;
-      ret->secinfo = NULL;
-      ret->next = NULL;
-    }
-
-  return (struct bfd_hash_entry *)ret;
-}
-
-/* Look up an entry in a section merge hash table.  */
-
-static struct sec_merge_hash_entry *
-sec_merge_hash_lookup (table, string, alignment, create)
-     struct sec_merge_hash *table;
-     const char *string;
-     unsigned int alignment;
-     boolean create;
-{
-  register const unsigned char *s;
-  register unsigned long hash;
-  register unsigned int c;
-  struct sec_merge_hash_entry *hashp;
-  unsigned int len, i;
-  unsigned int index;
-
-  hash = 0;
-  len = 0;
-  s = (const unsigned char *) string;
-  if (table->strings)
-    {
-      if (table->entsize == 1)
-	{
-	  while ((c = *s++) != '\0')
-	    {
-	      hash += c + (c << 17);
-	      hash ^= hash >> 2;
-	      ++len;
-	    }
-	  hash += len + (len << 17);
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  for (;;)
-	    {
-	      for (i = 0; i < table->entsize; ++i)
-		if (s[i] != '\0')
-		  break;
-	      if (i == table->entsize)
-		break;
-	      for (i = 0; i < table->entsize; ++i)
-		{
-		  c = *s++;
-		  hash += c + (c << 17);
-		  hash ^= hash >> 2;
-		}
-	      ++len;
-	    }
-	  hash += len + (len << 17);
-	  len *= table->entsize;
-	}
-      hash ^= hash >> 2;
-      len += table->entsize;
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      for (i = 0; i < table->entsize; ++i)
-	{
-	  c = *s++;
-	  hash += c + (c << 17);
-	  hash ^= hash >> 2;
-	}
-      len = table->entsize;
-    }
-
-  index = hash % table->table.size;
-  for (hashp = (struct sec_merge_hash_entry *) table->table.table[index];
-       hashp != (struct sec_merge_hash_entry *) NULL;
-       hashp = (struct sec_merge_hash_entry *) hashp->root.next)
-    {
-      if (hashp->root.hash == hash
-	  && len == hashp->len
-	  && memcmp (hashp->root.string, string, len) == 0)
-	{
-	  /* If the string we found does not have at least the required
-	     alignment, we need to insert another copy.  */
-	  if (hashp->alignment < alignment)
-	    {
-	      /*  Mark the less aligned copy as deleted.  */
-	      hashp->len = 0;
-	      hashp->alignment = 0;
-	      break;
-	    }
-	  return hashp;
-	}
-    }
-
-  if (! create)
-    return (struct sec_merge_hash_entry *) NULL;
-
-  hashp = (struct sec_merge_hash_entry *)
-	  sec_merge_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) NULL,
-				  (struct bfd_hash_table *) table, string);
-  if (hashp == (struct sec_merge_hash_entry *) NULL)
-    return (struct sec_merge_hash_entry *) NULL;
-  hashp->root.string = string;
-  hashp->root.hash = hash;
-  hashp->len = len;
-  hashp->alignment = alignment;
-  hashp->root.next = table->table.table[index];
-  table->table.table[index] = (struct bfd_hash_entry *) hashp;
-
-  return hashp;
-}
-
-/* Create a new hash table.  */
-
-static struct sec_merge_hash *
-sec_merge_init (entsize, strings)
-     unsigned int entsize;
-     boolean strings;
-{
-  struct sec_merge_hash *table;
-  bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct sec_merge_hash);
-
-  table = (struct sec_merge_hash *) bfd_malloc (amt);
-  if (table == NULL)
-    return NULL;
-
-  if (! bfd_hash_table_init (&table->table, sec_merge_hash_newfunc))
-    {
-      free (table);
-      return NULL;
-    }
-
-  table->size = 0;
-  table->first = NULL;
-  table->last = NULL;
-  table->entsize = entsize;
-  table->strings = strings;
-
-  return table;
-}
-
-/* Get the index of an entity in a hash table, adding it if it is not
-   already present.  */
-
-static struct sec_merge_hash_entry *
-sec_merge_add (tab, str, alignment, secinfo)
-     struct sec_merge_hash *tab;
-     const char *str;
-     unsigned int alignment;
-     struct sec_merge_sec_info *secinfo;
-{
-  register struct sec_merge_hash_entry *entry;
-
-  entry = sec_merge_hash_lookup (tab, str, alignment, true);
-  if (entry == NULL)
-    return NULL;
-
-  if (entry->secinfo == NULL)
-    {
-      tab->size++;
-      entry->secinfo = secinfo;
-      if (tab->first == NULL)
-	tab->first = entry;
-      else
-	tab->last->next = entry;
-      tab->last = entry;
-    }
-
-  return entry;
-}
-
-static boolean
-sec_merge_emit (abfd, entry)
-     register bfd *abfd;
-     struct sec_merge_hash_entry *entry;
-{
-  struct sec_merge_sec_info *secinfo = entry->secinfo;
-  asection *sec = secinfo->sec;
-  char *pad = "";
-  bfd_size_type off = 0;
-  int alignment_power = bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, sec->output_section);
-
-  if (alignment_power)
-    pad = bfd_zmalloc ((bfd_size_type) 1 << alignment_power);
-
-  for (; entry != NULL && entry->secinfo == secinfo; entry = entry->next)
-    {
-      register const char *str;
-      register size_t len;
-
-      len = off & (entry->alignment - 1);
-      if (len)
-	{
-	  len = entry->alignment - len;
-	  if (bfd_bwrite ((PTR) pad, (bfd_size_type) len, abfd) != len)
-	    break;
-	  off += len;
-	}
-
-      str = entry->root.string;
-      len = entry->len;
-
-      if (bfd_bwrite ((PTR) str, (bfd_size_type) len, abfd) != len)
-	break;
-
-      off += len;
-    }
-
-  if (alignment_power)
-    free (pad);
-
-  return entry == NULL || entry->secinfo != secinfo;
-}
-
-/* This function is called for each input file from the add_symbols
-   pass of the linker.  */
-
-boolean
-_bfd_merge_section (abfd, psinfo, sec, psecinfo)
-     bfd *abfd;
-     PTR *psinfo;
-     asection *sec;
-     PTR *psecinfo;
-{
-  struct sec_merge_info *sinfo;
-  struct sec_merge_sec_info *secinfo;
-  unsigned int align;
-  bfd_size_type amt;
-
-  if (sec->_raw_size == 0
-      || (sec->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE)
-      || (sec->flags & SEC_MERGE) == 0
-      || sec->entsize == 0)
-    return true;
-
-  if ((sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0)
-    {
-      /* We aren't prepared to handle relocations in merged sections.  */
-      return true;
-    }
-
-  if (sec->output_section != NULL
-      && bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section))
-    {
-      /* The section is being discarded from the link, so we should
-	 just ignore it.  */
-      return true;
-    }
-
-  align = bfd_get_section_alignment (sec->owner, sec);
-  if ((sec->entsize < (unsigned int)(1 << align)
-       && ((sec->entsize & (sec->entsize - 1))
-	   || !(sec->flags & SEC_STRINGS)))
-      || (sec->entsize > (unsigned int)(1 << align)
-	  && (sec->entsize & ((1 << align) - 1))))
-    {
-      /* Sanity check.  If string character size is smaller than
-	 alignment, then we require character size to be a power
-	 of 2, otherwise character size must be integer multiple
-	 of alignment.  For non-string constants, alignment must
-	 be smaller than or equal to entity size and entity size
-	 must be integer multiple of alignment.  */
-      return true;
-    }
-
-  for (sinfo = (struct sec_merge_info *) *psinfo; sinfo; sinfo = sinfo->next)
-    if ((secinfo = sinfo->chain)
-	&& ! ((secinfo->sec->flags ^ sec->flags) & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
-	&& secinfo->sec->entsize == sec->entsize
-	&& ! strcmp (secinfo->sec->name, sec->name))
-      break;
-
-  if (sinfo == NULL)
-    {
-      /* Initialize the information we need to keep track of.  */
-      sinfo = (struct sec_merge_info *)
-	      bfd_alloc (abfd, (bfd_size_type) sizeof (struct sec_merge_info));
-      if (sinfo == NULL)
-	goto error_return;
-      sinfo->next = (struct sec_merge_info *) *psinfo;
-      sinfo->chain = NULL;
-      *psinfo = (PTR) sinfo;
-      sinfo->htab =
-	sec_merge_init (sec->entsize, (sec->flags & SEC_STRINGS));
-      if (sinfo->htab == NULL)
-	goto error_return;
-    }
-
-  /* Read the section from abfd.  */
-
-  amt = sizeof (struct sec_merge_sec_info) + sec->_raw_size - 1;
-  *psecinfo = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
-  if (*psecinfo == NULL)
-    goto error_return;
-
-  secinfo = (struct sec_merge_sec_info *)*psecinfo;
-  if (sinfo->chain)
-    {
-      secinfo->next = sinfo->chain->next;
-      sinfo->chain->next = secinfo;
-    }
-  else
-    secinfo->next = secinfo;
-  sinfo->chain = secinfo;
-  secinfo->sec = sec;
-  secinfo->psecinfo = psecinfo;
-  secinfo->htab = sinfo->htab;
-  secinfo->first = NULL;
-
-  if (! bfd_get_section_contents (sec->owner, sec, secinfo->contents,
-				  (bfd_vma) 0, sec->_raw_size))
-    goto error_return;
-
-  return true;
-
- error_return:
-  *psecinfo = NULL;
-  return false;
-}
-
-/* Compare two sec_merge_hash_entry structures.  This is called via qsort.  */
-
-static int
-cmplengthentry (a, b)
-     const PTR a;
-     const PTR b;
-{
-  struct sec_merge_hash_entry * A = *(struct sec_merge_hash_entry **) a;
-  struct sec_merge_hash_entry * B = *(struct sec_merge_hash_entry **) b;
-
-  if (A->len < B->len)
-    return 1;
-  else if (A->len > B->len)
-    return -1;
-
-  return memcmp (A->root.string, B->root.string, A->len);
-}
-
-static int
-last4_eq (a, b)
-     const PTR a;
-     const PTR b;
-{
-  struct sec_merge_hash_entry * A = (struct sec_merge_hash_entry *) a;
-  struct sec_merge_hash_entry * B = (struct sec_merge_hash_entry *) b;
-
-  if (memcmp (A->root.string + A->len - 5 * A->u.entsize,
-	      B->root.string + B->len - 5 * A->u.entsize,
-	      4 * A->u.entsize) != 0)
-    /* This was a hashtable collision.  */
-    return 0;
-
-  if (A->len <= B->len)
-    /* B cannot be a suffix of A unless A is equal to B, which is guaranteed
-       not to be equal by the hash table.  */
-    return 0;
-
-  if (A->alignment < B->alignment
-      || ((A->len - B->len) & (B->alignment - 1)))
-    /* The suffix is not sufficiently aligned.  */
-    return 0;
-
-  return memcmp (A->root.string + (A->len - B->len),
-		 B->root.string, B->len - 5 * A->u.entsize) == 0;
-}
-
-static int
-last_eq (a, b)
-     const PTR a;
-     const PTR b;
-{
-  struct sec_merge_hash_entry * A = (struct sec_merge_hash_entry *) a;
-  struct sec_merge_hash_entry * B = (struct sec_merge_hash_entry *) b;
-
-  if (B->len >= 5 * A->u.entsize)
-    /* Longer strings are just pushed into the hash table,
-       they'll be used when looking up for very short strings.  */
-    return 0;
-
-  if (memcmp (A->root.string + A->len - 2 * A->u.entsize,
-	      B->root.string + B->len - 2 * A->u.entsize,
-	      A->u.entsize) != 0)
-    /* This was a hashtable collision.  */
-    return 0;
-
-  if (A->len <= B->len)
-    /* B cannot be a suffix of A unless A is equal to B, which is guaranteed
-       not to be equal by the hash table.  */
-    return 0;
-
-  if (A->alignment < B->alignment
-      || ((A->len - B->len) & (B->alignment - 1)))
-    /* The suffix is not sufficiently aligned.  */
-    return 0;
-
-  return memcmp (A->root.string + (A->len - B->len),
-		 B->root.string, B->len - 2 * A->u.entsize) == 0;
-}
-
-/* Record one section into the hash table.  */
-static boolean
-record_section (sinfo, secinfo)
-     struct sec_merge_info *sinfo;
-     struct sec_merge_sec_info *secinfo;
-{
-  asection *sec = secinfo->sec;
-  struct sec_merge_hash_entry *entry;
-  boolean nul;
-  unsigned char *p, *end;
-  bfd_vma mask, eltalign;
-  unsigned int align, i;
-
-  align = bfd_get_section_alignment (sec->owner, sec);
-  end = secinfo->contents + sec->_raw_size;
-  nul = false;
-  mask = ((bfd_vma) 1 << align) - 1;
-  if (sec->flags & SEC_STRINGS)
-    {
-      for (p = secinfo->contents; p < end; )
-	{
-	  eltalign = p - secinfo->contents;
-	  eltalign = ((eltalign ^ (eltalign - 1)) + 1) >> 1;
-	  if (!eltalign || eltalign > mask)
-	    eltalign = mask + 1;
-	  entry = sec_merge_add (sinfo->htab, p, (unsigned) eltalign, secinfo);
-	  if (! entry)
-	    goto error_return;
-	  p += entry->len;
-	  if (sec->entsize == 1)
-	    {
-	      while (p < end && *p == 0)
-		{
-		  if (!nul && !((p - secinfo->contents) & mask))
-		    {
-		      nul = true;
-		      entry = sec_merge_add (sinfo->htab, "",
-					     (unsigned) mask + 1, secinfo);
-		      if (! entry)
-			goto error_return;
-		    }
-		  p++;
-	        }
-	    }
-	  else
-	    {
-	      while (p < end)
-		{
-		  for (i = 0; i < sec->entsize; i++)
-		    if (p[i] != '\0')
-		      break;
-		  if (i != sec->entsize)
-		    break;
-		  if (!nul && !((p - secinfo->contents) & mask))
-		    {
-		      nul = true;
-		      entry = sec_merge_add (sinfo->htab, p,
-					     (unsigned) mask + 1, secinfo);
-		      if (! entry)
-			goto error_return;
-		    }
-		  p += sec->entsize;
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      for (p = secinfo->contents; p < end; p += sec->entsize)
-	{
-	  entry = sec_merge_add (sinfo->htab, p, 1, secinfo);
-	  if (! entry)
-	    goto error_return;
-	}
-    }
-
-  return true;
-
-error_return:
-  for (secinfo = sinfo->chain; secinfo; secinfo = secinfo->next)
-    *secinfo->psecinfo = NULL;
-  return false;
-}
-
-/* This is a helper function for _bfd_merge_sections.  It attempts to
-   merge strings matching suffixes of longer strings.  */
-static void
-merge_strings (sinfo)
-     struct sec_merge_info *sinfo;
-{
-  struct sec_merge_hash_entry **array, **a, **end, *e;
-  struct sec_merge_sec_info *secinfo;
-  htab_t lasttab = NULL, last4tab = NULL;
-  bfd_size_type size, amt;
-
-  /* Now sort the strings by length, longest first.  */
-  array = NULL;
-  amt = sinfo->htab->size * sizeof (struct sec_merge_hash_entry *);
-  array = (struct sec_merge_hash_entry **) bfd_malloc (amt);
-  if (array == NULL)
-    goto alloc_failure;
-
-  for (e = sinfo->htab->first, a = array; e; e = e->next)
-    if (e->alignment)
-      *a++ = e;
-
-  sinfo->htab->size = a - array;
-
-  qsort (array, (size_t) sinfo->htab->size,
-	 sizeof (struct sec_merge_hash_entry *), cmplengthentry);
-
-  last4tab = htab_create ((size_t) sinfo->htab->size * 4, NULL, last4_eq, NULL);
-  lasttab = htab_create ((size_t) sinfo->htab->size * 4, NULL, last_eq, NULL);
-  if (lasttab == NULL || last4tab == NULL)
-    goto alloc_failure;
-
-  /* Now insert the strings into hash tables (strings with last 4 characters
-     and strings with last character equal), look for longer strings which
-     we're suffix of.  */
-  for (a = array, end = array + sinfo->htab->size; a < end; a++)
-    {
-      register hashval_t hash;
-      unsigned int c;
-      unsigned int i;
-      const unsigned char *s;
-      PTR *p;
-
-      e = *a;
-      e->u.entsize = sinfo->htab->entsize;
-      if (e->len <= e->u.entsize)
-	break;
-      if (e->len > 4 * e->u.entsize)
-	{
-	  s = e->root.string + e->len - e->u.entsize;
-	  hash = 0;
-	  for (i = 0; i < 4 * e->u.entsize; i++)
-	    {
-	      c = *--s;
-	      hash += c + (c << 17);
-	      hash ^= hash >> 2;
-	    }
-	  p = htab_find_slot_with_hash (last4tab, e, hash, INSERT);
-	  if (p == NULL)
-	    goto alloc_failure;
-	  if (*p)
-	    {
-	      struct sec_merge_hash_entry *ent;
-
-	      ent = (struct sec_merge_hash_entry *) *p;
-	      e->u.suffix = ent;
-	      e->alignment = 0;
-	      continue;
-	    }
-	  else
-	    *p = (PTR) e;
-	}
-      s = e->root.string + e->len - e->u.entsize;
-      hash = 0;
-      for (i = 0; i < e->u.entsize; i++)
-	{
-	  c = *--s;
-	  hash += c + (c << 17);
-	  hash ^= hash >> 2;
-	}
-      p = htab_find_slot_with_hash (lasttab, e, hash, INSERT);
-      if (p == NULL)
-	goto alloc_failure;
-      if (*p)
-	{
-	  struct sec_merge_hash_entry *ent;
-
-	  ent = (struct sec_merge_hash_entry *) *p;
-	  e->u.suffix = ent;
-	  e->alignment = 0;
-	}
-      else
-	*p = (PTR) e;
-    }
-
-alloc_failure:
-  if (array)
-    free (array);
-  if (lasttab)
-    htab_delete (lasttab);
-  if (last4tab)
-    htab_delete (last4tab);
-
-  /* Now assign positions to the strings we want to keep.  */
-  size = 0;
-  secinfo = sinfo->htab->first->secinfo;
-  for (e = sinfo->htab->first; e; e = e->next)
-    {
-      if (e->secinfo != secinfo)
-	{
-	  secinfo->sec->_cooked_size = size;
-	  secinfo = e->secinfo;
-	}
-      if (e->alignment)
-	{
-	  if (e->secinfo->first == NULL)
-	    {
-	      e->secinfo->first = e;
-	      size = 0;
-	    }
-	  size = (size + e->alignment - 1) & ~((bfd_vma) e->alignment - 1);
-	  e->u.index = size;
-	  size += e->len;
-	}
-    }
-  secinfo->sec->_cooked_size = size;
-
-  /* And now adjust the rest, removing them from the chain (but not hashtable)
-     at the same time.  */
-  for (a = &sinfo->htab->first, e = *a; e; e = e->next)
-    if (e->alignment)
-      a = &e->next;
-    else
-      {
-	*a = e->next;
-	if (e->len)
-	  {
-	    e->secinfo = e->u.suffix->secinfo;
-	    e->alignment = e->u.suffix->alignment;
-	    e->u.index = e->u.suffix->u.index + (e->u.suffix->len - e->len);
-	  }
-      }
-}
-
-/* This function is called once after all SEC_MERGE sections are registered
-   with _bfd_merge_section.  */
-
-boolean
-_bfd_merge_sections (abfd, xsinfo, remove_hook)
-     bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
-     PTR xsinfo;
-     void (*remove_hook) PARAMS((bfd *, asection *));
-{
-  struct sec_merge_info *sinfo;
-
-  for (sinfo = (struct sec_merge_info *) xsinfo; sinfo; sinfo = sinfo->next)
-    {
-      struct sec_merge_sec_info * secinfo;
-
-      if (! sinfo->chain)
-	continue;
-
-      /* Move sinfo->chain to head of the chain, terminate it.  */
-      secinfo = sinfo->chain;
-      sinfo->chain = secinfo->next;
-      secinfo->next = NULL;
-
-      /* Record the sections into the hash table.  */
-      for (secinfo = sinfo->chain; secinfo; secinfo = secinfo->next)
-	if (secinfo->sec->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE)
-	  {
-	    *secinfo->psecinfo = NULL;
-	    if (remove_hook)
-	      (*remove_hook) (abfd, secinfo->sec);
-	  }
-	else if (! record_section (sinfo, secinfo))
-	  break;
-
-      if (secinfo)
-	continue;
-
-      if (sinfo->htab->first == NULL)
-	continue;
-
-      if (sinfo->htab->strings)
-	merge_strings (sinfo);
-      else
-	{
-	  struct sec_merge_hash_entry *e;
-	  bfd_size_type size = 0;
-
-	  /* Things are much simpler for non-strings.
-	     Just assign them slots in the section.  */
-	  secinfo = NULL;
-	  for (e = sinfo->htab->first; e; e = e->next)
-	    {
-	      if (e->secinfo->first == NULL)
-		{
-		  if (secinfo)
-		    secinfo->sec->_cooked_size = size;
-		  e->secinfo->first = e;
-		  size = 0;
-		}
-	      size = (size + e->alignment - 1)
-		     & ~((bfd_vma) e->alignment - 1);
-	      e->u.index = size;
-	      size += e->len;
-	      secinfo = e->secinfo;
-	    }
-	  secinfo->sec->_cooked_size = size;
-	}
-
-	/* Finally shrink all input sections which have not made it into
-	   the hash table at all.  */
-	for (secinfo = sinfo->chain; secinfo; secinfo = secinfo->next)
-  	  if (secinfo->first == NULL)
-	    {
-	      secinfo->sec->_cooked_size = 0;
-	      secinfo->sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
-	    }
-    }
-
-  return true;
-}
-
-/* Write out the merged section.  */
-
-boolean
-_bfd_write_merged_section (output_bfd, sec, psecinfo)
-     bfd *output_bfd;
-     asection *sec;
-     PTR psecinfo;
-{
-  struct sec_merge_sec_info *secinfo;
-  file_ptr pos;
-
-  secinfo = (struct sec_merge_sec_info *) psecinfo;
-
-  if (!secinfo->first)
-    return true;
-
-  pos = sec->output_section->filepos + sec->output_offset;
-  if (bfd_seek (output_bfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0)
-    return false;
-
-  if (! sec_merge_emit (output_bfd, secinfo->first))
-    return false;
-
-  return true;
-}
-
-/* Adjust an address in the SEC_MERGE section.  Given OFFSET within
-   *PSEC, this returns the new offset in the adjusted SEC_MERGE
-   section and writes the new section back into *PSEC.  */
-
-bfd_vma
-_bfd_merged_section_offset (output_bfd, psec, psecinfo, offset, addend)
-     bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
-     asection **psec;
-     PTR psecinfo;
-     bfd_vma offset, addend;
-{
-  struct sec_merge_sec_info *secinfo;
-  struct sec_merge_hash_entry *entry;
-  unsigned char *p;
-  asection *sec = *psec;
-
-  secinfo = (struct sec_merge_sec_info *) psecinfo;
-
-  if (offset + addend >= sec->_raw_size)
-    {
-      if (offset + addend > sec->_raw_size)
-	{
-	  (*_bfd_error_handler)
-	    (_("%s: access beyond end of merged section (%ld + %ld)"),
-	     bfd_get_filename (sec->owner), (long) offset, (long) addend);
-	}
-      return (secinfo->first ? sec->_cooked_size : 0);
-    }
-
-  if (secinfo->htab->strings)
-    {
-      if (sec->entsize == 1)
-	{
-	  p = secinfo->contents + offset + addend - 1;
-	  while (*p && p >= secinfo->contents)
-	    --p;
-	  ++p;
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  p = secinfo->contents
-	      + ((offset + addend) / sec->entsize) * sec->entsize;
-	  p -= sec->entsize;
-	  while (p >= secinfo->contents)
-	    {
-	      unsigned int i;
-
-	      for (i = 0; i < sec->entsize; ++i)
-		if (p[i] != '\0')
-		  break;
-	      if (i == sec->entsize)
-		break;
-	      p -= sec->entsize;
-	    }
-	  p += sec->entsize;
-	}
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      p = secinfo->contents
-	  + ((offset + addend) / sec->entsize) * sec->entsize;
-    }
-  entry = sec_merge_hash_lookup (secinfo->htab, p, 0, false);
-  if (!entry)
-    {
-      if (! secinfo->htab->strings)
-	abort ();
-      /* This should only happen if somebody points into the padding
-	 after a NUL character but before next entity.  */
-      if (*p)
-	abort ();
-      if (! secinfo->htab->first)
-	abort ();
-      entry = secinfo->htab->first;
-      p = secinfo->contents
-	  + ((offset + addend) / sec->entsize + 1) * sec->entsize
-	  - entry->len;
-    }
-
-  *psec = entry->secinfo->sec;
-  return entry->u.index + (secinfo->contents + offset - p);
-}

contrib/binutils/bfd/xcoff-target.h

@@ -1,195 +0,0 @@
-/* Common definitions for backends based on IBM RS/6000 "XCOFF64" files.
-   Copyright 2000, 2001
-   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   Contributed by Cygnus Support.
-
-This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-(at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* Internalcoff.h and coffcode.h modify themselves based on this flag.  */
-#define RS6000COFF_C 1
-
-#define SELECT_RELOC(internal, howto)					\
-  {									\
-    internal.r_type = howto->type;					\
-    internal.r_size =							\
-      ((howto->complain_on_overflow == complain_overflow_signed		\
-	? 0x80								\
-	: 0)								\
-       | (howto->bitsize - 1));						\
-  }
-
-#define COFF_DEFAULT_SECTION_ALIGNMENT_POWER (3)
-
-#define COFF_LONG_FILENAMES
-
-#define NO_COFF_SYMBOLS
-
-#define RTYPE2HOWTO(cache_ptr, dst) _bfd_xcoff_rtype2howto (cache_ptr, dst)
-
-#define coff_mkobject _bfd_xcoff_mkobject
-#define coff_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data _bfd_xcoff_copy_private_bfd_data
-#define coff_bfd_is_local_label_name _bfd_xcoff_is_local_label_name
-#define coff_bfd_reloc_type_lookup _bfd_xcoff_reloc_type_lookup
-#define coff_relocate_section _bfd_ppc_xcoff_relocate_section
-
-#define CORE_FILE_P _bfd_dummy_target
-
-#define coff_core_file_failing_command _bfd_nocore_core_file_failing_command
-#define coff_core_file_failing_signal _bfd_nocore_core_file_failing_signal
-#define coff_core_file_matches_executable_p \
-  _bfd_nocore_core_file_matches_executable_p
-
-#ifdef AIX_CORE
-#undef CORE_FILE_P
-#define CORE_FILE_P rs6000coff_core_p
-extern const bfd_target * rs6000coff_core_p ();
-extern boolean rs6000coff_core_file_matches_executable_p ();
-
-#undef	coff_core_file_matches_executable_p
-#define coff_core_file_matches_executable_p  \
-				     rs6000coff_core_file_matches_executable_p
-
-extern char *rs6000coff_core_file_failing_command PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
-#undef coff_core_file_failing_command
-#define coff_core_file_failing_command rs6000coff_core_file_failing_command
-
-extern int rs6000coff_core_file_failing_signal PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
-#undef coff_core_file_failing_signal
-#define coff_core_file_failing_signal rs6000coff_core_file_failing_signal
-#endif /* AIX_CORE */
-
-#ifdef LYNX_CORE
-
-#undef CORE_FILE_P
-#define CORE_FILE_P lynx_core_file_p
-extern const bfd_target *lynx_core_file_p PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
-
-extern boolean lynx_core_file_matches_executable_p PARAMS ((bfd *core_bfd,
-							    bfd *exec_bfd));
-#undef	coff_core_file_matches_executable_p
-#define coff_core_file_matches_executable_p lynx_core_file_matches_executable_p
-
-extern char *lynx_core_file_failing_command PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
-#undef coff_core_file_failing_command
-#define coff_core_file_failing_command lynx_core_file_failing_command
-
-extern int lynx_core_file_failing_signal PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
-#undef coff_core_file_failing_signal
-#define coff_core_file_failing_signal lynx_core_file_failing_signal
-
-#endif /* LYNX_CORE */
-
-#define _bfd_xcoff_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents \
-  coff_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents
-#define _bfd_xcoff_bfd_relax_section coff_bfd_relax_section
-#define _bfd_xcoff_bfd_gc_sections coff_bfd_gc_sections
-#define _bfd_xcoff_bfd_merge_sections coff_bfd_merge_sections
-#define _bfd_xcoff_bfd_link_split_section coff_bfd_link_split_section
-
-/* XCOFF archives do not have anything which corresponds to an
-   extended name table.  */
-
-#define _bfd_xcoff_slurp_extended_name_table bfd_false
-#define _bfd_xcoff_construct_extended_name_table \
-  ((boolean (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, char **, bfd_size_type *, const char **))) \
-   bfd_false)
-#define _bfd_xcoff_truncate_arname bfd_dont_truncate_arname
-
-/* We can use the standard get_elt_at_index routine.  */
-
-#define _bfd_xcoff_get_elt_at_index _bfd_generic_get_elt_at_index
-
-/* XCOFF archives do not have a timestamp.  */
-
-#define _bfd_xcoff_update_armap_timestamp bfd_true
-
-extern boolean _bfd_xcoff_mkobject PARAMS ((bfd *));
-extern boolean _bfd_xcoff_copy_private_bfd_data PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *));
-extern boolean _bfd_xcoff_is_local_label_name PARAMS ((bfd *, const char *));
-extern void _bfd_xcoff_rtype2howto
-  PARAMS ((arelent *, struct internal_reloc *));
-extern reloc_howto_type *_bfd_xcoff_reloc_type_lookup
-  PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd_reloc_code_real_type));
-extern boolean _bfd_xcoff_slurp_armap PARAMS ((bfd *));
-extern const bfd_target *_bfd_xcoff_archive_p PARAMS ((bfd *));
-extern PTR _bfd_xcoff_read_ar_hdr PARAMS ((bfd *));
-extern bfd *_bfd_xcoff_openr_next_archived_file PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *));
-extern int _bfd_xcoff_generic_stat_arch_elt PARAMS ((bfd *, struct stat *));
-extern boolean _bfd_xcoff_write_armap
-  PARAMS ((bfd *, unsigned int, struct orl *, unsigned int, int));
-extern boolean _bfd_xcoff_write_archive_contents PARAMS ((bfd *));
-extern int _bfd_xcoff_sizeof_headers PARAMS ((bfd *, boolean));
-extern void _bfd_xcoff_swap_sym_in PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, PTR));
-extern unsigned int _bfd_xcoff_swap_sym_out PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, PTR));
-extern void _bfd_xcoff_swap_aux_in PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, int, int, int, int, PTR));
-extern unsigned int _bfd_xcoff_swap_aux_out PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, int, int, int, int, PTR));
-
-#ifndef coff_SWAP_sym_in
-#define coff_SWAP_sym_in _bfd_xcoff_swap_sym_in
-#define coff_SWAP_sym_out _bfd_xcoff_swap_sym_out
-#define coff_SWAP_aux_in _bfd_xcoff_swap_aux_in
-#define coff_SWAP_aux_out _bfd_xcoff_swap_aux_out
-#endif
-
-#include "coffcode.h"
-
-/* The transfer vector that leads the outside world to all of the above.  */
-
-const bfd_target TARGET_SYM =
-{
-  TARGET_NAME,
-  bfd_target_xcoff_flavour,
-  BFD_ENDIAN_BIG,		/* data byte order is big */
-  BFD_ENDIAN_BIG,		/* header byte order is big */
-
-  (HAS_RELOC | EXEC_P |		/* object flags */
-   HAS_LINENO | HAS_DEBUG | DYNAMIC |
-   HAS_SYMS | HAS_LOCALS | WP_TEXT),
-
-  (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC), /* section flags */
-  0,				/* leading char */
-  '/',				/* ar_pad_char */
-  15,				/* ar_max_namelen??? FIXMEmgo */
-
-  bfd_getb64, bfd_getb_signed_64, bfd_putb64,
-     bfd_getb32, bfd_getb_signed_32, bfd_putb32,
-     bfd_getb16, bfd_getb_signed_16, bfd_putb16, /* data */
-  bfd_getb64, bfd_getb_signed_64, bfd_putb64,
-     bfd_getb32, bfd_getb_signed_32, bfd_putb32,
-     bfd_getb16, bfd_getb_signed_16, bfd_putb16, /* hdrs */
-
-  {_bfd_dummy_target, coff_object_p, 	/* bfd_check_format */
-     _bfd_xcoff_archive_p, CORE_FILE_P},
-  {bfd_false, coff_mkobject,		/* bfd_set_format */
-     _bfd_generic_mkarchive, bfd_false},
-  {bfd_false, coff_write_object_contents,	/* bfd_write_contents */
-     _bfd_xcoff_write_archive_contents, bfd_false},
-
-     BFD_JUMP_TABLE_GENERIC (coff),
-     BFD_JUMP_TABLE_COPY (coff),
-     BFD_JUMP_TABLE_CORE (coff),
-     BFD_JUMP_TABLE_ARCHIVE (_bfd_xcoff),
-     BFD_JUMP_TABLE_SYMBOLS (coff),
-     BFD_JUMP_TABLE_RELOCS (coff),
-     BFD_JUMP_TABLE_WRITE (coff),
-     BFD_JUMP_TABLE_LINK (_bfd_xcoff),
-     BFD_JUMP_TABLE_DYNAMIC (_bfd_xcoff),
-
-  NULL,
-
-  COFF_SWAP_TABLE
-};

contrib/binutils/binutils/doc/Makefile.am

@@ -1,165 +0,0 @@
-## Process this file with automake to generate Makefile.in
-
-AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = cygnus
-
-# What version of the manual you want; "all" includes everything
-CONFIG=all
-
-# Options to extract the man page from as.texinfo
-MANCONF = -Dman
-
-TEXI2POD = perl $(top_srcdir)/../etc/texi2pod.pl
-
-POD2MAN = pod2man --center="GNU Development Tools" \
-	 --release="binutils-$(VERSION)" --section=1
-
-# List of man pages generated from binutils.texi
-man_MANS = \
-	addr2line.1 \
-	ar.1 \
-	dlltool.1 \
-	nlmconv.1 \
-	nm.1 \
-	objcopy.1 \
-	objdump.1 \
-	ranlib.1 \
-	readelf.1 \
-	size.1 \
-	strings.1 \
-	strip.1 \
-	windres.1 \
-	$(DEMANGLER_NAME).1
-
-info_TEXINFOS = binutils.texi
-
-config.texi: Makefile
-	rm -f config.texi
-	echo '@set VERSION $(VERSION)' > config.texi
-
-binutils_TEXI = $(srcdir)/binutils.texi
-
-binutils.dvi:  $(binutils_TEXI) config.texi
-
-binutils.info: $(binutils_TEXI) config.texi
-
-# Man page generation from texinfo
-addr2line.1:	$(binutils_TEXI)
-	touch $@
-	-$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Daddr2line < $< > addr2line.pod
-	-($(POD2MAN) addr2line.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
-		mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
-	rm -f addr2line.pod
-
-ar.1:	$(binutils_TEXI)
-	touch $@
-	-$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dar < $< > ar.pod
-	-($(POD2MAN) ar.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
-		mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
-	rm -f ar.pod
-
-dlltool.1:	$(binutils_TEXI)
-	touch $@
-	-$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Ddlltool < $< > dlltool.pod
-	-($(POD2MAN) dlltool.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
-		mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
-	rm -f dlltool.pod
-
-nlmconv.1:	$(binutils_TEXI)
-	touch $@
-	-$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dnlmconv < $< > nlmconv.pod
-	-($(POD2MAN) nlmconv.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
-		mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
-	rm -f nlmconv.pod
-
-nm.1:	$(binutils_TEXI)
-	touch $@
-	-$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dnm < $< > nm.pod
-	-($(POD2MAN) nm.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
-		mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
-	rm -f nm.pod
-
-objcopy.1:	$(binutils_TEXI)
-	touch $@
-	-$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dobjcopy < $< > objcopy.pod
-	-($(POD2MAN) objcopy.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
-		mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
-	rm -f objcopy.pod
-
-objdump.1:	$(binutils_TEXI)
-	touch $@
-	-$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dobjdump < $< > objdump.pod
-	-($(POD2MAN) objdump.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
-		mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
-	rm -f objdump.pod
-
-ranlib.1:	$(binutils_TEXI)
-	touch $@
-	-$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dranlib < $< > ranlib.pod
-	-($(POD2MAN) ranlib.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
-		mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
-	rm -f ranlib.pod
-
-readelf.1:	$(binutils_TEXI)
-	touch $@
-	-$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dreadelf < $< > readelf.pod
-	-($(POD2MAN) readelf.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
-		mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
-	rm -f readelf.pod
-
-size.1:	$(binutils_TEXI)
-	touch $@
-	-$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dsize < $< > size.pod
-	-($(POD2MAN) size.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
-		mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
-	rm -f size.pod
-
-strings.1:	$(binutils_TEXI)
-	touch $@
-	-$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dstrings < $< > strings.pod
-	-($(POD2MAN) strings.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
-		mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
-	rm -f strings.pod
-
-strip.1:	$(binutils_TEXI)
-	touch $@
-	-$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dstrip < $< > strip.pod
-	-($(POD2MAN) strip.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
-		mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
-	rm -f strip.pod
-
-windres.1:	$(binutils_TEXI)
-	touch $@
-	-$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dwindres < $< > windres.pod
-	-($(POD2MAN) windres.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
-		mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
-	rm -f windres.pod
-
-cxxfilt.man:	$(binutils_TEXI)
-	touch $@
-	-$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dcxxfilt < $< > $(DEMANGLER_NAME).pod
-	-($(POD2MAN) $(DEMANGLER_NAME).pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
-		mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
-	rm -f $(DEMANGLER_NAME).pod
-
-MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = config.texi
-DISTCLEANFILES       = config.texi
-MOSTLYCLEANFILES     = $(DEMANGLER_NAME).1
-
-$(DEMANGLER_NAME).1: cxxfilt.man Makefile
-	if test -f cxxfilt.man; then \
-	  man=cxxfilt.man; \
-	else \
-	  man=$(srcdir)/cxxfilt.man; \
-	fi; \
-	sed -e 's/@PROGRAM@/$(DEMANGLER_NAME)/' \
-	    -e 's/cxxfilt/$(DEMANGLER_NAME)/' < $$man \
-		> $(DEMANGLER_NAME).1
-
-# We want install to imply install-info as per GNU standards, despite the
-# cygnus option.
-install: install-info
-
-# Maintenance
-
-# We need it for the taz target in ../../Makefile.in.
-info: $(MANS)

contrib/binutils/gas/doc/c-alpha.texi

@@ -1,396 +0,0 @@
-@c Copyright 2002
-@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-@c This is part of the GAS manual.
-@c For copying conditions, see the file as.texinfo.
-
-@ifset GENERIC
-@page
-@node Alpha-Dependent
-@chapter Alpha Dependent Features
-@end ifset
-
-@ifclear GENERIC
-@node Machine Dependencies
-@chapter Alpha Dependent Features
-@end ifclear
-
-@cindex Alpha support
-@menu
-* Alpha Notes::                Notes
-* Alpha Options::              Options
-* Alpha Syntax::               Syntax
-* Alpha Floating Point::       Floating Point
-* Alpha Directives::           Alpha Machine Directives
-* Alpha Opcodes::              Opcodes
-@end menu
-
-@node Alpha Notes
-@section Notes
-@cindex Alpha notes
-@cindex notes for Alpha
-
-The documentation here is primarily for the ELF object format.
-@code{@value{AS}} also supports the ECOFF and EVAX formats, but
-features specific to these formats are not yet documented.
-
-@node Alpha Options
-@section Options
-@cindex Alpha options
-@cindex options for Alpha
-
-@table @option
-@cindex @code{-m@var{cpu}} command line option, Alpha
-@item -m@var{cpu}
-This option specifies the target processor.  If an attempt is made to
-assemble an instruction which will not execute on the target processor,
-the assembler may either expand the instruction as a macro or issue an
-error message.  This option is equivalent to the @code{.arch} directive.
-
-The following processor names are recognized: 
-@code{21064},
-@code{21064a},
-@code{21066},
-@code{21068},
-@code{21164},
-@code{21164a},
-@code{21164pc},
-@code{21264},
-@code{ev4},
-@code{ev5},
-@code{lca45},
-@code{ev5},
-@code{ev56},
-@code{pca56},
-@code{ev6}.
-The special name @code{all} may be used to allow the assembler to accept
-instructions valid for any Alpha processor.
-
-In order to support existing practice in OSF/1 with respect to @code{.arch},
-and existing practice within @command{MILO} (the Linux ARC bootloader), the
-numbered processor names (e.g.@: 21064) enable the processor-specific PALcode
-instructions, while the ``electro-vlasic'' names (e.g.@: @code{ev4}) do not.
-
-@cindex @code{-mdebug} command line option, Alpha
-@cindex @code{-no-mdebug} command line option, Alpha
-@item -mdebug
-@itemx -no-mdebug
-Enables or disables the generation of @code{.mdebug} encapsulation for
-stabs directives and procedure descriptors.  The default is to automatically
-enable @code{.mdebug} when the first stabs directive is seen.
-
-@cindex @code{-relax} command line option, Alpha
-@item -relax
-This option forces all relocations to be put into the object file, instead
-of saving space and resolving some relocations at assembly time.  Note that
-this option does not propagate all symbol arithmetic into the object file,
-because not all symbol arithmetic can be represented.  However, the option
-can still be useful in specific applications.
-
-@cindex @code{-g} command line option, Alpha
-@item -g
-This option is used when the compiler generates debug information.  When
-@command{gcc} is using @command{mips-tfile} to generate debug
-information for ECOFF, local labels must be passed through to the object
-file.  Otherwise this option has no effect.
-
-@cindex @code{-G} command line option, Alpha
-@item -G@var{size}
-A local common symbol larger than @var{size} is placed in @code{.bss},
-while smaller symbols are placed in @code{.sbss}.
-
-@cindex @code{-F} command line option, Alpha
-@cindex @code{-32addr} command line option, Alpha
-@item -F
-@itemx -32addr
-These options are ignored for backward compatibility.
-@end table
-
-@cindex Alpha Syntax
-@node Alpha Syntax
-@section Syntax
-The assembler syntax closely follow the Alpha Reference Manual;
-assembler directives and general syntax closely follow the OSF/1 and
-OpenVMS syntax, with a few differences for ELF.
-
-@menu
-* Alpha-Chars::                Special Characters
-* Alpha-Regs::                 Register Names
-* Alpha-Relocs::               Relocations
-@end menu
-
-@node Alpha-Chars
-@subsection Special Characters
-
-@cindex line comment character, Alpha
-@cindex Alpha line comment character
-@samp{#} is the line comment character.
-
-@cindex line separator, Alpha
-@cindex statement separator, Alpha
-@cindex Alpha line separator
-@samp{;} can be used instead of a newline to separate statements.
-
-@node Alpha-Regs
-@subsection Register Names
-@cindex Alpha registers
-@cindex register names, Alpha
-
-The 32 integer registers are refered to as @samp{$@var{n}} or
-@samp{$r@var{n}}.  In addition, registers 15, 28, 29, and 30 may
-be refered to by the symbols @samp{$fp}, @samp{$at}, @samp{$gp},
-and @samp{$sp} respectively.
-
-The 32 floating-point registers are refered to as @samp{$f@var{n}}.
-
-@node Alpha-Relocs
-@subsection Relocations
-@cindex Alpha relocations
-@cindex relocations, Alpha
-
-Some of these relocations are available for ECOFF, but mostly
-only for ELF.  They are modeled after the relocation format 
-introduced in Digial Unix 4.0, but there are additions.
-
-The format is @samp{!@var{tag}} or @samp{!@var{tag}!@var{number}}
-where @var{tag} is the name of the relocation.  In some cases
-@var{number} is used to relate specific instructions.
-
-The relocation is placed at the end of the instruction like so:
-
-@example
-ldah  $0,a($29)    !gprelhigh
-lda   $0,a($0)     !gprellow
-ldq   $1,b($29)    !literal!100
-ldl   $2,0($1)     !lituse_base!100
-@end example
-
-@table @code
-@item !literal
-@itemx !literal!@var{N}
-Used with an @code{ldq} instruction to load the address of a symbol
-from the GOT.
-
-A sequence number @var{N} is optional, and if present is used to pair
-@code{lituse} relocations with this @code{literal} relocation.  The
-@code{lituse} relocations are used by the linker to optimize the code
-based on the final location of the symbol.
-
-Note that these optimizations are dependent on the data flow of the
-program.  Therefore, if @emph{any} @code{lituse} is paired with a
-@code{literal} relocation, then @emph{all} uses of the register set by
-the @code{literal} instruction must also be marked with @code{lituse}
-relocations.  This is because the original @code{literal} instruction
-may be deleted or transformed into another instruction.
-
-Also note that there may be a one-to-many relationship between
-@code{literal} and @code{lituse}, but not a many-to-one.  That is, if
-there are two code paths that load up the same address and feed the
-value to a single use, then the use may not use a @code{lituse}
-relocation.
-
-@item !lituse_base!@var{N}
-Used with any memory format instruction (e.g.@: @code{ldl}) to indicate
-that the literal is used for an address load.  The offset field of the
-instruction must be zero.  During relaxation, the code may be altered
-to use a gp-relative load.
-
-@item !lituse_jsr!@var{N}
-Used with a register branch format instruction (e.g.@: @code{jsr}) to
-indicate that the literal is used for a call.  During relaxation, the
-code may be altered to use a direct branch (e.g.@: @code{bsr}).
-
-@item !lituse_bytoff!@var{N}
-Used with a byte mask instruction (e.g.@: @code{extbl}) to indicate
-that only the low 3 bits of the address are relevant.  During relaxation,
-the code may be altered to use an immediate instead of a register shift.
-
-@item !lituse_addr!@var{N}
-Used with any other instruction to indicate that the original address
-is in fact used, and the original @code{ldq} instruction may not be
-altered or deleted.  This is useful in conjunction with @code{lituse_jsr}
-to test whether a weak symbol is defined.
-
-@example
-ldq  $27,foo($29)   !literal!1
-beq  $27,is_undef   !lituse_addr!1
-jsr  $26,($27),foo  !lituse_jsr!1
-@end example
-
-@item !gpdisp!@var{N}
-Used with @code{ldah} and @code{lda} to load the GP from the current
-address, a-la the @code{ldgp} macro.  The source register for the
-@code{ldah} instruction must contain the address of the @code{ldah}
-instruction.  There must be exactly one @code{lda} instruction paired
-with the @code{ldah} instruction, though it may appear anywhere in 
-the instruction stream.  The immediate operands must be zero.
-
-@example
-bsr  $26,foo
-ldah $29,0($26)     !gpdisp!1
-lda  $29,0($29)     !gpdisp!1
-@end example
-
-@item !gprelhigh
-Used with an @code{ldah} instruction to add the high 16 bits of a
-32-bit displacement from the GP.
-
-@item !gprellow
-Used with any memory format instruction to add the low 16 bits of a
-32-bit displacement from the GP.
-
-@item !gprel
-Used with any memory format instruction to add a 16-bit displacement
-from the GP.
-
-@item !samegp
-Used with any branch format instruction to skip the GP load at the
-target address.  The referenced symbol must have the same GP as the
-source object file, and it must be declared to either not use @code{$27}
-or perform a standard GP load in the first two instructions via the
-@code{.prologue} directive.
-@end table
-
-@node Alpha Floating Point
-@section Floating Point
-@cindex floating point, Alpha (@sc{ieee})
-@cindex Alpha floating point (@sc{ieee})
-The Alpha family uses both @sc{ieee} and VAX floating-point numbers.
-
-@node Alpha Directives
-@section Alpha Assembler Directives
-
-@command{@value{AS}} for the Alpha supports many additional directives for
-compatibility with the native assembler.  This section describes them only
-briefly.
-
-@cindex Alpha-only directives
-These are the additional directives in @code{@value{AS}} for the Alpha:
-
-@table @code
-@item .arch @var{cpu}
-Specifies the target processor.  This is equivalent to the
-@option{-m@var{cpu}} command-line option.  @xref{Alpha Options, Options},
-for a list of values for @var{cpu}.
-
-@item .ent @var{function}[, @var{n}]
-Mark the beginning of @var{function}.  An optional number may follow for
-compatibility with the OSF/1 assembler, but is ignored.  When generating
-@code{.mdebug} information, this will create a procedure descriptor for
-the function.  In ELF, it will mark the symbol as a function a-la the
-generic @code{.type} directive.
-
-@item .end @var{function}
-Mark the end of @var{function}.  In ELF, it will set the size of the symbol
-a-la the generic @code{.size} directive.
-
-@item .mask @var{mask}, @var{offset}
-Indicate which of the integer registers are saved in the current
-function's stack frame.  @var{mask} is interpreted a bit mask in which
-bit @var{n} set indicates that register @var{n} is saved.  The registers
-are saved in a block located @var{offset} bytes from the @dfn{canonical
-frame address} (CFA) which is the value of the stack pointer on entry to
-the function.  The registers are saved sequentially, except that the
-return address register (normally @code{$26}) is saved first.
-
-This and the other directives that describe the stack frame are
-currently only used when generating @code{.mdebug} information.  They
-may in the future be used to generate DWARF2 @code{.debug_frame} unwind
-information for hand written assembly.
-
-@item .fmask @var{mask}, @var{offset}
-Indicate which of the floating-point registers are saved in the current
-stack frame.  The @var{mask} and @var{offset} parameters are interpreted
-as with @code{.mask}.
-
-@item .frame @var{framereg}, @var{frameoffset}, @var{retreg}[, @var{argoffset}]
-Describes the shape of the stack frame.  The frame pointer in use is
-@var{framereg}; normally this is either @code{$fp} or @code{$sp}.  The
-frame pointer is @var{frameoffset} bytes below the CFA.  The return
-address is initially located in @var{retreg} until it is saved as
-indicated in @code{.mask}.  For compatibility with OSF/1 an optional
-@var{argoffset} parameter is accepted and ignored.  It is believed to
-indicate the offset from the CFA to the saved argument registers.
-
-@item .prologue @var{n}
-Indicate that the stack frame is set up and all registers have been
-spilled.  The argument @var{n} indicates whether and how the function
-uses the incoming @dfn{procedure vector} (the address of the called
-function) in @code{$27}.  0 indicates that @code{$27} is not used; 1
-indicates that the first two instructions of the function use @code{$27}
-to perform a load of the GP register; 2 indicates that @code{$27} is
-used in some non-standard way and so the linker cannot elide the load of
-the procedure vector during relaxation.
-
-@item .gprel32 @var{expression}
-Computes the difference between the address in @var{expression} and the
-GP for the current object file, and stores it in 4 bytes.  In addition
-to being smaller than a full 8 byte address, this also does not require
-a dynamic relocation when used in a shared library.
-
-@item .t_floating @var{expression}
-Stores @var{expression} as an @sc{ieee} double precision value.
-
-@item .s_floating @var{expression}
-Stores @var{expression} as an @sc{ieee} single precision value.
-
-@item .f_floating @var{expression}
-Stores @var{expression} as a VAX F format value.
-
-@item .g_floating @var{expression}
-Stores @var{expression} as a VAX G format value.
-
-@item .d_floating @var{expression}
-Stores @var{expression} as a VAX D format value.
-
-@item .set @var{feature}
-Enables or disables various assembler features.  Using the positive
-name of the feature enables while using @samp{no@var{feature}} disables.
-
-@table @code
-@item at
-Indicates that macro expansions may clobber the @dfn{assembler
-temporary} (@code{$at} or @code{$28}) register.  Some macros may not be
-expanded without this and will generate an error message if @code{noat}
-is in effect.  When @code{at} is in effect, a warning will be generated
-if @code{$at} is used by the programmer.
-
-@item macro
-Enables the expasion of macro instructions.  Note that variants of real
-instructions, such as @code{br label} vs @code{br $31,label} are
-considered alternate forms and not macros.
-
-@item move
-@itemx reorder
-@itemx volatile
-These control whether and how the assembler may re-order instructions.
-Accepted for compatibility with the OSF/1 assembler, but @command{@value{AS}}
-does not do instruction scheduling, so these features are ignored.
-@end table
-@end table
-
-The following directives are recognized for compatibility with the OSF/1
-assembler but are ignored.
-
-@example
-.proc           .aproc
-.reguse         .livereg
-.option         .aent
-.ugen           .eflag
-.alias          .noalias
-@end example
-
-@node Alpha Opcodes
-@section Opcodes
-For detailed information on the Alpha machine instruction set, see the
-@c Attempt to work around a very overfull hbox.
-@iftex
-Alpha Architecture Handbook located at
-@smallfonts
-@example
-ftp://ftp.digital.com/pub/Digital/info/semiconductor/literature/alphaahb.pdf
-@end example
-@textfonts
-@end iftex
-@ifnottex
-@uref{ftp://ftp.digital.com/pub/Digital/info/semiconductor/literature/alphaahb.pdf,Alpha Architecture Handbook}.
-@end ifnottex

contrib/binutils/gas/doc/c-arc.texi

@@ -1,207 +0,0 @@
-@c Copyright 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-@c This is part of the GAS manual.
-@c For copying conditions, see the file as.texinfo.
-
-@ifset GENERIC
-@page
-@node ARC-Dependent
-@chapter ARC Dependent Features
-@end ifset
-
-@ifclear GENERIC
-@node Machine Dependencies
-@chapter ARC Dependent Features
-@end ifclear
-
-@set ARC_CORE_DEFAULT 6
-
-@cindex ARC support
-@menu
-* ARC Options::              Options
-* ARC Syntax::               Syntax
-* ARC Floating Point::       Floating Point
-* ARC Directives::           ARC Machine Directives
-* ARC Opcodes::              Opcodes
-@end menu
-
-
-@node ARC Options
-@section Options
-@cindex ARC options (none)
-@cindex options for ARC (none)
-
-@table @code
-
-@cindex @code{-marc[5|6|7|8]} command line option, ARC
-@item -marc[5|6|7|8]
-This option selects the core processor variant. Using
-@code{-marc} is the same as @code{-marc@value{ARC_CORE_DEFAULT}}, which
-is also the default.
-
-@table @code
-
-@cindex @code{arc5} arc5, ARC
-@item arc5
-Base instruction set.
-
-@cindex @code{arc6} arc6, ARC
-@item arc6
-Jump-and-link (jl) instruction. No requirement of an instruction between
-setting flags and conditional jump. For example:
-
-@smallexample
-  mov.f r0,r1
-  beq   foo
-@end smallexample
-
-@cindex @code{arc7} arc7, ARC
-@item arc7
-Break (brk) and sleep (sleep) instructions.
-
-@cindex @code{arc8} arc8, ARC
-@item arc8
-Software interrupt (swi) instruction.
-
-@end table
-
-Note: the @code{.option} directive can to be used to select a core
-variant from within assembly code.
-
-@cindex @code{-EB} command line option, ARC
-@item -EB
-This option specifies that the output generated by the assembler should
-be marked as being encoded for a big-endian processor.
-
-@cindex @code{-EL} command line option, ARC
-@item -EL
-This option specifies that the output generated by the assembler should
-be marked as being encoded for a little-endian processor - this is the
-default.
-
-@end table
-
-
-@node ARC Syntax
-@section Syntax
-@menu
-* ARC-Chars::                Special Characters
-* ARC-Regs::                 Register Names
-@end menu
-
-@node ARC-Chars
-@subsection Special Characters
-
-@cindex ARC special characters
-@cindex special characters, ARC
-*TODO*
-
-@node ARC-Regs
-@subsection Register Names
-
-@cindex ARC register names
-@cindex register names, ARC
-*TODO*
-
-
-@node ARC Floating Point
-@section Floating Point
-
-@cindex floating point, ARC (@sc{ieee})
-@cindex ARC floating point (@sc{ieee})
-The ARC core does not currently have hardware floating point
-support. Software floating point support is provided by @code{GCC}
-and uses @sc{ieee} floating-point numbers.
-
-
-@node ARC Directives
-@section ARC Machine Directives
-
-@cindex machine directives, ARC
-@cindex ARC machine directives
-The ARC version of @code{@value{AS}} supports the following additional
-machine directives:
-
-@table @code
-
-@cindex @code{2byte} directive, ARC
-@item .2byte @var{expressions}
-*TODO*
-
-@cindex @code{3byte} directive, ARC
-@item .3byte @var{expressions}
-*TODO*
-
-@cindex @code{4byte} directive, ARC
-@item .4byte @var{expressions}
-*TODO*
-
-@cindex @code{extAuxRegister} directive, ARC
-@item .extAuxRegister @var{name},@var{address},@var{mode}
-*TODO*
-
-@smallexample
-  .extAuxRegister mulhi,0x12,w
-@end smallexample
-
-@cindex @code{extCondCode} directive, ARC
-@item .extCondCode @var{suffix},@var{value}
-*TODO*
-
-@smallexample
-  .extCondCode is_busy,0x14
-@end smallexample
-
-@cindex @code{extCoreRegister} directive, ARC
-@item .extCoreRegister @var{name},@var{regnum},@var{mode},@var{shortcut}
-*TODO*
-
-@smallexample
-  .extCoreRegister mlo,57,r,can_shortcut
-@end smallexample
-
-@cindex @code{extInstruction} directive, ARC
-@item .extInstruction @var{name},@var{opcode},@var{subopcode},@var{suffixclass},@var{syntaxclass}
-*TODO*
-
-@smallexample
-  .extInstruction mul64,0x14,0x0,SUFFIX_COND,SYNTAX_3OP|OP1_MUST_BE_IMM
-@end smallexample
-
-@cindex @code{half} directive, ARC
-@item .half @var{expressions}
-*TODO*
-
-@cindex @code{long} directive, ARC
-@item .long @var{expressions}
-*TODO*
-
-@cindex @code{option} directive, ARC
-@item .option @var{arc|arc5|arc6|arc7|arc8}
-The @code{.option} directive must be followed by the desired core
-version. Again @code{arc} is an alias for
-@code{arc@value{ARC_CORE_DEFAULT}}.
-
-Note: the @code{.option} directive overrides the command line option
-@code{-marc}; a warning is emitted when the version is not consistent
-between the two - even for the implicit default core version
-(arc@value{ARC_CORE_DEFAULT}).
-
-@cindex @code{short} directive, ARC
-@item .short @var{expressions}
-*TODO*
-
-@cindex @code{word} directive, ARC
-@item .word @var{expressions}
-*TODO*
-
-@end table
-
-
-@node ARC Opcodes
-@section Opcodes
-
-@cindex ARC opcodes
-@cindex opcodes for ARC
-
-For information on the ARC instruction set, see @cite{ARC Programmers
-Reference Manual}, ARC Cores Ltd.

contrib/binutils/gas/doc/c-ppc.texi

@@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
-@c Copyright 2001, 2002
-@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-@c This is part of the GAS manual.
-@c For copying conditions, see the file as.texinfo.
-@ifset GENERIC
-@page
-@node PPC-Dependent
-@chapter PowerPC Dependent Features
-@end ifset
-@ifclear GENERIC
-@node Machine Dependencies
-@chapter PowerPC Dependent Features
-@end ifclear
-
-@cindex PowerPC support
-@menu
-* PowerPC-Opts::                Options
-@end menu
-
-@node PowerPC-Opts
-@section Options
-
-@cindex options for PowerPC
-@cindex PowerPC options
-@cindex architectures, PowerPC
-@cindex PowerPC architectures
-The PowerPC chip family includes several successive levels, using the same
-core instruction set, but including a few additional instructions at
-each level.  There are exceptions to this however.  For details on what
-instructions each variant supports, please see the chip's architecture
-reference manual.
-
-The following table lists all available PowerPC options.
-
-@table @code
-@item -mpwrx | -mpwr2
-Generate code for POWER/2 (RIOS2).
-
-@item -mpwr
-Generate code for POWER (RIOS1)
-
-@item -m601
-Generate code for PowerPC 601.
-
-@item -mppc, -mppc32, -m603, -m604
-Generate code for PowerPC 603/604.
-
-@item -m403, -m405
-Generate code for PowerPC 403/405.
-
-@item -m7400, -m7410, -m7450, -m7455
-Generate code for PowerPC 7400/7410/7450/7455.
-
-@item -mppc64, -m620
-Generate code for PowerPC 620/625/630.
-
-@item -mppc64bridge
-Generate code for PowerPC 64, including bridge insns.
-
-@item -mbooke64
-Generate code for 64-bit BookE.
-
-@item -mbooke, mbooke32
-Generate code for 32-bit BookE.
-
-@item -maltivec
-Generate code for processors with AltiVec instructions.
-
-@item -mpower4
-Generate code for Power4 architecture.
-
-@item -mcom
-Generate code Power/PowerPC common instructions.
-
-@item -many
-Generate code for any architecture (PWR/PWRX/PPC).
-
-@item -mregnames
-Allow symbolic names for registers.
-
-@item -mno-regnames
-Do not allow symbolic names for registers.
-
-@item -mrelocatable
-Support for GCC's -mrelocatble option.
-
-@item -mrelocatable-lib
-Support for GCC's -mrelocatble-lib option.
-
-@item -memb
-Set PPC_EMB bit in ELF flags.
-
-@item -mlittle, -mlittle-endian
-Generate code for a little endian machine.
-
-@item -mbig, -mbig-endian
-Generate code for a big endian machine.
-
-@item -msolaris
-Generate code for Solaris.
-
-@item -mno-solaris
-Do not generate code for Solaris.
-@end table

contrib/binutils/include/coff/external.h

@@ -1,254 +0,0 @@
-/* external.h  -- External COFF structures
-   
-   Copyright 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-   
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifndef COFF_EXTERNAL_H
-#define COFF_EXTERNAL_H
-
-#ifndef DO_NOT_DEFINE_FILHDR
-/********************** FILE HEADER **********************/
-
-struct external_filehdr
-  {
-    char f_magic[2];	/* magic number			*/
-    char f_nscns[2];	/* number of sections		*/
-    char f_timdat[4];	/* time & date stamp		*/
-    char f_symptr[4];	/* file pointer to symtab	*/
-    char f_nsyms[4];	/* number of symtab entries	*/
-    char f_opthdr[2];	/* sizeof(optional hdr)		*/
-    char f_flags[2];	/* flags			*/
-  };
-
-#define	FILHDR	struct external_filehdr
-#define	FILHSZ	20
-#endif
-
-#ifndef DO_NOT_DEFINE_AOUTHDR
-/********************** AOUT "OPTIONAL HEADER" **********************/
-
-typedef struct external_aouthdr
-  {
-    char magic[2];	/* type of file				*/
-    char vstamp[2];	/* version stamp			*/
-    char tsize[4];	/* text size in bytes, padded to FW bdry*/
-    char dsize[4];	/* initialized data "  "		*/
-    char bsize[4];	/* uninitialized data "   "		*/
-    char entry[4];	/* entry pt.				*/
-    char text_start[4];	/* base of text used for this file 	*/
-    char data_start[4];	/* base of data used for this file 	*/
-  }
-AOUTHDR;
-
-#define AOUTHDRSZ 28
-#define AOUTSZ 28
-#endif
-
-#ifndef DO_NOT_DEFINE_SCNHDR
-/********************** SECTION HEADER **********************/
-
-struct external_scnhdr
-  {
-    char s_name[8];	/* section name				*/
-    char s_paddr[4];	/* physical address, aliased s_nlib 	*/
-    char s_vaddr[4];	/* virtual address			*/
-    char s_size[4];	/* section size				*/
-    char s_scnptr[4];	/* file ptr to raw data for section 	*/
-    char s_relptr[4];	/* file ptr to relocation		*/
-    char s_lnnoptr[4];	/* file ptr to line numbers		*/
-    char s_nreloc[2];	/* number of relocation entries		*/
-    char s_nlnno[2];	/* number of line number entries	*/
-    char s_flags[4];	/* flags				*/
-  };
-
-#define	SCNHDR	struct external_scnhdr
-#define	SCNHSZ	40
-
-/* Names of "special" sections.  */
-
-#define _TEXT	 ".text"
-#define _DATA	 ".data"
-#define _BSS	 ".bss"
-#define _COMMENT ".comment"
-#define _LIB     ".lib"
-#endif /* not DO_NOT_DEFINE_SCNHDR */
-
-#ifndef DO_NOT_DEFINE_LINENO
-
-/********************** LINE NUMBERS **********************/
-
-#ifndef L_LNNO_SIZE
-#error  L_LNNO_SIZE needs to be defined
-#endif
-
-/* 1 line number entry for every "breakpointable" source line in a section.
-   Line numbers are grouped on a per function basis; first entry in a function
-   grouping will have l_lnno = 0 and in place of physical address will be the
-   symbol table index of the function name.  */
-struct external_lineno
-{
-  union
-  {
-    char l_symndx[4];	/* function name symbol index, iff l_lnno == 0*/
-    char l_paddr[4];	/* (physical) address of line number	*/
-  } l_addr;
-
-  char l_lnno[L_LNNO_SIZE];	/* line number		*/
-};
-
-#define	LINENO	struct external_lineno
-#define	LINESZ	(4 + L_LNNO_SIZE)
-
-#if L_LNNO_SIZE == 4
-#define GET_LINENO_LNNO(abfd, ext)      H_GET_32 (abfd,      (ext->l_lnno))
-#define PUT_LINENO_LNNO(abfd, val, ext) H_PUT_32 (abfd, val, (ext->l_lnno))
-#endif
-#if L_LNNO_SIZE == 2
-#define GET_LINENO_LNNO(abfd, ext)      H_GET_16 (abfd,      (ext->l_lnno))
-#define PUT_LINENO_LNNO(abfd, val, ext) H_PUT_16 (abfd, val, (ext->l_lnno))
-#endif
-
-#endif /* not DO_NOT_DEFINE_LINENO */
-
-#ifndef DO_NOT_DEFINE_SYMENT
-/********************** SYMBOLS **********************/
-
-#define E_SYMNMLEN	8	/* # characters in a symbol name	*/
-#ifndef E_FILNMLEN
-#define E_FILNMLEN	14
-#endif
-#define E_DIMNUM	4	/* # array dimensions in auxiliary entry */
-
-struct external_syment 
-{
-  union
-  {
-    char e_name[E_SYMNMLEN];
-
-    struct
-    {
-      char e_zeroes[4];
-      char e_offset[4];
-    } e;
-  } e;
-
-  char e_value[4];
-  char e_scnum[2];
-  char e_type[2];
-  char e_sclass[1];
-  char e_numaux[1];
-};
-
-#define	SYMENT	struct external_syment
-#define	SYMESZ	18	
-
-#ifndef N_BTMASK
-#define N_BTMASK	0xf
-#endif
-
-#ifndef N_TMASK
-#define N_TMASK		0x30
-#endif
-
-#ifndef N_BTSHFT
-#define N_BTSHFT	4
-#endif
-
-#ifndef N_TSHIFT
-#define N_TSHIFT	2
-#endif
-
-#endif /* not DO_NOT_DEFINE_SYMENT */
-
-#ifndef DO_NOT_DEFINE_AUXENT
-
-union external_auxent
-{
-  struct
-  {
-    char x_tagndx[4];		/* str, un, or enum tag indx */
-    
-    union
-    {
-      struct
-      {
-	char  x_lnno[2]; /* declaration line number */
-	char  x_size[2]; /* str/union/array size */
-      } x_lnsz;
-      
-      char x_fsize[4];	/* size of function */
-      
-    } x_misc;
-    
-    union
-    {
-      struct 		/* if ISFCN, tag, or .bb */
-      {
-	char x_lnnoptr[4];	/* ptr to fcn line # */
-	char x_endndx[4];	/* entry ndx past block end */
-      } x_fcn;
-      
-      struct 		/* if ISARY, up to 4 dimen. */
-      {
-	char x_dimen[E_DIMNUM][2];
-      } x_ary;
-      
-    } x_fcnary;
-    
-    char x_tvndx[2];	/* tv index */
-    
-  } x_sym;
-  
-  union
-  {
-    char x_fname[E_FILNMLEN];
-    
-    struct
-    {
-      char x_zeroes[4];
-      char x_offset[4];
-    } x_n;
-    
-  } x_file;
-  
-  struct
-  {
-    char x_scnlen[4];	/* section length */
-    char x_nreloc[2];	/* # relocation entries */
-    char x_nlinno[2];	/* # line numbers */
-#ifdef INCLUDE_COMDAT_FIELDS_IN_AUXENT
-    char x_checksum[4];		   /* section COMDAT checksum	      */
-    char x_associated[2];	   /* COMDAT associated section index */
-    char x_comdat[1];		   /* COMDAT selection number	      */
-#endif    
-  } x_scn;
-  
-  struct
-  {
-    char x_tvfill[4];	/* tv fill value */
-    char x_tvlen[2];	/* length of .tv */
-    char x_tvran[2][2];	/* tv range */
-  } x_tv;		/* info about .tv section (in auxent of symbol .tv)) */
-};
-
-#define	AUXENT	union external_auxent
-#define	AUXESZ	18
-
-#define _ETEXT	"etext"
-
-#endif /* not DO_NOT_DEFINE_AUXENT */
-
-#endif /* COFF_EXTERNAL_H */

contrib/binutils/include/elf/h8.h

@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
-/* H8300/h8500 ELF support for BFD.
-   Copyright 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifndef _ELF_H8_H
-#define _ELF_H8_H
-
-#include "elf/reloc-macros.h"
-
-/* Relocations.  */
-/* Relocations 59..63 are GNU extensions.  */
-START_RELOC_NUMBERS (elf_h8_reloc_type)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_NONE, 0)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR32, 1)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR32_28, 2)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR32_24, 3)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR32_16, 4)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR32U, 6)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR32U_28, 7)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR32U_24, 8)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR32U_20, 9)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR32U_16, 10)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR24, 11)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR24_20, 12)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR24_16, 13)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR24U, 14)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR24U_20, 15)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR24U_16, 16)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR16, 17)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR16U, 18)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR16S_32, 19)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR16S_28, 20)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR16S_24, 21)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR16S_20, 22)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR16S, 23)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR8, 24)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR8U, 25)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR8Z_32, 26)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR8Z_28, 27)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR8Z_24, 28)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR8Z_20, 29)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR8Z_16, 30)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_PCREL16, 31)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_PCREL8, 32)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_BPOS, 33)
-  FAKE_RELOC (R_H8_FIRST_INVALID_DIR_RELOC, 34)
-  FAKE_RELOC (R_H8_LAST_INVALID_DIR_RELOC, 58)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR16A8, 59)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR16R8, 60)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR24A8, 61)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR24R8, 62)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR32A16, 63)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_ABS32, 65)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_ABS32A16, 127)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_SYM, 128)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_OPneg, 129)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_OPadd, 130)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_OPsub, 131)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_OPmul, 132)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_OPdiv, 133)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_OPshla, 134)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_OPshra, 135)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_OPsctsize, 136)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_OPhword, 137)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_OPlword, 138)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_OPhigh, 139)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_OPlow, 140)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_OPscttop, 141)
-END_RELOC_NUMBERS (R_H8_max)
-
-/* Machine variant if we know it.  This field was invented at Cygnus,
-   but it is hoped that other vendors will adopt it.  If some standard
-   is developed, this code should be changed to follow it. */
-
-#define EF_H8_MACH		0x00FF0000
-
-#define E_H8_MACH_H8300		0x00800000
-#define E_H8_MACH_H8300H	0x00810000
-#define E_H8_MACH_H8300S	0x00820000
-
-#endif

contrib/binutils/include/elf/mmix.h

@@ -1,168 +0,0 @@
-/* MMIX support for BFD.
-   Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-(at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* This file holds definitions specific to the MMIX ELF ABI. */
-#ifndef ELF_MMIX_H
-#define ELF_MMIX_H
-
-#include "elf/reloc-macros.h"
-
-/* Relocations.  */
-START_RELOC_NUMBERS (elf_mmix_reloc_type)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_MMIX_NONE, 0)
-
-  /* Standard absolute relocations.  */
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_MMIX_8, 1)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_MMIX_16, 2)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_MMIX_24, 3)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_MMIX_32, 4)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_MMIX_64, 5)
-
-  /* Standard relative relocations.  */
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_MMIX_PC_8, 6)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_MMIX_PC_16, 7)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_MMIX_PC_24, 8)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_MMIX_PC_32, 9)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_MMIX_PC_64, 10)
-
-  /* GNU extensions for C++ vtables.  */
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_MMIX_GNU_VTINHERIT, 11)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_MMIX_GNU_VTENTRY, 12)
-
-  /* A GETA instruction.  */
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_MMIX_GETA, 13)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_MMIX_GETA_1, 14)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_MMIX_GETA_2, 15)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_MMIX_GETA_3, 16)
-
-  /* A conditional branch instruction.  */
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_MMIX_CBRANCH, 17)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_MMIX_CBRANCH_J, 18)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_MMIX_CBRANCH_1, 19)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_MMIX_CBRANCH_2, 20)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_MMIX_CBRANCH_3, 21)
-
-  /* A PUSHJ instruction.  */
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_MMIX_PUSHJ, 22)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_MMIX_PUSHJ_1, 23)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_MMIX_PUSHJ_2, 24)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_MMIX_PUSHJ_3, 25)
-
-  /* A JMP instruction.  */
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_MMIX_JMP, 26)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_MMIX_JMP_1, 27)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_MMIX_JMP_2, 28)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_MMIX_JMP_3, 29)
-
-  /* A relative address such as in a GETA or a branch.  */
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_MMIX_ADDR19, 30)
-
-  /* A relative address such as in a JMP (only).  */
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_MMIX_ADDR27, 31)
-
-  /* A general register or a number 0..255.  */
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_MMIX_REG_OR_BYTE, 32)
-
-  /* A general register. */
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_MMIX_REG, 33)
-
-  /* A global register and an offset, the global register (allocated at
-     link time) contents plus the offset made equivalent to the relocation
-     expression at link time.  The relocation must point at the Y field of
-     an instruction.  */
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_MMIX_BASE_PLUS_OFFSET, 34)
-
-  /* A LOCAL assertion.  */
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_MMIX_LOCAL, 35)
-END_RELOC_NUMBERS (R_MMIX_max)
-
-
-/* Section Attributes.  */
-/* A section containing necessary information for relaxation.  */
-#define SHF_MMIX_CANRELAX	0x80000000
-
-/* Symbol attributes.  */
-/* A symbol with this section-index is a register.  */
-#define SHN_REGISTER	SHN_LOPROC
-
-/* This section holds contents for each initialized register, at VMA
-   regno*8.  A symbol relative to this section will be transformed to an
-   absolute symbol with the value corresponding to the register number at
-   final link time.  A symbol with a value outside the inclusive range
-   32*8 .. 254*8 is an error.  It is highly recommended to only use an
-   upper bound of 253*8 or lower as specified in the (currently
-   unspecified) ABI.  */
-#define MMIX_REG_CONTENTS_SECTION_NAME ".MMIX.reg_contents"
-
-/* At link time, a section by this name is created, expected to be
-   included in MMIX_REG_CONTENTS_SECTION_NAME in the output.  */
-#define MMIX_LD_ALLOCATED_REG_CONTENTS_SECTION_NAME \
- ".MMIX.reg_contents.linker_allocated"
-
-/* This is a faked section holding symbols with SHN_REGISTER.  Don't
-   confuse it with MMIX_REG_CONTENTS_SECTION_NAME; this one has no
-   contents, just values.  It is an error for a value in this section to
-   be outside the range 32..255 and it must never become an actual section
-   in an object file.  */
-#define MMIX_REG_SECTION_NAME "*REG*"
-
-/* Appended with a number N=0..65535, this is a representation of the
-   mmixal "BSPEC N" ... "ESPEC" directive pair; the contents go into an
-   ELF section by name ".MMIX.spec_data.N".  */
-#define MMIX_OTHER_SPEC_SECTION_PREFIX ".MMIX.spec_data."
-
-/* A section SECNAME is noted to start at "__.MMIX.start.SECNAME" by the
-   presence of this symbol.  Currently only implemented for ".text"
-   through the symbol "__.MMIX.start..text".  */
-#define MMIX_LOC_SECTION_START_SYMBOL_PREFIX "__.MMIX.start."
-
-/* This symbol is always a function.  */
-#define MMIX_START_SYMBOL_NAME "Main"
-
-
-/* We smuggle in a few MMO specifics here.  We don't make a specific MMO
-   file, since we can't reasonably support MMO without ELF; we have to
-   include this file anyway.  */
-
-#define MMO_TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
-#define MMO_DATA_SECTION_NAME ".data"
-
-/* A definition for the flags we put in spec data in files.  A copy of our
-   own of some flags to keep immune to BFD flag changes.  See section.c of
-   2001-07-18 for flag documentation.  */
-#define MMO_SEC_ALLOC      0x001
-#define MMO_SEC_LOAD       0x002
-#define MMO_SEC_RELOC      0x004
-#define MMO_SEC_READONLY   0x010
-#define MMO_SEC_CODE       0x020
-#define MMO_SEC_DATA       0x040
-#define MMO_SEC_NEVER_LOAD 0x400
-#define MMO_SEC_IS_COMMON 0x8000
-#define MMO_SEC_DEBUGGING 0x10000
-
-#ifdef BFD_ARCH_SIZE
-extern boolean _bfd_mmix_prepare_linker_allocated_gregs
- PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
-extern boolean _bfd_mmix_finalize_linker_allocated_gregs
- PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
-extern boolean _bfd_mmix_check_all_relocs
- PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
-#endif
-
-#endif /* ELF_MMIX_H */

contrib/binutils/include/elf/openrisc.h

@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-/* OpenRISC ELF support for BFD.
-   Copyright 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-(at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
-59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifndef _ELF_OPENRISC_H
-#define _ELF_OPENRISC_H
-
-#include "elf/reloc-macros.h"
-
-/* Relocations.  */
-START_RELOC_NUMBERS (elf_openrisc_reloc_type)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_OPENRISC_NONE, 0)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_OPENRISC_INSN_REL_26, 1)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_OPENRISC_INSN_ABS_26, 2)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_OPENRISC_LO_16_IN_INSN, 3)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_OPENRISC_HI_16_IN_INSN, 4)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_OPENRISC_8, 5)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_OPENRISC_16, 6)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_OPENRISC_32, 7)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_OPENRISC_GNU_VTINHERIT, 8)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_OPENRISC_GNU_VTENTRY, 9)
-END_RELOC_NUMBERS (R_OPENRISC_max)
-
-#endif /* _ELF_OPENRISC_H */

contrib/binutils/include/elf/or32.h

@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-/* OR1K ELF support for BFD. Derived from ppc.h.
-   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   Contributed by Ivan Guzvinec  <[email protected]>
-
-   This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifndef _ELF_OR1K_H
-#define _ELF_OR1K_H
-
-#include "elf/reloc-macros.h"
-
-/* Relocations.  */
-START_RELOC_NUMBERS (elf_or32_reloc_type)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_OR32_NONE, 0)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_OR32_32, 1)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_OR32_16, 2)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_OR32_8, 3)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_OR32_CONST, 4)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_OR32_CONSTH, 5)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_OR32_JUMPTARG, 6)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_OR32_GNU_VTENTRY, 7)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_OR32_GNU_VTINHERIT, 8)
-END_RELOC_NUMBERS (R_OR32_max)
-
-/* Four bit OR32 machine type field.  */
-#define EF_OR32_MACH             0x0000000f
-
-/* Various CPU types.  */
-#define E_OR32_MACH_BASE         0x00000000
-#define E_OR32_MACH_UNUSED1      0x00000001
-#define E_OR32_MACH_UNUSED2      0x00000002
-#define E_OR32_MACH_UNUSED4      0x00000003
-
-/* Processor specific section headers, sh_type field */
-#define SHT_ORDERED		SHT_HIPROC	/* Link editor is to sort the \
-						   entries in this section \
-						   based on the address \
-						   specified in the associated \
-						   symbol table entry.  */
-
-/* Processor specific section flags, sh_flags field */
-#define SHF_EXCLUDE		0x80000000	/* Link editor is to exclude \
-						   this section from executable \
-						   and shared objects that it \
-						   builds when those objects \
-						   are not to be furhter \
-						   relocated.  */
-#endif /* _ELF_OR1K_H */

contrib/binutils/include/elf/s390.h

@@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
-/* 390 ELF support for BFD.
-   Copyright 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   Contributed by Carl B. Pedersen and Martin Schwidefsky.
-
-   This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
-   02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifndef _ELF_390_H
-#define _ELF_390_H
-
-/* Processor specific flags for the ELF header e_flags field.  */
-
-/* Symbol types.  */
-
-#define STACK_REG		15		/* Global Stack reg */
-#define BACKL_REG		14		/* Global Backlink reg */
-#define BASE_REG		13		/* Global Base reg */
-#define GOT_REG 		12		/* Holds addr of GOT */
-
-#include "elf/reloc-macros.h"
-
-/* Relocation types.  */
-
-START_RELOC_NUMBERS (elf_s390_reloc_type)
-    RELOC_NUMBER (R_390_NONE, 0)	/* No reloc.  */
-    RELOC_NUMBER (R_390_8, 1)		/* Direct 8 bit.  */
-    RELOC_NUMBER (R_390_12, 2)		/* Direct 12 bit.  */
-    RELOC_NUMBER (R_390_16, 3)		/* Direct 16 bit.  */
-    RELOC_NUMBER (R_390_32, 4)		/* Direct 32 bit.  */
-    RELOC_NUMBER (R_390_PC32, 5)	/* PC relative 32 bit.  */
-    RELOC_NUMBER (R_390_GOT12, 6)	/* 12 bit GOT offset.  */
-    RELOC_NUMBER (R_390_GOT32, 7)	/* 32 bit GOT offset.  */
-    RELOC_NUMBER (R_390_PLT32, 8)	/* 32 bit PC relative PLT address.  */
-    RELOC_NUMBER (R_390_COPY, 9)	/* Copy symbol at runtime.  */
-    RELOC_NUMBER (R_390_GLOB_DAT, 10)	/* Create GOT entry.  */
-    RELOC_NUMBER (R_390_JMP_SLOT, 11)	/* Create PLT entry.  */
-    RELOC_NUMBER (R_390_RELATIVE, 12)	/* Adjust by program base.  */
-    RELOC_NUMBER (R_390_GOTOFF, 13)	/* 32 bit offset to GOT.  */
-    RELOC_NUMBER (R_390_GOTPC, 14)	/* 32 bit PC relative offset to GOT.  */
-    RELOC_NUMBER (R_390_GOT16, 15)	/* 16 bit GOT offset.  */
-    RELOC_NUMBER (R_390_PC16, 16)	/* PC relative 16 bit.  */
-    RELOC_NUMBER (R_390_PC16DBL, 17)	/* PC relative 16 bit shifted by 1.  */
-    RELOC_NUMBER (R_390_PLT16DBL, 18)	/* 16 bit PC rel. PLT shifted by 1.  */
-    RELOC_NUMBER (R_390_PC32DBL, 19)	/* PC relative 32 bit shifted by 1.  */
-    RELOC_NUMBER (R_390_PLT32DBL, 20)	/* 32 bit PC rel. PLT shifted by 1.  */
-    RELOC_NUMBER (R_390_GOTPCDBL, 21)	/* 32 bit PC rel. GOT shifted by 1.  */
-    RELOC_NUMBER (R_390_64, 22)		/* Direct 64 bit.  */
-    RELOC_NUMBER (R_390_PC64, 23)	/* PC relative 64 bit.  */
-    RELOC_NUMBER (R_390_GOT64, 24)	/* 64 bit GOT offset.  */
-    RELOC_NUMBER (R_390_PLT64, 25)	/* 64 bit PC relative PLT address.  */
-    RELOC_NUMBER (R_390_GOTENT, 26)	/* 32 bit PC rel. to GOT entry >> 1. */
-    /* These are GNU extensions to enable C++ vtable garbage collection.  */
-    RELOC_NUMBER (R_390_GNU_VTINHERIT, 250)
-    RELOC_NUMBER (R_390_GNU_VTENTRY, 251)
-END_RELOC_NUMBERS (R_390_max)
-
-#endif /* _ELF_390_H */
-
-

contrib/binutils/include/elf/xstormy16.h

@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-/* XSTORMY16 ELF support for BFD.
-   Copyright (C) 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-(at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
-59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifndef _ELF_XSTORMY16_H
-#define _ELF_XSTORMY16_H
-
-#include "elf/reloc-macros.h"
-
-/* Relocations.  */
-START_RELOC_NUMBERS (elf_xstormy16_reloc_type)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_XSTORMY16_NONE, 0)
-
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_XSTORMY16_32, 1)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_XSTORMY16_16, 2)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_XSTORMY16_8, 3)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_XSTORMY16_PC32, 4)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_XSTORMY16_PC16, 5)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_XSTORMY16_PC8, 6)
-
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_XSTORMY16_REL_12, 7)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_XSTORMY16_24, 8)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_XSTORMY16_FPTR16, 9)
-
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_XSTORMY16_GNU_VTINHERIT, 128)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_XSTORMY16_GNU_VTENTRY, 129)
-END_RELOC_NUMBERS (R_XSTORMY16_max)
-
-/* Define the data & instruction memory discriminator.  In a linked
-   executable, an symbol should be deemed to point to an instruction
-   if ((address & XSTORMY16_INSN_MASK) == XSTORMY16_INSN_VALUE), and similarly
-   for the data space.  See also `ld/emulparams/elf32xstormy16.sh'.  */
-#define XSTORMY16_DATA_MASK   0xffc00000
-#define XSTORMY16_DATA_VALUE  0x00000000
-#define XSTORMY16_INSN_MASK   0xffc00000
-#define XSTORMY16_INSN_VALUE  0x00400000
-
-#endif /* _ELF_XSTORMY16_H */

contrib/binutils/include/fibheap.h

@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-/* A Fibonacci heap datatype.
-   Copyright 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   Contributed by Daniel Berlin ([email protected]).
-
-This file is part of GCC.
-   
-GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-any later version.
-
-GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with GCC; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
-the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* Fibonacci heaps are somewhat complex, but, there's an article in
-   DDJ that explains them pretty well:
-
-   http://www.ddj.com/articles/1997/9701/9701o/9701o.htm?topic=algoritms
-
-   Introduction to algorithms by Corman and Rivest also goes over them.
-
-   The original paper that introduced them is "Fibonacci heaps and their
-   uses in improved network optimization algorithms" by Tarjan and
-   Fredman (JACM 34(3), July 1987).
-
-   Amortized and real worst case time for operations:
-
-   ExtractMin: O(lg n) amortized. O(n) worst case.
-   DecreaseKey: O(1) amortized.  O(lg n) worst case. 
-   Insert: O(2) amortized. O(1) actual.  
-   Union: O(1) amortized. O(1) actual.  */
-
-#ifndef _FIBHEAP_H_
-#define _FIBHEAP_H_
-
-#include <ansidecl.h>
-
-typedef long fibheapkey_t;
-
-typedef struct fibheap
-{
-  size_t nodes;
-  struct fibnode *min;
-  struct fibnode *root;
-} *fibheap_t;
-
-typedef struct fibnode
-{
-  struct fibnode *parent;
-  struct fibnode *child;
-  struct fibnode *left;
-  struct fibnode *right;
-  fibheapkey_t key;
-  void *data;
-  unsigned int degree : 31;
-  unsigned int mark : 1;
-} *fibnode_t;
-
-extern fibheap_t fibheap_new PARAMS ((void));
-extern fibnode_t fibheap_insert PARAMS ((fibheap_t, fibheapkey_t, void *));
-extern int fibheap_empty PARAMS ((fibheap_t));
-extern fibheapkey_t fibheap_min_key PARAMS ((fibheap_t));
-extern fibheapkey_t fibheap_replace_key PARAMS ((fibheap_t, fibnode_t,
-						 fibheapkey_t));
-extern void *fibheap_replace_key_data PARAMS ((fibheap_t, fibnode_t,
-					       fibheapkey_t, void *));
-extern void *fibheap_extract_min PARAMS ((fibheap_t));
-extern void *fibheap_min PARAMS ((fibheap_t));
-extern void *fibheap_replace_data PARAMS ((fibheap_t, fibnode_t, void *));
-extern void *fibheap_delete_node PARAMS ((fibheap_t, fibnode_t));
-extern void fibheap_delete PARAMS ((fibheap_t));
-extern fibheap_t fibheap_union PARAMS ((fibheap_t, fibheap_t));
-
-#endif /* _FIBHEAP_H_ */

contrib/binutils/include/ternary.h

@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-/* ternary.h - Ternary Search Trees
-   Copyright 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   Contributed by Daniel Berlin ([email protected])
-
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-   later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
-#ifndef TERNARY_H_
-#define TERNARY_H_
-/* Ternary search trees */
-
-typedef struct ternary_node_def *ternary_tree;
-
-typedef struct ternary_node_def
-{
-  char splitchar;
-  ternary_tree lokid;
-  ternary_tree eqkid;
-  ternary_tree hikid;
-}
-ternary_node;
-
-/* Insert string S into tree P, associating it with DATA. 
-   Return the data in the tree associated with the string if it's
-   already there, and replace is 0.
-   Otherwise, replaces if it it exists, inserts if it doesn't, and
-   returns the data you passed in. */
-PTR ternary_insert PARAMS ((ternary_tree *p, const char *s,
-			    PTR data, int replace));
-
-/* Delete the ternary search tree rooted at P. 
-   Does NOT delete the data you associated with the strings. */
-void ternary_cleanup PARAMS ((ternary_tree p));
-
-/* Search the ternary tree for string S, returning the data associated
-   with it if found. */
-PTR ternary_search PARAMS ((const ternary_node *p, const char *s));
-#endif

contrib/binutils/include/xregex.h

@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-/* This file redefines all regex external names before including
-   a renamed copy of glibc's regex.h.  */
-
-#ifndef _XREGEX_H
-#define _XREGEX_H 1
-
-#  define regfree xregfree 
-#  define regexec xregexec
-#  define regcomp xregcomp
-#  define regerror xregerror
-#  define re_set_registers xre_set_registers
-#  define re_match_2 xre_match_2
-#  define re_match xre_match
-#  define re_search xre_search
-#  define re_compile_pattern xre_compile_pattern
-#  define re_set_syntax xre_set_syntax
-#  define re_search_2 xre_search_2
-#  define re_compile_fastmap xre_compile_fastmap
-#  define re_syntax_options xre_syntax_options
-#  define re_max_failures xre_max_failures
-
-#  define _REGEX_RE_COMP
-#  define re_comp xre_comp
-#  define re_exec xre_exec
-
-#include "xregex2.h"
-
-#endif /* xregex.h */

contrib/binutils/include/xregex2.h

@@ -1,565 +0,0 @@
-/* Definitions for data structures and routines for the regular
-   expression library, version 0.12.
-   Copyright (C) 1985,1989-1993,1995-1998, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.  Its master source is NOT part of
-   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
-
-   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
-   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
-   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
-   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, write to the Free
-   Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
-   02111-1307 USA.  */
-
-#ifndef _REGEX_H
-#define _REGEX_H 1
-
-/* Allow the use in C++ code.  */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/* POSIX says that <sys/types.h> must be included (by the caller) before
-   <regex.h>.  */
-
-#if !defined _POSIX_C_SOURCE && !defined _POSIX_SOURCE && defined VMS
-/* VMS doesn't have `size_t' in <sys/types.h>, even though POSIX says it
-   should be there.  */
-# include <stddef.h>
-#endif
-
-/* The following two types have to be signed and unsigned integer type
-   wide enough to hold a value of a pointer.  For most ANSI compilers
-   ptrdiff_t and size_t should be likely OK.  Still size of these two
-   types is 2 for Microsoft C.  Ugh... */
-typedef long int s_reg_t;
-typedef unsigned long int active_reg_t;
-
-/* The following bits are used to determine the regexp syntax we
-   recognize.  The set/not-set meanings are chosen so that Emacs syntax
-   remains the value 0.  The bits are given in alphabetical order, and
-   the definitions shifted by one from the previous bit; thus, when we
-   add or remove a bit, only one other definition need change.  */
-typedef unsigned long int reg_syntax_t;
-
-/* If this bit is not set, then \ inside a bracket expression is literal.
-   If set, then such a \ quotes the following character.  */
-#define RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS ((unsigned long int) 1)
-
-/* If this bit is not set, then + and ? are operators, and \+ and \? are
-     literals.
-   If set, then \+ and \? are operators and + and ? are literals.  */
-#define RE_BK_PLUS_QM (RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS << 1)
-
-/* If this bit is set, then character classes are supported.  They are:
-     [:alpha:], [:upper:], [:lower:],  [:digit:], [:alnum:], [:xdigit:],
-     [:space:], [:print:], [:punct:], [:graph:], and [:cntrl:].
-   If not set, then character classes are not supported.  */
-#define RE_CHAR_CLASSES (RE_BK_PLUS_QM << 1)
-
-/* If this bit is set, then ^ and $ are always anchors (outside bracket
-     expressions, of course).
-   If this bit is not set, then it depends:
-        ^  is an anchor if it is at the beginning of a regular
-           expression or after an open-group or an alternation operator;
-        $  is an anchor if it is at the end of a regular expression, or
-           before a close-group or an alternation operator.
-
-   This bit could be (re)combined with RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS, because
-   POSIX draft 11.2 says that * etc. in leading positions is undefined.
-   We already implemented a previous draft which made those constructs
-   invalid, though, so we haven't changed the code back.  */
-#define RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS (RE_CHAR_CLASSES << 1)
-
-/* If this bit is set, then special characters are always special
-     regardless of where they are in the pattern.
-   If this bit is not set, then special characters are special only in
-     some contexts; otherwise they are ordinary.  Specifically,
-     * + ? and intervals are only special when not after the beginning,
-     open-group, or alternation operator.  */
-#define RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS (RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS << 1)
-
-/* If this bit is set, then *, +, ?, and { cannot be first in an re or
-     immediately after an alternation or begin-group operator.  */
-#define RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS (RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS << 1)
-
-/* If this bit is set, then . matches newline.
-   If not set, then it doesn't.  */
-#define RE_DOT_NEWLINE (RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS << 1)
-
-/* If this bit is set, then . doesn't match NUL.
-   If not set, then it does.  */
-#define RE_DOT_NOT_NULL (RE_DOT_NEWLINE << 1)
-
-/* If this bit is set, nonmatching lists [^...] do not match newline.
-   If not set, they do.  */
-#define RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE (RE_DOT_NOT_NULL << 1)
-
-/* If this bit is set, either \{...\} or {...} defines an
-     interval, depending on RE_NO_BK_BRACES.
-   If not set, \{, \}, {, and } are literals.  */
-#define RE_INTERVALS (RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE << 1)
-
-/* If this bit is set, +, ? and | aren't recognized as operators.
-   If not set, they are.  */
-#define RE_LIMITED_OPS (RE_INTERVALS << 1)
-
-/* If this bit is set, newline is an alternation operator.
-   If not set, newline is literal.  */
-#define RE_NEWLINE_ALT (RE_LIMITED_OPS << 1)
-
-/* If this bit is set, then `{...}' defines an interval, and \{ and \}
-     are literals.
-  If not set, then `\{...\}' defines an interval.  */
-#define RE_NO_BK_BRACES (RE_NEWLINE_ALT << 1)
-
-/* If this bit is set, (...) defines a group, and \( and \) are literals.
-   If not set, \(...\) defines a group, and ( and ) are literals.  */
-#define RE_NO_BK_PARENS (RE_NO_BK_BRACES << 1)
-
-/* If this bit is set, then \<digit> matches <digit>.
-   If not set, then \<digit> is a back-reference.  */
-#define RE_NO_BK_REFS (RE_NO_BK_PARENS << 1)
-
-/* If this bit is set, then | is an alternation operator, and \| is literal.
-   If not set, then \| is an alternation operator, and | is literal.  */
-#define RE_NO_BK_VBAR (RE_NO_BK_REFS << 1)
-
-/* If this bit is set, then an ending range point collating higher
-     than the starting range point, as in [z-a], is invalid.
-   If not set, then when ending range point collates higher than the
-     starting range point, the range is ignored.  */
-#define RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES (RE_NO_BK_VBAR << 1)
-
-/* If this bit is set, then an unmatched ) is ordinary.
-   If not set, then an unmatched ) is invalid.  */
-#define RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD (RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES << 1)
-
-/* If this bit is set, succeed as soon as we match the whole pattern,
-   without further backtracking.  */
-#define RE_NO_POSIX_BACKTRACKING (RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD << 1)
-
-/* If this bit is set, do not process the GNU regex operators.
-   If not set, then the GNU regex operators are recognized. */
-#define RE_NO_GNU_OPS (RE_NO_POSIX_BACKTRACKING << 1)
-
-/* If this bit is set, turn on internal regex debugging.
-   If not set, and debugging was on, turn it off.
-   This only works if regex.c is compiled -DDEBUG.
-   We define this bit always, so that all that's needed to turn on
-   debugging is to recompile regex.c; the calling code can always have
-   this bit set, and it won't affect anything in the normal case. */
-#define RE_DEBUG (RE_NO_GNU_OPS << 1)
-
-/* If this bit is set, a syntactically invalid interval is treated as
-   a string of ordinary characters.  For example, the ERE 'a{1' is
-   treated as 'a\{1'.  */
-#define RE_INVALID_INTERVAL_ORD (RE_DEBUG << 1)
-
-/* This global variable defines the particular regexp syntax to use (for
-   some interfaces).  When a regexp is compiled, the syntax used is
-   stored in the pattern buffer, so changing this does not affect
-   already-compiled regexps.  */
-extern reg_syntax_t re_syntax_options;
-
-/* Define combinations of the above bits for the standard possibilities.
-   (The [[[ comments delimit what gets put into the Texinfo file, so
-   don't delete them!)  */
-/* [[[begin syntaxes]]] */
-#define RE_SYNTAX_EMACS 0
-
-#define RE_SYNTAX_AWK							\
-  (RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS   | RE_DOT_NOT_NULL			\
-   | RE_NO_BK_PARENS              | RE_NO_BK_REFS			\
-   | RE_NO_BK_VBAR                | RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES			\
-   | RE_DOT_NEWLINE		  | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS		\
-   | RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD | RE_NO_GNU_OPS)
-
-#define RE_SYNTAX_GNU_AWK						\
-  ((RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED | RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS | RE_DEBUG)	\
-   & ~(RE_DOT_NOT_NULL | RE_INTERVALS | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS))
-
-#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_AWK 						\
-  (RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED | RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS		\
-   | RE_INTERVALS	    | RE_NO_GNU_OPS)
-
-#define RE_SYNTAX_GREP							\
-  (RE_BK_PLUS_QM              | RE_CHAR_CLASSES				\
-   | RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE | RE_INTERVALS				\
-   | RE_NEWLINE_ALT)
-
-#define RE_SYNTAX_EGREP							\
-  (RE_CHAR_CLASSES        | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS			\
-   | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS | RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE			\
-   | RE_NEWLINE_ALT       | RE_NO_BK_PARENS				\
-   | RE_NO_BK_VBAR)
-
-#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EGREP						\
-  (RE_SYNTAX_EGREP | RE_INTERVALS | RE_NO_BK_BRACES			\
-   | RE_INVALID_INTERVAL_ORD)
-
-/* P1003.2/D11.2, section 4.20.7.1, lines 5078ff.  */
-#define RE_SYNTAX_ED RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC
-
-#define RE_SYNTAX_SED RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC
-
-/* Syntax bits common to both basic and extended POSIX regex syntax.  */
-#define _RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON						\
-  (RE_CHAR_CLASSES | RE_DOT_NEWLINE      | RE_DOT_NOT_NULL		\
-   | RE_INTERVALS  | RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES)
-
-#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC						\
-  (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON | RE_BK_PLUS_QM)
-
-/* Differs from ..._POSIX_BASIC only in that RE_BK_PLUS_QM becomes
-   RE_LIMITED_OPS, i.e., \? \+ \| are not recognized.  Actually, this
-   isn't minimal, since other operators, such as \`, aren't disabled.  */
-#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_MINIMAL_BASIC					\
-  (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON | RE_LIMITED_OPS)
-
-#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED					\
-  (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON  | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS			\
-   | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS   | RE_NO_BK_BRACES				\
-   | RE_NO_BK_PARENS        | RE_NO_BK_VBAR				\
-   | RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS | RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD)
-
-/* Differs from ..._POSIX_EXTENDED in that RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS is
-   removed and RE_NO_BK_REFS is added.  */
-#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_MINIMAL_EXTENDED				\
-  (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON  | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS			\
-   | RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS | RE_NO_BK_BRACES				\
-   | RE_NO_BK_PARENS        | RE_NO_BK_REFS				\
-   | RE_NO_BK_VBAR	    | RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD)
-/* [[[end syntaxes]]] */
-
-/* Maximum number of duplicates an interval can allow.  Some systems
-   (erroneously) define this in other header files, but we want our
-   value, so remove any previous define.  */
-#ifdef RE_DUP_MAX
-# undef RE_DUP_MAX
-#endif
-/* If sizeof(int) == 2, then ((1 << 15) - 1) overflows.  */
-#define RE_DUP_MAX (0x7fff)
-
-
-/* POSIX `cflags' bits (i.e., information for `regcomp').  */
-
-/* If this bit is set, then use extended regular expression syntax.
-   If not set, then use basic regular expression syntax.  */
-#define REG_EXTENDED 1
-
-/* If this bit is set, then ignore case when matching.
-   If not set, then case is significant.  */
-#define REG_ICASE (REG_EXTENDED << 1)
-
-/* If this bit is set, then anchors do not match at newline
-     characters in the string.
-   If not set, then anchors do match at newlines.  */
-#define REG_NEWLINE (REG_ICASE << 1)
-
-/* If this bit is set, then report only success or fail in regexec.
-   If not set, then returns differ between not matching and errors.  */
-#define REG_NOSUB (REG_NEWLINE << 1)
-
-
-/* POSIX `eflags' bits (i.e., information for regexec).  */
-
-/* If this bit is set, then the beginning-of-line operator doesn't match
-     the beginning of the string (presumably because it's not the
-     beginning of a line).
-   If not set, then the beginning-of-line operator does match the
-     beginning of the string.  */
-#define REG_NOTBOL 1
-
-/* Like REG_NOTBOL, except for the end-of-line.  */
-#define REG_NOTEOL (1 << 1)
-
-
-/* If any error codes are removed, changed, or added, update the
-   `re_error_msg' table in regex.c.  */
-typedef enum
-{
-#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE
-  REG_ENOSYS = -1,	/* This will never happen for this implementation.  */
-#endif
-
-  REG_NOERROR = 0,	/* Success.  */
-  REG_NOMATCH,		/* Didn't find a match (for regexec).  */
-
-  /* POSIX regcomp return error codes.  (In the order listed in the
-     standard.)  */
-  REG_BADPAT,		/* Invalid pattern.  */
-  REG_ECOLLATE,		/* Not implemented.  */
-  REG_ECTYPE,		/* Invalid character class name.  */
-  REG_EESCAPE,		/* Trailing backslash.  */
-  REG_ESUBREG,		/* Invalid back reference.  */
-  REG_EBRACK,		/* Unmatched left bracket.  */
-  REG_EPAREN,		/* Parenthesis imbalance.  */
-  REG_EBRACE,		/* Unmatched \{.  */
-  REG_BADBR,		/* Invalid contents of \{\}.  */
-  REG_ERANGE,		/* Invalid range end.  */
-  REG_ESPACE,		/* Ran out of memory.  */
-  REG_BADRPT,		/* No preceding re for repetition op.  */
-
-  /* Error codes we've added.  */
-  REG_EEND,		/* Premature end.  */
-  REG_ESIZE,		/* Compiled pattern bigger than 2^16 bytes.  */
-  REG_ERPAREN		/* Unmatched ) or \); not returned from regcomp.  */
-} reg_errcode_t;
-
-/* This data structure represents a compiled pattern.  Before calling
-   the pattern compiler, the fields `buffer', `allocated', `fastmap',
-   `translate', and `no_sub' can be set.  After the pattern has been
-   compiled, the `re_nsub' field is available.  All other fields are
-   private to the regex routines.  */
-
-#ifndef RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE
-# define RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE char *
-#endif
-
-struct re_pattern_buffer
-{
-/* [[[begin pattern_buffer]]] */
-	/* Space that holds the compiled pattern.  It is declared as
-          `unsigned char *' because its elements are
-           sometimes used as array indexes.  */
-  unsigned char *buffer;
-
-	/* Number of bytes to which `buffer' points.  */
-  unsigned long int allocated;
-
-	/* Number of bytes actually used in `buffer'.  */
-  unsigned long int used;
-
-        /* Syntax setting with which the pattern was compiled.  */
-  reg_syntax_t syntax;
-
-        /* Pointer to a fastmap, if any, otherwise zero.  re_search uses
-           the fastmap, if there is one, to skip over impossible
-           starting points for matches.  */
-  char *fastmap;
-
-        /* Either a translate table to apply to all characters before
-           comparing them, or zero for no translation.  The translation
-           is applied to a pattern when it is compiled and to a string
-           when it is matched.  */
-  RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE translate;
-
-	/* Number of subexpressions found by the compiler.  */
-  size_t re_nsub;
-
-        /* Zero if this pattern cannot match the empty string, one else.
-           Well, in truth it's used only in `re_search_2', to see
-           whether or not we should use the fastmap, so we don't set
-           this absolutely perfectly; see `re_compile_fastmap' (the
-           `duplicate' case).  */
-  unsigned can_be_null : 1;
-
-        /* If REGS_UNALLOCATED, allocate space in the `regs' structure
-             for `max (RE_NREGS, re_nsub + 1)' groups.
-           If REGS_REALLOCATE, reallocate space if necessary.
-           If REGS_FIXED, use what's there.  */
-#define REGS_UNALLOCATED 0
-#define REGS_REALLOCATE 1
-#define REGS_FIXED 2
-  unsigned regs_allocated : 2;
-
-        /* Set to zero when `regex_compile' compiles a pattern; set to one
-           by `re_compile_fastmap' if it updates the fastmap.  */
-  unsigned fastmap_accurate : 1;
-
-        /* If set, `re_match_2' does not return information about
-           subexpressions.  */
-  unsigned no_sub : 1;
-
-        /* If set, a beginning-of-line anchor doesn't match at the
-           beginning of the string.  */
-  unsigned not_bol : 1;
-
-        /* Similarly for an end-of-line anchor.  */
-  unsigned not_eol : 1;
-
-        /* If true, an anchor at a newline matches.  */
-  unsigned newline_anchor : 1;
-
-/* [[[end pattern_buffer]]] */
-};
-
-typedef struct re_pattern_buffer regex_t;
-
-/* Type for byte offsets within the string.  POSIX mandates this.  */
-typedef int regoff_t;
-
-
-/* This is the structure we store register match data in.  See
-   regex.texinfo for a full description of what registers match.  */
-struct re_registers
-{
-  unsigned num_regs;
-  regoff_t *start;
-  regoff_t *end;
-};
-
-
-/* If `regs_allocated' is REGS_UNALLOCATED in the pattern buffer,
-   `re_match_2' returns information about at least this many registers
-   the first time a `regs' structure is passed.  */
-#ifndef RE_NREGS
-# define RE_NREGS 30
-#endif
-
-
-/* POSIX specification for registers.  Aside from the different names than
-   `re_registers', POSIX uses an array of structures, instead of a
-   structure of arrays.  */
-typedef struct
-{
-  regoff_t rm_so;  /* Byte offset from string's start to substring's start.  */
-  regoff_t rm_eo;  /* Byte offset from string's start to substring's end.  */
-} regmatch_t;
-
-/* Declarations for routines.  */
-
-/* To avoid duplicating every routine declaration -- once with a
-   prototype (if we are ANSI), and once without (if we aren't) -- we
-   use the following macro to declare argument types.  This
-   unfortunately clutters up the declarations a bit, but I think it's
-   worth it.  */
-
-#if __STDC__
-
-# define _RE_ARGS(args) args
-
-#else /* not __STDC__ */
-
-# define _RE_ARGS(args) ()
-
-#endif /* not __STDC__ */
-
-/* Sets the current default syntax to SYNTAX, and return the old syntax.
-   You can also simply assign to the `re_syntax_options' variable.  */
-extern reg_syntax_t re_set_syntax _RE_ARGS ((reg_syntax_t syntax));
-
-/* Compile the regular expression PATTERN, with length LENGTH
-   and syntax given by the global `re_syntax_options', into the buffer
-   BUFFER.  Return NULL if successful, and an error string if not.  */
-extern const char *re_compile_pattern
-  _RE_ARGS ((const char *pattern, size_t length,
-             struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer));
-
-
-/* Compile a fastmap for the compiled pattern in BUFFER; used to
-   accelerate searches.  Return 0 if successful and -2 if was an
-   internal error.  */
-extern int re_compile_fastmap _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer));
-
-
-/* Search in the string STRING (with length LENGTH) for the pattern
-   compiled into BUFFER.  Start searching at position START, for RANGE
-   characters.  Return the starting position of the match, -1 for no
-   match, or -2 for an internal error.  Also return register
-   information in REGS (if REGS and BUFFER->no_sub are nonzero).  */
-extern int re_search
-  _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string,
-            int length, int start, int range, struct re_registers *regs));
-
-
-/* Like `re_search', but search in the concatenation of STRING1 and
-   STRING2.  Also, stop searching at index START + STOP.  */
-extern int re_search_2
-  _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string1,
-             int length1, const char *string2, int length2,
-             int start, int range, struct re_registers *regs, int stop));
-
-
-/* Like `re_search', but return how many characters in STRING the regexp
-   in BUFFER matched, starting at position START.  */
-extern int re_match
-  _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string,
-             int length, int start, struct re_registers *regs));
-
-
-/* Relates to `re_match' as `re_search_2' relates to `re_search'.  */
-extern int re_match_2
-  _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string1,
-             int length1, const char *string2, int length2,
-             int start, struct re_registers *regs, int stop));
-
-
-/* Set REGS to hold NUM_REGS registers, storing them in STARTS and
-   ENDS.  Subsequent matches using BUFFER and REGS will use this memory
-   for recording register information.  STARTS and ENDS must be
-   allocated with malloc, and must each be at least `NUM_REGS * sizeof
-   (regoff_t)' bytes long.
-
-   If NUM_REGS == 0, then subsequent matches should allocate their own
-   register data.
-
-   Unless this function is called, the first search or match using
-   PATTERN_BUFFER will allocate its own register data, without
-   freeing the old data.  */
-extern void re_set_registers
-  _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, struct re_registers *regs,
-             unsigned num_regs, regoff_t *starts, regoff_t *ends));
-
-#if defined _REGEX_RE_COMP || defined _LIBC
-# ifndef _CRAY
-/* 4.2 bsd compatibility.  */
-extern char *re_comp _RE_ARGS ((const char *));
-extern int re_exec _RE_ARGS ((const char *));
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* GCC 2.95 and later have "__restrict"; C99 compilers have
-   "restrict", and "configure" may have defined "restrict".  */
-#ifndef __restrict
-# if ! (2 < __GNUC__ || (2 == __GNUC__ && 95 <= __GNUC_MINOR__))
-#  if defined restrict || 199901L <= __STDC_VERSION__
-#   define __restrict restrict
-#  else
-#   define __restrict
-#  endif
-# endif
-#endif
-/* For now unconditionally define __restrict_arr to expand to nothing.
-   Ideally we would have a test for the compiler which allows defining
-   it to restrict.  */
-#define __restrict_arr
-
-/* POSIX compatibility.  */
-extern int regcomp _RE_ARGS ((regex_t *__restrict __preg,
-			      const char *__restrict __pattern,
-			      int __cflags));
-
-extern int regexec _RE_ARGS ((const regex_t *__restrict __preg,
-			      const char *__restrict __string, size_t __nmatch,
-			      regmatch_t __pmatch[__restrict_arr],
-			      int __eflags));
-
-extern size_t regerror _RE_ARGS ((int __errcode, const regex_t *__preg,
-				  char *__errbuf, size_t __errbuf_size));
-
-extern void regfree _RE_ARGS ((regex_t *__preg));
-
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif	/* C++ */
-
-#endif /* regex.h */
-
-/*
-Local variables:
-make-backup-files: t
-version-control: t
-trim-versions-without-asking: nil
-End:
-*/

contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/elf64alpha_fbsd.sh

@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-. ${srcdir}/emulparams/elf64alpha.sh
-. ${srcdir}/emulparams/elf_fbsd.sh

contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/elf64alpha_nbsd.sh

@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-. ${srcdir}/emulparams/elf64alpha.sh
-ENTRY=__start

contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/elf_fbsd.sh

@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-ELF_INTERPRETER_NAME=\"/usr/libexec/ld-elf.so.1\"

contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/elf_i386_fbsd.sh

@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-. ${srcdir}/emulparams/elf_i386.sh
-. ${srcdir}/emulparams/elf_fbsd.sh

contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/elf_i386_ldso.sh

@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-SCRIPT_NAME=elf
-OUTPUT_FORMAT="elf32-i386"
-TEXT_START_ADDR=0x08048000
-MAXPAGESIZE=0x1000
-NONPAGED_TEXT_START_ADDR=0x08048000
-ARCH=i386
-MACHINE=
-NOP=0x90909090
-TEMPLATE_NAME=elf32
-GENERATE_SHLIB_SCRIPT=yes
-ELF_INTERPRETER_NAME=\"/usr/lib/ld.so.1\"
-NO_SMALL_DATA=yes

contrib/binutils/ld/emultempl/needrelax.em

@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-# This shell script emits a C file. -*- C -*-
-#   Copyright (C) 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-# (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-#
-
-# This file is sourced from elf32.em.  It is used by targets for
-# which relaxation is not just an optimization, but for correctness.
-
-LDEMUL_BEFORE_ALLOCATION=need_relax_${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation
-
-cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
-
-static void need_relax_${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation PARAMS ((void));
-
-static void
-need_relax_${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation ()
-{
-  /* Call main function; we're just extending it.  */
-  gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation ();
-
-  /* Force -relax on if not doing a relocatable link.  */
-  if (! link_info.relocateable)
-    command_line.relax = true;
-}
-EOF

contrib/binutils/libiberty/_doprnt.c

@@ -1,303 +0,0 @@
-/* Provide a version of _doprnt in terms of fprintf.
-   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   Contributed by Kaveh Ghazi  ([email protected])  3/29/98
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#include "config.h"
-#include "ansidecl.h"
-#include "safe-ctype.h"
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#ifdef ANSI_PROTOTYPES
-#include <stdarg.h>
-#else
-#include <varargs.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
-#include <string.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-
-#undef _doprnt
-
-#ifdef HAVE__DOPRNT
-#define TEST
-#endif
-
-#ifdef TEST /* Make sure to use the internal one.  */
-#define _doprnt my_doprnt
-#endif
-
-#define COPY_VA_INT \
-  do { \
-	 const int value = abs (va_arg (ap, int)); \
-	 char buf[32]; \
-	 ptr++; /* Go past the asterisk.  */ \
-	 *sptr = '\0'; /* NULL terminate sptr.  */ \
-	 sprintf(buf, "%d", value); \
-	 strcat(sptr, buf); \
-	 while (*sptr) sptr++; \
-     } while (0)
-
-#define PRINT_CHAR(CHAR) \
-  do { \
-	 putc(CHAR, stream); \
-	 ptr++; \
-	 total_printed++; \
-	 continue; \
-     } while (0)
-
-#define PRINT_TYPE(TYPE) \
-  do { \
-	int result; \
-	TYPE value = va_arg (ap, TYPE); \
-	*sptr++ = *ptr++; /* Copy the type specifier.  */ \
-	*sptr = '\0'; /* NULL terminate sptr.  */ \
-	result = fprintf(stream, specifier, value); \
-	if (result == -1) \
-	  return -1; \
-	else \
-	  { \
-	    total_printed += result; \
-	    continue; \
-	  } \
-      } while (0)
-
-int
-_doprnt (format, ap, stream)
-  const char * format;
-  va_list ap;
-  FILE * stream;
-{
-  const char * ptr = format;
-  char specifier[128];
-  int total_printed = 0;
-  
-  while (*ptr != '\0')
-    {
-      if (*ptr != '%') /* While we have regular characters, print them.  */
-	PRINT_CHAR(*ptr);
-      else /* We got a format specifier! */
-	{
-	  char * sptr = specifier;
-	  int wide_width = 0, short_width = 0;
-	  
-	  *sptr++ = *ptr++; /* Copy the % and move forward.  */
-
-	  while (strchr ("-+ #0", *ptr)) /* Move past flags.  */
-	    *sptr++ = *ptr++;
-
-	  if (*ptr == '*')
-	    COPY_VA_INT;
-	  else
-	    while (ISDIGIT(*ptr)) /* Handle explicit numeric value.  */
-	      *sptr++ = *ptr++;
-	  
-	  if (*ptr == '.')
-	    {
-	      *sptr++ = *ptr++; /* Copy and go past the period.  */
-	      if (*ptr == '*')
-		COPY_VA_INT;
-	      else
-		while (ISDIGIT(*ptr)) /* Handle explicit numeric value.  */
-		  *sptr++ = *ptr++;
-	    }
-	  while (strchr ("hlL", *ptr))
-	    {
-	      switch (*ptr)
-		{
-		case 'h':
-		  short_width = 1;
-		  break;
-		case 'l':
-		  wide_width++;
-		  break;
-		case 'L':
-		  wide_width = 2;
-		  break;
-		default:
-		  abort();
-		}
-	      *sptr++ = *ptr++;
-	    }
-
-	  switch (*ptr)
-	    {
-	    case 'd':
-	    case 'i':
-	    case 'o':
-	    case 'u':
-	    case 'x':
-	    case 'X':
-	    case 'c':
-	      {
-		/* Short values are promoted to int, so just copy it
-                   as an int and trust the C library printf to cast it
-                   to the right width.  */
-		if (short_width)
-		  PRINT_TYPE(int);
-		else
-		  {
-		    switch (wide_width)
-		      {
-		      case 0:
-			PRINT_TYPE(int);
-			break;
-		      case 1:
-			PRINT_TYPE(long);
-			break;
-		      case 2:
-		      default:
-#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(HAVE_LONG_LONG)
-			PRINT_TYPE(long long);
-#else
-			PRINT_TYPE(long); /* Fake it and hope for the best.  */
-#endif
-			break;
-		      } /* End of switch (wide_width) */
-		  } /* End of else statement */
-	      } /* End of integer case */
-	      break;
-	    case 'f':
-	    case 'e':
-	    case 'E':
-	    case 'g':
-	    case 'G':
-	      {
-		if (wide_width == 0)
-		  PRINT_TYPE(double);
-		else
-		  {
-#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE)
-		    PRINT_TYPE(long double);
-#else
-		    PRINT_TYPE(double); /* Fake it and hope for the best.  */
-#endif
-		  }
-	      }
-	      break;
-	    case 's':
-	      PRINT_TYPE(char *);
-	      break;
-	    case 'p':
-	      PRINT_TYPE(void *);
-	      break;
-	    case '%':
-	      PRINT_CHAR('%');
-	      break;
-	    default:
-	      abort();
-	    } /* End of switch (*ptr) */
-	} /* End of else statement */
-    }
-
-  return total_printed;
-}
-
-#ifdef TEST
-
-#include <math.h>
-#ifndef M_PI
-#define M_PI (3.1415926535897932385)
-#endif
-
-#define RESULT(x) do \
-{ \
-    int i = (x); \
-    printf ("printed %d characters\n", i); \
-    fflush(stdin); \
-} while (0)
-
-static int checkit PARAMS ((const char * format, ...)) ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_1;
-
-static int
-checkit VPARAMS ((const char* format, ...))
-{
-  int result;
-  VA_OPEN (args, format);
-  VA_FIXEDARG (args, char *, format);
-
-  result = _doprnt (format, args, stdout);
-  VA_CLOSE (args);
-
-  return result;
-}
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-  RESULT(checkit ("<%d>\n", 0x12345678));
-  RESULT(printf ("<%d>\n", 0x12345678));
-
-  RESULT(checkit ("<%200d>\n", 5));
-  RESULT(printf ("<%200d>\n", 5));
-
-  RESULT(checkit ("<%.300d>\n", 6));
-  RESULT(printf ("<%.300d>\n", 6));
-
-  RESULT(checkit ("<%100.150d>\n", 7));
-  RESULT(printf ("<%100.150d>\n", 7));
-
-  RESULT(checkit ("<%s>\n",
-		  "jjjjjjjjjiiiiiiiiiiiiiiioooooooooooooooooppppppppppppaa\n\
-777777777777777777333333333333366666666666622222222222777777777777733333"));
-  RESULT(printf ("<%s>\n",
-		 "jjjjjjjjjiiiiiiiiiiiiiiioooooooooooooooooppppppppppppaa\n\
-777777777777777777333333333333366666666666622222222222777777777777733333"));
-
-  RESULT(checkit ("<%f><%0+#f>%s%d%s>\n",
-		  1.0, 1.0, "foo", 77, "asdjffffffffffffffiiiiiiiiiiixxxxx"));
-  RESULT(printf ("<%f><%0+#f>%s%d%s>\n",
-		 1.0, 1.0, "foo", 77, "asdjffffffffffffffiiiiiiiiiiixxxxx"));
-
-  RESULT(checkit ("<%4f><%.4f><%%><%4.4f>\n", M_PI, M_PI, M_PI));
-  RESULT(printf ("<%4f><%.4f><%%><%4.4f>\n", M_PI, M_PI, M_PI));
-
-  RESULT(checkit ("<%*f><%.*f><%%><%*.*f>\n", 3, M_PI, 3, M_PI, 3, 3, M_PI));
-  RESULT(printf ("<%*f><%.*f><%%><%*.*f>\n", 3, M_PI, 3, M_PI, 3, 3, M_PI));
-
-  RESULT(checkit ("<%d><%i><%o><%u><%x><%X><%c>\n",
-		  75, 75, 75, 75, 75, 75, 75));
-  RESULT(printf ("<%d><%i><%o><%u><%x><%X><%c>\n",
-		 75, 75, 75, 75, 75, 75, 75));
-
-  RESULT(checkit ("<%d><%i><%o><%u><%x><%X><%c>\n",
-		  75, 75, 75, 75, 75, 75, 75));
-  RESULT(printf ("<%d><%i><%o><%u><%x><%X><%c>\n",
-		 75, 75, 75, 75, 75, 75, 75));
-
-  RESULT(checkit ("Testing (hd) short: <%d><%ld><%hd><%hd><%d>\n", 123, (long)234, 345, 123456789, 456));
-  RESULT(printf ("Testing (hd) short: <%d><%ld><%hd><%hd><%d>\n", 123, (long)234, 345, 123456789, 456));
-
-#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined (HAVE_LONG_LONG)
-  RESULT(checkit ("Testing (lld) long long: <%d><%lld><%d>\n", 123, 234234234234234234LL, 345));
-  RESULT(printf ("Testing (lld) long long: <%d><%lld><%d>\n", 123, 234234234234234234LL, 345));
-  RESULT(checkit ("Testing (Ld) long long: <%d><%Ld><%d>\n", 123, 234234234234234234LL, 345));
-  RESULT(printf ("Testing (Ld) long long: <%d><%Ld><%d>\n", 123, 234234234234234234LL, 345));
-#endif
-
-#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined (HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE)
-  RESULT(checkit ("Testing (Lf) long double: <%.20f><%.20Lf><%0+#.20f>\n",
-		  1.23456, 1.234567890123456789L, 1.23456));
-  RESULT(printf ("Testing (Lf) long double: <%.20f><%.20Lf><%0+#.20f>\n",
-		 1.23456, 1.234567890123456789L, 1.23456));
-#endif
-
-  return 0;
-}
-#endif /* TEST */

contrib/binutils/libiberty/copying-lib.texi

@@ -1,565 +0,0 @@
-@node Library Copying
-@appendixsec GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
-
-@cindex LGPL, Lesser General Public License
-@center Version 2.1, February 1999
-
-@display
-Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-59 Temple Place -- Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA
-
-Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
-of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
-
-[This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL.  It also counts
-as the successor of the GNU Library Public License, version 2, hence the
-version number 2.1.]
-@end display
-
-@appendixsubsec Preamble
-
-  The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
-freedom to share and change it.  By contrast, the GNU General Public
-Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change
-free software---to make sure the software is free for all its users.
-
-  This license, the Lesser General Public License, applies to some
-specially designated software---typically libraries---of the Free
-Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it.  You can use
-it too, but we suggest you first think carefully about whether this
-license or the ordinary General Public License is the better strategy to
-use in any particular case, based on the explanations below.
-
-  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom of use,
-not price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that
-you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge
-for this service if you wish); that you receive source code or can get
-it if you want it; that you can change the software and use pieces of it
-in new free programs; and that you are informed that you can do these
-things.
-
-  To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
-distributors to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender these
-rights.  These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for
-you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it.
-
-  For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis
-or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave
-you.  You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source
-code.  If you link other code with the library, you must provide
-complete object files to the recipients, so that they can relink them
-with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling
-it.  And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
-
-  We protect your rights with a two-step method: (1) we copyright the
-library, and (2) we offer you this license, which gives you legal
-permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
-
-  To protect each distributor, we want to make it very clear that
-there is no warranty for the free library.  Also, if the library is
-modified by someone else and passed on, the recipients should know
-that what they have is not the original version, so that the original
-author's reputation will not be affected by problems that might be
-introduced by others.
-
-  Finally, software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of
-any free program.  We wish to make sure that a company cannot
-effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a
-restrictive license from a patent holder.  Therefore, we insist that
-any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be
-consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license.
-
-  Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the
-ordinary GNU General Public License.  This license, the GNU Lesser
-General Public License, applies to certain designated libraries, and
-is quite different from the ordinary General Public License.  We use
-this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those
-libraries into non-free programs.
-
-  When a program is linked with a library, whether statically or using
-a shared library, the combination of the two is legally speaking a
-combined work, a derivative of the original library.  The ordinary
-General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the
-entire combination fits its criteria of freedom.  The Lesser General
-Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with
-the library.
-
-  We call this license the @dfn{Lesser} General Public License because it
-does @emph{Less} to protect the user's freedom than the ordinary General
-Public License.  It also provides other free software developers Less
-of an advantage over competing non-free programs.  These disadvantages
-are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many
-libraries.  However, the Lesser license provides advantages in certain
-special circumstances.
-
-  For example, on rare occasions, there may be a special need to
-encourage the widest possible use of a certain library, so that it becomes
-a de-facto standard.  To achieve this, non-free programs must be
-allowed to use the library.  A more frequent case is that a free
-library does the same job as widely used non-free libraries.  In this
-case, there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free
-software only, so we use the Lesser General Public License.
-
-  In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free
-programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of
-free software.  For example, permission to use the GNU C Library in
-non-free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU
-operating system, as well as its variant, the GNU/Linux operating
-system.
-
-  Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the
-users' freedom, it does ensure that the user of a program that is
-linked with the Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run
-that program using a modified version of the Library.
-
-  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
-modification follow.  Pay close attention to the difference between a
-``work based on the library'' and a ``work that uses the library''.  The
-former contains code derived from the library, whereas the latter must
-be combined with the library in order to run.
-
-@iftex
-@appendixsubsec TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
-@end iftex
-@ifinfo
-@center GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
-@center TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
-@end ifinfo
-
-@enumerate 0
-@item
-This License Agreement applies to any software library or other program
-which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or other
-authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of this
-Lesser General Public License (also called ``this License'').  Each
-licensee is addressed as ``you''.
-
-  A ``library'' means a collection of software functions and/or data
-prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs
-(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.
-
-  The ``Library'', below, refers to any such software library or work
-which has been distributed under these terms.  A ``work based on the
-Library'' means either the Library or any derivative work under
-copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a
-portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated
-straightforwardly into another language.  (Hereinafter, translation is
-included without limitation in the term ``modification''.)
-
-  ``Source code'' for a work means the preferred form of the work for
-making modifications to it.  For a library, complete source code means
-all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated
-interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation
-and installation of the library.
-
-  Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
-covered by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of
-running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from
-such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based
-on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for
-writing it).  Whether that is true depends on what the Library does
-and what the program that uses the Library does.
-
-@item
-You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's
-complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that
-you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an
-appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact
-all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any
-warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the
-Library.
-
-  You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy,
-and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a
-fee.
-
-@item
-You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion
-of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and
-distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
-above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
-
-@enumerate a
-@item
-The modified work must itself be a software library.
-
-@item
-You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices
-stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
-
-@item
-You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no
-charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
-
-@item
-If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a
-table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses
-the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility
-is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that,
-in the event an application does not supply such function or
-table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of
-its purpose remains meaningful.
-
-(For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has
-a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the
-application.  Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any
-application-supplied function or table used by this function must
-be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square
-root function must still compute square roots.)
-@end enumerate
-
-These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If
-identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library,
-and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
-themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
-sections when you distribute them as separate works.  But when you
-distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
-on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
-this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
-entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote
-it.
-
-Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
-your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
-exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
-collective works based on the Library.
-
-In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library
-with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of
-a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
-the scope of this License.
-
-@item
-You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public
-License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library.  To do
-this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so
-that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2,
-instead of to this License.  (If a newer version than version 2 of the
-ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify
-that version instead if you wish.)  Do not make any other change in
-these notices.
-
-  Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for
-that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all
-subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.
-
-  This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of
-the Library into a program that is not a library.
-
-@item
-You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or
-derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form
-under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany
-it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which
-must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a
-medium customarily used for software interchange.
-
-  If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy
-from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the
-source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to
-distribute the source code, even though third parties are not
-compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
-
-@item
-A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the
-Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or
-linked with it, is called a ``work that uses the Library''.  Such a
-work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and
-therefore falls outside the scope of this License.
-
-  However, linking a ``work that uses the Library'' with the Library
-creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it
-contains portions of the Library), rather than a ``work that uses the
-library''.  The executable is therefore covered by this License.
-Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables.
-
-  When a ``work that uses the Library'' uses material from a header file
-that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a
-derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not.
-Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be
-linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library.  The
-threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.
-
-  If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data
-structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline
-functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object
-file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative
-work.  (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the
-Library will still fall under Section 6.)
-
-  Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may
-distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6.
-Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6,
-whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.
-
-@item
-As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or
-link a ``work that uses the Library'' with the Library to produce a
-work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work
-under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit
-modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse
-engineering for debugging such modifications.
-
-  You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the
-Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by
-this License.  You must supply a copy of this License.  If the work
-during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the
-copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference
-directing the user to the copy of this License.  Also, you must do one
-of these things:
-
-@enumerate a
-@item
-Accompany the work with the complete corresponding
-machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever
-changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under
-Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked
-with the Library, with the complete machine-readable ``work that
-uses the Library'', as object code and/or source code, so that the
-user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified
-executable containing the modified Library.  (It is understood
-that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the
-Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application
-to use the modified definitions.)
-
-@item
-Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the Library.  A
-suitable mechanism is one that (1) uses at run time a copy of the
-library already present on the user's computer system, rather than
-copying library functions into the executable, and (2) will operate
-properly with a modified version of the library, if the user installs
-one, as long as the modified version is interface-compatible with the
-version that the work was made with.
-
-@item
-Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at
-least three years, to give the same user the materials
-specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more
-than the cost of performing this distribution.
-
-@item
-If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy
-from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above
-specified materials from the same place.
-
-@item
-Verify that the user has already received a copy of these
-materials or that you have already sent this user a copy.
-@end enumerate
-
-  For an executable, the required form of the ``work that uses the
-Library'' must include any data and utility programs needed for
-reproducing the executable from it.  However, as a special exception,
-the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is
-normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
-components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on
-which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the
-executable.
-
-  It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license
-restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally
-accompany the operating system.  Such a contradiction means you cannot
-use both them and the Library together in an executable that you
-distribute.
-
-@item
-You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
-Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library
-facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined
-library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on
-the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise
-permitted, and provided that you do these two things:
-
-@enumerate a
-@item
-Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work
-based on the Library, uncombined with any other library
-facilities.  This must be distributed under the terms of the
-Sections above.
-
-@item
-Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact
-that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining
-where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
-@end enumerate
-
-@item
-You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute
-the Library except as expressly provided under this License.  Any
-attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or
-distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your
-rights under this License.  However, parties who have received copies,
-or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses
-terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
-
-@item
-You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
-signed it.  However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
-distribute the Library or its derivative works.  These actions are
-prohibited by law if you do not accept this License.  Therefore, by
-modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the
-Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
-all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
-the Library or works based on it.
-
-@item
-Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the
-Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
-original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library
-subject to these terms and conditions.  You may not impose any further
-restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
-You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with
-this License.
-
-@item
-If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
-infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
-conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
-otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
-excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot
-distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
-License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
-may not distribute the Library at all.  For example, if a patent
-license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by
-all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
-the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
-refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.
-
-If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any
-particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply,
-and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
-
-It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
-patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
-such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
-integrity of the free software distribution system which is
-implemented by public license practices.  Many people have made
-generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
-through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
-system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
-to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
-impose that choice.
-
-This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
-be a consequence of the rest of this License.
-
-@item
-If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in
-certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
-original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add
-an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries,
-so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus
-excluded.  In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if
-written in the body of this License.
-
-@item
-The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new
-versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time.
-Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version,
-but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
-
-Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Library
-specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and
-``any later version'', you have the option of following the terms and
-conditions either of that version or of any later version published by
-the Free Software Foundation.  If the Library does not specify a
-license version number, you may choose any version ever published by
-the Free Software Foundation.
-
-@item
-If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free
-programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these,
-write to the author to ask for permission.  For software which is
-copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free
-Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this.  Our
-decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status
-of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing
-and reuse of software generally.
-
-@iftex
-@heading NO WARRANTY
-@end iftex
-@ifinfo
-@center NO WARRANTY
-@end ifinfo
-
-@item
-BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
-WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
-EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR
-OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY ``AS IS'' WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
-KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE
-LIBRARY IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME
-THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
-
-@item
-IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
-WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY
-AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU
-FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
-CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
-LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
-RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A
-FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF
-SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGES.
-@end enumerate
-
-@iftex
-@heading END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
-@end iftex
-@ifinfo
-@center END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
-@end ifinfo
-
-@page
-@appendixsubsec How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries
-
-  If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest
-possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that
-everyone can redistribute and change.  You can do so by permitting
-redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the
-ordinary General Public License).
-
-  To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library.  It is
-safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
-convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
-``copyright'' line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
-
-@smallexample
-@var{one line to give the library's name and an idea of what it does.}
-Copyright (C) @var{year}  @var{name of author}
-
-This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or (at
-your option) any later version.
-
-This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
-License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-USA.
-@end smallexample
-
-Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
-
-You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
-school, if any, to sign a ``copyright disclaimer'' for the library, if
-necessary.  Here is a sample; alter the names:
-
-@smallexample
-Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the library
-`Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker.
-
-@var{signature of Ty Coon}, 1 April 1990
-Ty Coon, President of Vice
-@end smallexample
-
-That's all there is to it!

contrib/binutils/libiberty/ffs.c

@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-/* ffs -- Find the first bit set in the parameter
-
-@deftypefn Supplemental int ffs (int @var{valu})
-
-Find the first (least significant) bit set in @var{valu}.  Bits are
-numbered from right to left, starting with bit 1 (corresponding to the
-value 1).  If @var{valu} is zero, zero is returned.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-*/
-
-int
-ffs (valu)
-  register int valu;
-{
-  register int bit;
-
-  if (valu == 0)
-    return 0;
-
-  for (bit = 1; !(valu & 1); bit++)
-  	valu >>= 1;
-
-  return bit;
-}
-

contrib/binutils/libiberty/fibheap.c

@@ -1,523 +0,0 @@
-/* A Fibonacci heap datatype.
-   Copyright 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   Contributed by Daniel Berlin ([email protected]).
-   
-This file is part of GNU CC.
-   
-GNU CC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-any later version.
-
-GNU CC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
-the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include "config.h"
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_LIMITS_H
-#include <limits.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
-#include <string.h>
-#endif
-#include "libiberty.h"
-#include "fibheap.h"
-
-
-#define FIBHEAPKEY_MIN	LONG_MIN
-
-static void fibheap_ins_root PARAMS ((fibheap_t, fibnode_t));
-static void fibheap_rem_root PARAMS ((fibheap_t, fibnode_t));
-static void fibheap_consolidate PARAMS ((fibheap_t));
-static void fibheap_link PARAMS ((fibheap_t, fibnode_t, fibnode_t));
-static void fibheap_cut PARAMS ((fibheap_t, fibnode_t, fibnode_t));
-static void fibheap_cascading_cut PARAMS ((fibheap_t, fibnode_t));
-static fibnode_t fibheap_extr_min_node PARAMS ((fibheap_t));
-static int fibheap_compare PARAMS ((fibheap_t, fibnode_t, fibnode_t));
-static int fibheap_comp_data PARAMS ((fibheap_t, fibheapkey_t, void *,
-				      fibnode_t));
-static fibnode_t fibnode_new PARAMS ((void));
-static void fibnode_insert_after PARAMS ((fibnode_t, fibnode_t));
-#define fibnode_insert_before(a, b) fibnode_insert_after (a->left, b)
-static fibnode_t fibnode_remove PARAMS ((fibnode_t));
-
-
-/* Create a new fibonacci heap.  */
-fibheap_t
-fibheap_new ()
-{
-  return (fibheap_t) xcalloc (1, sizeof (struct fibheap));
-}
-
-/* Create a new fibonacci heap node.  */
-static fibnode_t
-fibnode_new ()
-{
-  fibnode_t node;
-
-  node = xcalloc (1, sizeof *node);
-  node->left = node;
-  node->right = node;
-
-  return node;
-}
-
-static inline int
-fibheap_compare (heap, a, b)
-     fibheap_t heap ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
-     fibnode_t a;
-     fibnode_t b;
-{
-  if (a->key < b->key)
-    return -1;
-  if (a->key > b->key)
-    return 1;
-  return 0;
-}
-
-static inline int
-fibheap_comp_data (heap, key, data, b)
-     fibheap_t heap;
-     fibheapkey_t key;
-     void *data;
-     fibnode_t b;
-{
-  struct fibnode a;
-
-  a.key = key;
-  a.data = data;
-
-  return fibheap_compare (heap, &a, b);
-}
-
-/* Insert DATA, with priority KEY, into HEAP.  */
-fibnode_t
-fibheap_insert (heap, key, data)
-     fibheap_t heap;
-     fibheapkey_t key;
-     void *data;
-{
-  fibnode_t node;
-
-  /* Create the new node.  */
-  node = fibnode_new ();
-
-  /* Set the node's data.  */
-  node->data = data;
-  node->key = key;
-
-  /* Insert it into the root list.  */
-  fibheap_ins_root (heap, node);
-
-  /* If their was no minimum, or this key is less than the min,
-     it's the new min.  */
-  if (heap->min == NULL || node->key < heap->min->key)
-    heap->min = node;
-
-  heap->nodes++;
-
-  return node;
-}
-
-/* Return the data of the minimum node (if we know it).  */
-void *
-fibheap_min (heap)
-     fibheap_t heap;
-{
-  /* If there is no min, we can't easily return it.  */
-  if (heap->min == NULL)
-    return NULL;
-  return heap->min->data;
-}
-
-/* Return the key of the minimum node (if we know it).  */
-fibheapkey_t
-fibheap_min_key (heap)
-     fibheap_t heap;
-{
-  /* If there is no min, we can't easily return it.  */
-  if (heap->min == NULL)
-    return 0;
-  return heap->min->key;
-}
-
-/* Union HEAPA and HEAPB into a new heap.  */
-fibheap_t
-fibheap_union (heapa, heapb)
-     fibheap_t heapa;
-     fibheap_t heapb;
-{
-  fibnode_t a_root, b_root, temp;
-
-  /* If one of the heaps is empty, the union is just the other heap.  */
-  if ((a_root = heapa->root) == NULL)
-    {
-      free (heapa);
-      return heapb;
-    }
-  if ((b_root = heapb->root) == NULL)
-    {
-      free (heapb);
-      return heapa;
-    }
-
-  /* Merge them to the next nodes on the opposite chain.  */
-  a_root->left->right = b_root;
-  b_root->left->right = a_root;
-  temp = a_root->left;
-  a_root->left = b_root->left;
-  b_root->left = temp;
-  heapa->nodes += heapb->nodes;
-
-  /* And set the new minimum, if it's changed.  */
-  if (fibheap_compare (heapa, heapb->min, heapa->min) < 0)
-    heapa->min = heapb->min;
-
-  free (heapb);
-  return heapa;
-}
-
-/* Extract the data of the minimum node from HEAP.  */
-void *
-fibheap_extract_min (heap)
-     fibheap_t heap;
-{
-  fibnode_t z;
-  void *ret = NULL;
-
-  /* If we don't have a min set, it means we have no nodes.  */
-  if (heap->min != NULL)
-    {
-      /* Otherwise, extract the min node, free the node, and return the
-         node's data.  */
-      z = fibheap_extr_min_node (heap);
-      ret = z->data;
-      free (z);
-    }
-
-  return ret;
-}
-
-/* Replace both the KEY and the DATA associated with NODE.  */
-void *
-fibheap_replace_key_data (heap, node, key, data)
-     fibheap_t heap;
-     fibnode_t node;
-     fibheapkey_t key;
-     void *data;
-{
-  void *odata;
-  int okey;
-  fibnode_t y;
-
-  /* If we wanted to, we could actually do a real increase by redeleting and
-     inserting. However, this would require O (log n) time. So just bail out
-     for now.  */
-  if (fibheap_comp_data (heap, key, data, node) > 0)
-    return NULL;
-
-  odata = node->data;
-  okey = node->key;
-  node->data = data;
-  node->key = key;
-  y = node->parent;
-
-  if (okey == key)
-    return odata;
-
-  /* These two compares are specifically <= 0 to make sure that in the case
-     of equality, a node we replaced the data on, becomes the new min.  This
-     is needed so that delete's call to extractmin gets the right node.  */
-  if (y != NULL && fibheap_compare (heap, node, y) <= 0)
-    {
-      fibheap_cut (heap, node, y);
-      fibheap_cascading_cut (heap, y);
-    }
-
-  if (fibheap_compare (heap, node, heap->min) <= 0)
-    heap->min = node;
-
-  return odata;
-}
-
-/* Replace the DATA associated with NODE.  */
-void *
-fibheap_replace_data (heap, node, data)
-     fibheap_t heap;
-     fibnode_t node;
-     void *data;
-{
-  return fibheap_replace_key_data (heap, node, node->key, data);
-}
-
-/* Replace the KEY associated with NODE.  */
-fibheapkey_t
-fibheap_replace_key (heap, node, key)
-     fibheap_t heap;
-     fibnode_t node;
-     fibheapkey_t key;
-{
-  int okey = node->key;
-  fibheap_replace_key_data (heap, node, key, node->data);
-  return okey;
-}
-
-/* Delete NODE from HEAP.  */
-void *
-fibheap_delete_node (heap, node)
-     fibheap_t heap;
-     fibnode_t node;
-{
-  void *ret = node->data;
-
-  /* To perform delete, we just make it the min key, and extract.  */
-  fibheap_replace_key (heap, node, FIBHEAPKEY_MIN);
-  fibheap_extract_min (heap);
-
-  return ret;
-}
-
-/* Delete HEAP.  */
-void
-fibheap_delete (heap)
-     fibheap_t heap;
-{
-  while (heap->min != NULL)
-    free (fibheap_extr_min_node (heap));
-
-  free (heap);
-}
-
-/* Determine if HEAP is empty.  */
-int
-fibheap_empty (heap)
-     fibheap_t heap;
-{
-  return heap->nodes == 0;
-}
-
-/* Extract the minimum node of the heap.  */
-static fibnode_t
-fibheap_extr_min_node (heap)
-     fibheap_t heap;
-{
-  fibnode_t ret = heap->min;
-  fibnode_t x, y, orig;
-
-  /* Attach the child list of the minimum node to the root list of the heap.
-     If there is no child list, we don't do squat.  */
-  for (x = ret->child, orig = NULL; x != orig && x != NULL; x = y)
-    {
-      if (orig == NULL)
-	orig = x;
-      y = x->right;
-      x->parent = NULL;
-      fibheap_ins_root (heap, x);
-    }
-
-  /* Remove the old root.  */
-  fibheap_rem_root (heap, ret);
-  heap->nodes--;
-
-  /* If we are left with no nodes, then the min is NULL.  */
-  if (heap->nodes == 0)
-    heap->min = NULL;
-  else
-    {
-      /* Otherwise, consolidate to find new minimum, as well as do the reorg
-         work that needs to be done.  */
-      heap->min = ret->right;
-      fibheap_consolidate (heap);
-    }
-
-  return ret;
-}
-
-/* Insert NODE into the root list of HEAP.  */
-static void
-fibheap_ins_root (heap, node)
-     fibheap_t heap;
-     fibnode_t node;
-{
-  /* If the heap is currently empty, the new node becomes the singleton
-     circular root list.  */
-  if (heap->root == NULL)
-    {
-      heap->root = node;
-      node->left = node;
-      node->right = node;
-      return;
-    }
-
-  /* Otherwise, insert it in the circular root list between the root
-     and it's right node.  */
-  fibnode_insert_after (heap->root, node);
-}
-
-/* Remove NODE from the rootlist of HEAP.  */
-static void
-fibheap_rem_root (heap, node)
-     fibheap_t heap;
-     fibnode_t node;
-{
-  if (node->left == node)
-    heap->root = NULL;
-  else
-    heap->root = fibnode_remove (node);
-}
-
-/* Consolidate the heap.  */
-static void
-fibheap_consolidate (heap)
-     fibheap_t heap;
-{
-  fibnode_t a[1 + 8 * sizeof (long)];
-  fibnode_t w;
-  fibnode_t y;
-  fibnode_t x;
-  int i;
-  int d;
-  int D;
-
-  D = 1 + 8 * sizeof (long);
-
-  memset (a, 0, sizeof (fibnode_t) * D);
-
-  while ((w = heap->root) != NULL)
-    {
-      x = w;
-      fibheap_rem_root (heap, w);
-      d = x->degree;
-      while (a[d] != NULL)
-	{
-	  y = a[d];
-	  if (fibheap_compare (heap, x, y) > 0)
-	    {
-	      fibnode_t temp;
-	      temp = x;
-	      x = y;
-	      y = temp;
-	    }
-	  fibheap_link (heap, y, x);
-	  a[d] = NULL;
-	  d++;
-	}
-      a[d] = x;
-    }
-  heap->min = NULL;
-  for (i = 0; i < D; i++)
-    if (a[i] != NULL)
-      {
-	fibheap_ins_root (heap, a[i]);
-	if (heap->min == NULL || fibheap_compare (heap, a[i], heap->min) < 0)
-	  heap->min = a[i];
-      }
-}
-
-/* Make NODE a child of PARENT.  */
-static void
-fibheap_link (heap, node, parent)
-     fibheap_t heap ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
-     fibnode_t node;
-     fibnode_t parent;
-{
-  if (parent->child == NULL)
-    parent->child = node;
-  else
-    fibnode_insert_before (parent->child, node);
-  node->parent = parent;
-  parent->degree++;
-  node->mark = 0;
-}
-
-/* Remove NODE from PARENT's child list.  */
-static void
-fibheap_cut (heap, node, parent)
-     fibheap_t heap;
-     fibnode_t node;
-     fibnode_t parent;
-{
-  fibnode_remove (node);
-  parent->degree--;
-  fibheap_ins_root (heap, node);
-  node->parent = NULL;
-  node->mark = 0;
-}
-
-static void
-fibheap_cascading_cut (heap, y)
-     fibheap_t heap;
-     fibnode_t y;
-{
-  fibnode_t z;
-
-  while ((z = y->parent) != NULL)
-    {
-      if (y->mark == 0)
-	{
-	  y->mark = 1;
-	  return;
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  fibheap_cut (heap, y, z);
-	  y = z;
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-static void
-fibnode_insert_after (a, b)
-     fibnode_t a;
-     fibnode_t b;
-{
-  if (a == a->right)
-    {
-      a->right = b;
-      a->left = b;
-      b->right = a;
-      b->left = a;
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      b->right = a->right;
-      a->right->left = b;
-      a->right = b;
-      b->left = a;
-    }
-}
-
-static fibnode_t
-fibnode_remove (node)
-     fibnode_t node;
-{
-  fibnode_t ret;
-
-  if (node == node->left)
-    ret = NULL;
-  else
-    ret = node->left;
-
-  if (node->parent != NULL && node->parent->child == node)
-    node->parent->child = ret;
-
-  node->right->left = node->left;
-  node->left->right = node->right;
-
-  node->parent = NULL;
-  node->left = node;
-  node->right = node;
-
-  return ret;
-}

contrib/binutils/libiberty/fnmatch.txh

@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-@deftypefn Replacement int fnmatch (const char *@var{pattern}, const char *@var{string}, int @var{flags})
-
-Matches @var{string} against @var{pattern}, returning zero if it
-matches, @code{FNM_NOMATCH} if not.  @var{pattern} may contain the
-wildcards @code{?} to match any one character, @code{*} to match any
-zero or more characters, or a set of alternate characters in square
-brackets, like @samp{[a-gt8]}, which match one character (@code{a}
-through @code{g}, or @code{t}, or @code{8}, in this example) if that one
-character is in the set.  A set may be inverted (i.e., match anything
-except what's in the set) by giving @code{^} or @code{!} as the first
-character in the set.  To include those characters in the set, list them
-as anything other than the first character of the set.  To include a
-dash in the set, list it last in the set.  A backslash character makes
-the following character not special, so for example you could match
-against a literal asterisk with @samp{\*}.  To match a literal
-backslash, use @samp{\\}.
-
-@code{flags} controls various aspects of the matching process, and is a
-boolean OR of zero or more of the following values (defined in
-@code{<fnmatch.h>}):
-
-@table @code
-
-@item FNM_PATHNAME
-@itemx FNM_FILE_NAME
-@var{string} is assumed to be a path name.  No wildcard will ever match
-@code{/}.
-
-@item FNM_NOESCAPE
-Do not interpret backslashes as quoting the following special character.
-
-@item FNM_PERIOD
-A leading period (at the beginning of @var{string}, or if
-@code{FNM_PATHNAME} after a slash) is not matched by @code{*} or
-@code{?} but must be matched explicitly.
-
-@item FNM_LEADING_DIR
-Means that @var{string} also matches @var{pattern} if some initial part
-of @var{string} matches, and is followed by @code{/} and zero or more
-characters.  For example, @samp{foo*} would match either @samp{foobar}
-or @samp{foobar/grill}.
-
-@item FNM_CASEFOLD
-Ignores case when performing the comparison.
-
-@end table
-
-@end deftypefn

contrib/binutils/libiberty/functions.texi

@@ -1,937 +0,0 @@
-@c Automatically generated from *.c and others (the comments before
-@c each entry tell you which file and where in that file).  DO NOT EDIT!
-@c Edit the *.c files, configure with --enable-maintainer-mode,
-@c and let gather-docs build you a new copy.
-
-@c alloca.c:26
-@deftypefn Replacement void* alloca (size_t @var{size})
-
-This function allocates memory which will be automatically reclaimed
-after the procedure exits.  The @libib{} implementation does not free
-the memory immediately but will do so eventually during subsequent
-calls to this function.  Memory is allocated using @code{xmalloc} under
-normal circumstances.
-
-The header file @file{alloca-conf.h} can be used in conjunction with the
-GNU Autoconf test @code{AC_FUNC_ALLOCA} to test for and properly make
-available this function.  The @code{AC_FUNC_ALLOCA} test requires that
-client code use a block of preprocessor code to be safe (see the Autoconf
-manual for more); this header incorporates that logic and more, including
-the possibility of a GCC built-in function.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c asprintf.c:33
-@deftypefn Extension int asprintf (char **@var{resptr}, const char *@var{format}, ...)
-
-Like @code{sprintf}, but instead of passing a pointer to a buffer, you
-pass a pointer to a pointer.  This function will compute the size of
-the buffer needed, allocate memory with @code{malloc}, and store a
-pointer to the allocated memory in @code{*@var{resptr}}.  The value
-returned is the same as @code{sprintf} would return.  If memory could
-not be allocated, zero is returned and @code{NULL} is stored in
-@code{*@var{resptr}}.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c atexit.c:6
-@deftypefn Supplemental int atexit (void (*@var{f})())
-
-Causes function @var{f} to be called at exit.  Returns 0.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c basename.c:6
-@deftypefn Supplemental char* basename (const char *@var{name})
-
-Returns a pointer to the last component of pathname @var{name}.
-Behavior is undefined if the pathname ends in a directory separator.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c bcmp.c:6
-@deftypefn Supplemental int bcmp (char *@var{x}, char *@var{y}, int @var{count})
-
-Compares the first @var{count} bytes of two areas of memory.  Returns
-zero if they are the same, nonzero otherwise.  Returns zero if
-@var{count} is zero.  A nonzero result only indicates a difference,
-it does not indicate any sorting order (say, by having a positive
-result mean @var{x} sorts before @var{y}).
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c bcopy.c:3
-@deftypefn Supplemental void bcopy (char *@var{in}, char *@var{out}, int @var{length})
-
-Copies @var{length} bytes from memory region @var{in} to region
-@var{out}.  The use of @code{bcopy} is deprecated in new programs.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c bsearch.c:33
-@deftypefn Supplemental void* bsearch (const void *@var{key}, const void *@var{base}, size_t @var{nmemb}, size_t @var{size}, int (*@var{compar})(const void *, const void *))
-
-Performs a search over an array of @var{nmemb} elements pointed to by
-@var{base} for a member that matches the object pointed to by @var{key}.
-The size of each member is specified by @var{size}.  The array contents
-should be sorted in ascending order according to the @var{compar}
-comparison function.  This routine should take two arguments pointing to
-the @var{key} and to an array member, in that order, and should return an
-integer less than, equal to, or greater than zero if the @var{key} object
-is respectively less than, matching, or greater than the array member.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c argv.c:139
-@deftypefn Extension char** buildargv (char *@var{sp})
-
-Given a pointer to a string, parse the string extracting fields
-separated by whitespace and optionally enclosed within either single
-or double quotes (which are stripped off), and build a vector of
-pointers to copies of the string for each field.  The input string
-remains unchanged.  The last element of the vector is followed by a
-@code{NULL} element.
-
-All of the memory for the pointer array and copies of the string
-is obtained from @code{malloc}.  All of the memory can be returned to the
-system with the single function call @code{freeargv}, which takes the
-returned result of @code{buildargv}, as it's argument.
-
-Returns a pointer to the argument vector if successful.  Returns
-@code{NULL} if @var{sp} is @code{NULL} or if there is insufficient
-memory to complete building the argument vector.
-
-If the input is a null string (as opposed to a @code{NULL} pointer),
-then buildarg returns an argument vector that has one arg, a null
-string.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c bzero.c:6
-@deftypefn Supplemental void bzero (char *@var{mem}, int @var{count})
-
-Zeros @var{count} bytes starting at @var{mem}.  Use of this function
-is deprecated in favor of @code{memset}.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c calloc.c:6
-@deftypefn Supplemental void* calloc (size_t @var{nelem}, size_t @var{elsize})
-
-Uses @code{malloc} to allocate storage for @var{nelem} objects of
-@var{elsize} bytes each, then zeros the memory.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c choose-temp.c:42
-@deftypefn Extension char* choose_temp_base (void)
-
-Return a prefix for temporary file names or @code{NULL} if unable to
-find one.  The current directory is chosen if all else fails so the
-program is exited if a temporary directory can't be found (@code{mktemp}
-fails).  The buffer for the result is obtained with @code{xmalloc}.
-
-This function is provided for backwards compatability only.  Its use is
-not recommended.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c make-temp-file.c:88
-@deftypefn Replacement char* choose_tmpdir ()
-
-Returns a pointer to a directory path suitable for creating temporary
-files in.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c clock.c:27
-@deftypefn Supplemental long clock (void)
-
-Returns an approximation of the CPU time used by the process as a
-@code{clock_t}; divide this number by @samp{CLOCKS_PER_SEC} to get the
-number of seconds used.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c concat.c:24
-@deftypefn Extension char* concat (const char *@var{s1}, const char *@var{s2}, @dots{}, @code{NULL})
-
-Concatenate zero or more of strings and return the result in freshly
-@code{xmalloc}ed memory.  Returns @code{NULL} if insufficient memory is
-available.  The argument list is terminated by the first @code{NULL}
-pointer encountered.  Pointers to empty strings are ignored.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c argv.c:65
-@deftypefn Extension char** dupargv (char **@var{vector})
-
-Duplicate an argument vector.  Simply scans through @var{vector},
-duplicating each argument until the terminating @code{NULL} is found.
-Returns a pointer to the argument vector if successful.  Returns
-@code{NULL} if there is insufficient memory to complete building the
-argument vector.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c strerror.c:566
-@deftypefn Extension int errno_max (void)
-
-Returns the maximum @code{errno} value for which a corresponding
-symbolic name or message is available.  Note that in the case where we
-use the @code{sys_errlist} supplied by the system, it is possible for
-there to be more symbolic names than messages, or vice versa.  In
-fact, the manual page for @code{perror(3C)} explicitly warns that one
-should check the size of the table (@code{sys_nerr}) before indexing
-it, since new error codes may be added to the system before they are
-added to the table.  Thus @code{sys_nerr} might be smaller than value
-implied by the largest @code{errno} value defined in @code{<errno.h>}.
-
-We return the maximum value that can be used to obtain a meaningful
-symbolic name or message.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c fdmatch.c:23
-@deftypefn Extension int fdmatch (int @var{fd1}, int @var{fd2})
-
-Check to see if two open file descriptors refer to the same file.
-This is useful, for example, when we have an open file descriptor for
-an unnamed file, and the name of a file that we believe to correspond
-to that fd.  This can happen when we are exec'd with an already open
-file (@code{stdout} for example) or from the SVR4 @file{/proc} calls
-that return open file descriptors for mapped address spaces.  All we
-have to do is open the file by name and check the two file descriptors
-for a match, which is done by comparing major and minor device numbers
-and inode numbers.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c ffs.c:3
-@deftypefn Supplemental int ffs (int @var{valu})
-
-Find the first (least significant) bit set in @var{valu}.  Bits are
-numbered from right to left, starting with bit 1 (corresponding to the
-value 1).  If @var{valu} is zero, zero is returned.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c fnmatch.txh:1
-@deftypefn Replacement int fnmatch (const char *@var{pattern}, const char *@var{string}, int @var{flags})
-
-Matches @var{string} against @var{pattern}, returning zero if it
-matches, @code{FNM_NOMATCH} if not.  @var{pattern} may contain the
-wildcards @code{?} to match any one character, @code{*} to match any
-zero or more characters, or a set of alternate characters in square
-brackets, like @samp{[a-gt8]}, which match one character (@code{a}
-through @code{g}, or @code{t}, or @code{8}, in this example) if that one
-character is in the set.  A set may be inverted (i.e., match anything
-except what's in the set) by giving @code{^} or @code{!} as the first
-character in the set.  To include those characters in the set, list them
-as anything other than the first character of the set.  To include a
-dash in the set, list it last in the set.  A backslash character makes
-the following character not special, so for example you could match
-against a literal asterisk with @samp{\*}.  To match a literal
-backslash, use @samp{\\}.
-
-@code{flags} controls various aspects of the matching process, and is a
-boolean OR of zero or more of the following values (defined in
-@code{<fnmatch.h>}):
-
-@table @code
-
-@item FNM_PATHNAME
-@itemx FNM_FILE_NAME
-@var{string} is assumed to be a path name.  No wildcard will ever match
-@code{/}.
-
-@item FNM_NOESCAPE
-Do not interpret backslashes as quoting the following special character.
-
-@item FNM_PERIOD
-A leading period (at the beginning of @var{string}, or if
-@code{FNM_PATHNAME} after a slash) is not matched by @code{*} or
-@code{?} but must be matched explicitly.
-
-@item FNM_LEADING_DIR
-Means that @var{string} also matches @var{pattern} if some initial part
-of @var{string} matches, and is followed by @code{/} and zero or more
-characters.  For example, @samp{foo*} would match either @samp{foobar}
-or @samp{foobar/grill}.
-
-@item FNM_CASEFOLD
-Ignores case when performing the comparison.
-
-@end table
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c argv.c:111
-@deftypefn Extension void freeargv (char **@var{vector})
-
-Free an argument vector that was built using @code{buildargv}.  Simply
-scans through @var{vector}, freeing the memory for each argument until
-the terminating @code{NULL} is found, and then frees @var{vector}
-itself.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c getruntime.c:78
-@deftypefn Replacement long get_run_time (void)
-
-Returns the time used so far, in microseconds.  If possible, this is
-the time used by this process, else it is the elapsed time since the
-process started.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c getcwd.c:6
-@deftypefn Supplemental char* getcwd (char *@var{pathname}, int @var{len})
-
-Copy the absolute pathname for the current working directory into
-@var{pathname}, which is assumed to point to a buffer of at least
-@var{len} bytes, and return a pointer to the buffer.  If the current
-directory's path doesn't fit in @var{len} characters, the result is
-@code{NULL} and @code{errno} is set.  If @var{pathname} is a null pointer,
-@code{getcwd} will obtain @var{len} bytes of space using
-@code{malloc}.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c getpagesize.c:5
-@deftypefn Supplemental int getpagesize (void)
-
-Returns the number of bytes in a page of memory.  This is the
-granularity of many of the system memory management routines.  No
-guarantee is made as to whether or not it is the same as the basic
-memory management hardware page size.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c getpwd.c:5
-@deftypefn Supplemental char* getpwd (void)
-
-Returns the current working directory.  This implementation caches the
-result on the assumption that the process will not call @code{chdir}
-between calls to @code{getpwd}.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c index.c:5
-@deftypefn Supplemental char* index (char *@var{s}, int @var{c})
-
-Returns a pointer to the first occurrence of the character @var{c} in
-the string @var{s}, or @code{NULL} if not found.  The use of @code{index} is
-deprecated in new programs in favor of @code{strchr}.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c insque.c:6
-@deftypefn Supplemental void insque (struct qelem *@var{elem}, struct qelem *@var{pred})
-@deftypefnx Supplemental void remque (struct qelem *@var{elem})
-
-Routines to manipulate queues built from doubly linked lists.  The
-@code{insque} routine inserts @var{elem} in the queue immediately
-after @var{pred}.  The @code{remque} routine removes @var{elem} from
-its containing queue.  These routines expect to be passed pointers to
-structures which have as their first members a forward pointer and a
-back pointer, like this prototype (although no prototype is provided):
-
-@example
-struct qelem @{
-  struct qelem *q_forw;
-  struct qelem *q_back;
-  char q_data[];
-@};
-@end example
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c lbasename.c:23
-@deftypefn Replacement {const char*} lbasename (const char *@var{name})
-
-Given a pointer to a string containing a typical pathname
-(@samp{/usr/src/cmd/ls/ls.c} for example), returns a pointer to the
-last component of the pathname (@samp{ls.c} in this case).  The
-returned pointer is guaranteed to lie within the original
-string.  This latter fact is not true of many vendor C
-libraries, which return special strings or modify the passed
-strings for particular input.
-
-In particular, the empty string returns the same empty string,
-and a path ending in @code{/} returns the empty string after it.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c make-temp-file.c:138
-@deftypefn Replacement char* make_temp_file (const char *@var{suffix})
-
-Return a temporary file name (as a string) or @code{NULL} if unable to
-create one.  @var{suffix} is a suffix to append to the file name.  The
-string is @code{malloc}ed, and the temporary file has been created.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c memchr.c:3
-@deftypefn Supplemental void* memchr (const void *@var{s}, int @var{c}, size_t @var{n})
-
-This function searches memory starting at @code{*@var{s}} for the
-character @var{c}.  The search only ends with the first occurrence of
-@var{c}, or after @var{length} characters; in particular, a null
-character does not terminate the search.  If the character @var{c} is
-found within @var{length} characters of @code{*@var{s}}, a pointer
-to the character is returned.  If @var{c} is not found, then @code{NULL} is
-returned.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c memcmp.c:6
-@deftypefn Supplemental int memcmp (const void *@var{x}, const void *@var{y}, size_t @var{count})
-
-Compares the first @var{count} bytes of two areas of memory.  Returns
-zero if they are the same, a value less than zero if @var{x} is
-lexically less than @var{y}, or a value greater than zero if @var{x}
-is lexically greater than @var{y}.  Note that lexical order is determined
-as if comparing unsigned char arrays.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c memcpy.c:6
-@deftypefn Supplemental void* memcpy (void *@var{out}, const void *@var{in}, size_t @var{length})
-
-Copies @var{length} bytes from memory region @var{in} to region
-@var{out}.  Returns a pointer to @var{out}.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c memmove.c:6
-@deftypefn Supplemental void* memmove (void *@var{from}, const void *@var{to}, size_t @var{count})
-
-Copies @var{count} bytes from memory area @var{from} to memory area
-@var{to}, returning a pointer to @var{to}.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c memset.c:6
-@deftypefn Supplemental void* memset (void *@var{s}, int @var{c}, size_t @var{count})
-
-Sets the first @var{count} bytes of @var{s} to the constant byte
-@var{c}, returning a pointer to @var{s}.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c mkstemps.c:54
-@deftypefn Replacement int mkstemps (char *@var{template}, int @var{suffix_len})
-
-Generate a unique temporary file name from @var{template}.
-@var{template} has the form:
-
-@example
-   @var{path}/ccXXXXXX@var{suffix}
-@end example
-
-@var{suffix_len} tells us how long @var{suffix} is (it can be zero
-length).  The last six characters of @var{template} before @var{suffix}
-must be @samp{XXXXXX}; they are replaced with a string that makes the
-filename unique.  Returns a file descriptor open on the file for
-reading and writing.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c pexecute.c:67
-@deftypefn Extension int pexecute (const char *@var{program}, char * const *@var{argv}, const char *@var{this_pname}, const char *@var{temp_base}, char **@var{errmsg_fmt}, char **@var{errmsg_arg}, int flags)
-
-Executes a program.
-
-@var{program} and @var{argv} are the arguments to
-@code{execv}/@code{execvp}.
-
-@var{this_pname} is name of the calling program (i.e., @code{argv[0]}).
-
-@var{temp_base} is the path name, sans suffix, of a temporary file to
-use if needed.  This is currently only needed for MS-DOS ports that
-don't use @code{go32} (do any still exist?).  Ports that don't need it
-can pass @code{NULL}.
-
-(@code{@var{flags} & PEXECUTE_SEARCH}) is non-zero if @env{PATH} should be searched
-(??? It's not clear that GCC passes this flag correctly).  (@code{@var{flags} &
-PEXECUTE_FIRST}) is nonzero for the first process in chain.
-(@code{@var{flags} & PEXECUTE_FIRST}) is nonzero for the last process
-in chain.  The first/last flags could be simplified to only mark the
-last of a chain of processes but that requires the caller to always
-mark the last one (and not give up early if some error occurs).
-It's more robust to require the caller to mark both ends of the chain.
-
-The result is the pid on systems like Unix where we
-@code{fork}/@code{exec} and on systems like WIN32 and OS/2 where we
-use @code{spawn}.  It is up to the caller to wait for the child.
-
-The result is the @code{WEXITSTATUS} on systems like MS-DOS where we
-@code{spawn} and wait for the child here.
-
-Upon failure, @var{errmsg_fmt} and @var{errmsg_arg} are set to the
-text of the error message with an optional argument (if not needed,
-@var{errmsg_arg} is set to @code{NULL}), and @minus{}1 is returned.
-@code{errno} is available to the caller to use.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c strsignal.c:547
-@deftypefn Supplemental void psignal (unsigned @var{signo}, char *@var{message})
-
-Print @var{message} to the standard error, followed by a colon,
-followed by the description of the signal specified by @var{signo},
-followed by a newline.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c putenv.c:21
-@deftypefn Supplemental int putenv (const char *@var{string})
-
-Uses @code{setenv} or @code{unsetenv} to put @var{string} into
-the environment or remove it.  If @var{string} is of the form
-@samp{name=value} the string is added; if no @samp{=} is present the
-name is unset/removed.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c pexecute.c:104
-@deftypefn Extension int pwait (int @var{pid}, int *@var{status}, int @var{flags})
-
-Waits for a program started by @code{pexecute} to finish.
-
-@var{pid} is the process id of the task to wait for. @var{status} is
-the `status' argument to wait. @var{flags} is currently unused (allows
-future enhancement without breaking upward compatibility).  Pass 0 for now.
-
-The result is the pid of the child reaped, or -1 for failure
-(@code{errno} says why).
-
-On systems that don't support waiting for a particular child, @var{pid} is
-ignored.  On systems like MS-DOS that don't really multitask @code{pwait}
-is just a mechanism to provide a consistent interface for the caller.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c random.c:39
-@deftypefn Supplement {long int} random (void)
-@deftypefnx Supplement void srandom (unsigned int @var{seed})
-@deftypefnx Supplement void* initstate (unsigned int @var{seed}, void *@var{arg_state}, unsigned long @var{n})
-@deftypefnx Supplement void* setstate (void *@var{arg_state})
-
-Random number functions.  @code{random} returns a random number in the
-range 0 to @code{LONG_MAX}.  @code{srandom} initializes the random
-number generator to some starting point determined by @var{seed}
-(else, the values returned by @code{random} are always the same for each
-run of the program).  @code{initstate} and @code{setstate} allow fine-grained
-control over the state of the random number generator.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c concat.c:177
-@deftypefn Extension char* reconcat (char *@var{optr}, const char *@var{s1}, @dots{}, @code{NULL})
-
-Same as @code{concat}, except that if @var{optr} is not @code{NULL} it
-is freed after the string is created.  This is intended to be useful
-when you're extending an existing string or building up a string in a
-loop:
-
-@example
-  str = reconcat (str, "pre-", str, NULL);
-@end example
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c rename.c:6
-@deftypefn Supplemental int rename (const char *@var{old}, const char *@var{new})
-
-Renames a file from @var{old} to @var{new}.  If @var{new} already
-exists, it is removed.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c rindex.c:5
-@deftypefn Supplemental char* rindex (const char *@var{s}, int @var{c})
-
-Returns a pointer to the last occurrence of the character @var{c} in
-the string @var{s}, or @code{NULL} if not found.  The use of @code{rindex} is
-deprecated in new programs in favor of @code{strrchr}.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c setenv.c:22
-@deftypefn Supplemental int setenv (const char *@var{name}, const char *@var{value}, int @var{overwrite})
-@deftypefnx Supplemental void unsetenv (const char *@var{name})
-
-@code{setenv} adds @var{name} to the environment with value
-@var{value}.  If the name was already present in the environment,
-the new value will be stored only if @var{overwrite} is nonzero.
-The companion @code{unsetenv} function removes @var{name} from the
-environment.  This implementation is not safe for multithreaded code.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c strsignal.c:353
-@deftypefn Extension int signo_max (void)
-
-Returns the maximum signal value for which a corresponding symbolic
-name or message is available.  Note that in the case where we use the
-@code{sys_siglist} supplied by the system, it is possible for there to
-be more symbolic names than messages, or vice versa.  In fact, the
-manual page for @code{psignal(3b)} explicitly warns that one should
-check the size of the table (@code{NSIG}) before indexing it, since
-new signal codes may be added to the system before they are added to
-the table.  Thus @code{NSIG} might be smaller than value implied by
-the largest signo value defined in @code{<signal.h>}.
-
-We return the maximum value that can be used to obtain a meaningful
-symbolic name or message.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c sigsetmask.c:8
-@deftypefn Supplemental int sigsetmask (int @var{set})
-
-Sets the signal mask to the one provided in @var{set} and returns
-the old mask (which, for libiberty's implementation, will always
-be the value @code{1}).
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c spaces.c:22
-@deftypefn Extension char* spaces (int @var{count})
-
-Returns a pointer to a memory region filled with the specified
-number of spaces and null terminated.  The returned pointer is
-valid until at least the next call.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c strcasecmp.c:15
-@deftypefn Supplemental int strcasecmp (const char *@var{s1}, const char *@var{s2})
-
-A case-insensitive @code{strcmp}.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c strchr.c:6
-@deftypefn Supplemental char* strchr (const char *@var{s}, int @var{c})
-
-Returns a pointer to the first occurrence of the character @var{c} in
-the string @var{s}, or @code{NULL} if not found.  If @var{c} is itself the
-null character, the results are undefined.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c strdup.c:3
-@deftypefn Supplemental char* strdup (const char *@var{s})
-
-Returns a pointer to a copy of @var{s} in memory obtained from
-@code{malloc}, or @code{NULL} if insufficient memory was available.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c strerror.c:670
-@deftypefn Replacement {const char*} strerrno (int @var{errnum})
-
-Given an error number returned from a system call (typically returned
-in @code{errno}), returns a pointer to a string containing the
-symbolic name of that error number, as found in @code{<errno.h>}.
-
-If the supplied error number is within the valid range of indices for
-symbolic names, but no name is available for the particular error
-number, then returns the string @samp{Error @var{num}}, where @var{num}
-is the error number.
-
-If the supplied error number is not within the range of valid
-indices, then returns @code{NULL}.
-
-The contents of the location pointed to are only guaranteed to be
-valid until the next call to @code{strerrno}.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c strerror.c:602
-@deftypefn Supplemental char* strerror (int @var{errnoval})
-
-Maps an @code{errno} number to an error message string, the contents
-of which are implementation defined.  On systems which have the
-external variables @code{sys_nerr} and @code{sys_errlist}, these
-strings will be the same as the ones used by @code{perror}.
-
-If the supplied error number is within the valid range of indices for
-the @code{sys_errlist}, but no message is available for the particular
-error number, then returns the string @samp{Error @var{num}}, where
-@var{num} is the error number.
-
-If the supplied error number is not a valid index into
-@code{sys_errlist}, returns @code{NULL}.
-
-The returned string is only guaranteed to be valid only until the
-next call to @code{strerror}.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c strncasecmp.c:15
-@deftypefn Supplemental int strncasecmp (const char *@var{s1}, const char *@var{s2})
-
-A case-insensitive @code{strncmp}.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c strncmp.c:6
-@deftypefn Supplemental int strncmp (const char *@var{s1}, const char *@var{s2}, size_t @var{n})
-
-Compares the first @var{n} bytes of two strings, returning a value as
-@code{strcmp}.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c strrchr.c:6
-@deftypefn Supplemental char* strrchr (const char *@var{s}, int @var{c})
-
-Returns a pointer to the last occurrence of the character @var{c} in
-the string @var{s}, or @code{NULL} if not found.  If @var{c} is itself the
-null character, the results are undefined.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c strsignal.c:388
-@deftypefn Supplemental {const char *} strsignal (int @var{signo})
-
-Maps an signal number to an signal message string, the contents of
-which are implementation defined.  On systems which have the external
-variable @code{sys_siglist}, these strings will be the same as the
-ones used by @code{psignal()}.
-
-If the supplied signal number is within the valid range of indices for
-the @code{sys_siglist}, but no message is available for the particular
-signal number, then returns the string @samp{Signal @var{num}}, where
-@var{num} is the signal number.
-
-If the supplied signal number is not a valid index into
-@code{sys_siglist}, returns @code{NULL}.
-
-The returned string is only guaranteed to be valid only until the next
-call to @code{strsignal}.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c strsignal.c:452
-@deftypefn Extension {const char*} strsigno (int @var{signo})
-
-Given an signal number, returns a pointer to a string containing the
-symbolic name of that signal number, as found in @code{<signal.h>}.
-
-If the supplied signal number is within the valid range of indices for
-symbolic names, but no name is available for the particular signal
-number, then returns the string @samp{Signal @var{num}}, where
-@var{num} is the signal number.
-
-If the supplied signal number is not within the range of valid
-indices, then returns @code{NULL}.
-
-The contents of the location pointed to are only guaranteed to be
-valid until the next call to @code{strsigno}.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c strstr.c:6
-@deftypefn Supplemental char* strstr (const char *@var{string}, const char *@var{sub})
-
-This function searches for the substring @var{sub} in the string
-@var{string}, not including the terminating null characters.  A pointer
-to the first occurrence of @var{sub} is returned, or @code{NULL} if the
-substring is absent.  If @var{sub} points to a string with zero
-length, the function returns @var{string}.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c strtod.c:27
-@deftypefn Supplemental double strtod (const char *@var{string}, char **@var{endptr})
-
-This ISO C function converts the initial portion of @var{string} to a
-@code{double}.  If @var{endptr} is not @code{NULL}, a pointer to the
-character after the last character used in the conversion is stored in
-the location referenced by @var{endptr}.  If no conversion is
-performed, zero is returned and the value of @var{string} is stored in
-the location referenced by @var{endptr}.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c strerror.c:730
-@deftypefn Extension int strtoerrno (const char *@var{name})
-
-Given the symbolic name of a error number (e.g., @code{EACCES}), map it
-to an errno value.  If no translation is found, returns 0.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c strtol.c:33
-@deftypefn Supplemental {long int} strtol (const char *@var{string}, char **@var{endptr}, int @var{base})
-@deftypefnx Supplemental {unsigned long int} strtoul (const char *@var{string}, char **@var{endptr}, int @var{base})
-
-The @code{strtol} function converts the string in @var{string} to a
-long integer value according to the given @var{base}, which must be
-between 2 and 36 inclusive, or be the special value 0.  If @var{base}
-is 0, @code{strtol} will look for the prefixes @code{0} and @code{0x}
-to indicate bases 8 and 16, respectively, else default to base 10.
-When the base is 16 (either explicitly or implicitly), a prefix of
-@code{0x} is allowed.  The handling of @var{endptr} is as that of
-@code{strtod} above.  The @code{strtoul} function is the same, except
-that the converted value is unsigned.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c strsignal.c:507
-@deftypefn Extension int strtosigno (const char *@var{name})
-
-Given the symbolic name of a signal, map it to a signal number.  If no
-translation is found, returns 0.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c tmpnam.c:3
-@deftypefn Supplemental char* tmpnam (char *@var{s})
-
-This function attempts to create a name for a temporary file, which
-will be a valid file name yet not exist when @code{tmpnam} checks for
-it.  @var{s} must point to a buffer of at least @code{L_tmpnam} bytes,
-or be @code{NULL}.  Use of this function creates a security risk, and it must
-not be used in new projects.  Use @code{mkstemp} instead.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c vasprintf.c:48
-@deftypefn Extension int vasprintf (char **@var{resptr}, const char *@var{format}, va_list @var{args})
-
-Like @code{vsprintf}, but instead of passing a pointer to a buffer,
-you pass a pointer to a pointer.  This function will compute the size
-of the buffer needed, allocate memory with @code{malloc}, and store a
-pointer to the allocated memory in @code{*@var{resptr}}.  The value
-returned is the same as @code{vsprintf} would return.  If memory could
-not be allocated, zero is returned and @code{NULL} is stored in
-@code{*@var{resptr}}.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c vfork.c:6
-@deftypefn Supplemental int vfork (void)
-
-Emulates @code{vfork} by calling @code{fork} and returning its value.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c vprintf.c:3
-@deftypefn Supplemental int vprintf (const char *@var{format}, va_list @var{ap})
-@deftypefnx Supplemental int vfprintf (FILE *@var{stream}, const char *@var{format}, va_list @var{ap})
-@deftypefnx Supplemental int vsprintf (char *@var{str}, const char *@var{format}, va_list @var{ap})
-
-These functions are the same as @code{printf}, @code{fprintf}, and
-@code{sprintf}, respectively, except that they are called with a
-@code{va_list} instead of a variable number of arguments.  Note that
-they do not call @code{va_end}; this is the application's
-responsibility.  In @libib{} they are implemented in terms of the
-nonstandard but common function @code{_doprnt}.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c waitpid.c:3
-@deftypefn Supplemental int waitpid (int @var{pid}, int *@var{status}, int)
-
-This is a wrapper around the @code{wait} function.  Any ``special''
-values of @var{pid} depend on your implementation of @code{wait}, as
-does the return value.  The third argument is unused in @libib{}.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c xatexit.c:11
-@deftypefun int xatexit (void (*@var{fn}) (void))
-
-Behaves as the standard @code{atexit} function, but with no limit on
-the number of registered functions.  Returns 0 on success, or @minus{}1 on
-failure.  If you use @code{xatexit} to register functions, you must use
-@code{xexit} to terminate your program.
-
-@end deftypefun
-
-@c xmalloc.c:38
-@deftypefn Replacement void* xcalloc (size_t @var{nelem}, size_t @var{elsize})
-
-Allocate memory without fail, and set it to zero.  This routine functions
-like @code{calloc}, but will behave the same as @code{xmalloc} if memory
-cannot be found.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c xexit.c:22
-@deftypefn Replacement void xexit (int @var{code})
-
-Terminates the program.  If any functions have been registered with
-the @code{xatexit} replacement function, they will be called first.
-Termination is handled via the system's normal @code{exit} call.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c xmalloc.c:22
-@deftypefn Replacement void* xmalloc (size_t)
-
-Allocate memory without fail.  If @code{malloc} fails, this will print
-a message to @code{stderr} (using the name set by
-@code{xmalloc_set_program_name},
-if any) and then call @code{xexit}.  Note that it is therefore safe for
-a program to contain @code{#define malloc xmalloc} in its source.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c xmalloc.c:53
-@deftypefn Replacement void xmalloc_failed (size_t)
-
-This function is not meant to be called by client code, and is listed
-here for completeness only.  If any of the allocation routines fail, this
-function will be called to print an error message and terminate execution.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c xmalloc.c:46
-@deftypefn Replacement void xmalloc_set_program_name (const char *@var{name})
-
-You can use this to set the name of the program used by
-@code{xmalloc_failed} when printing a failure message.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c xmemdup.c:7
-@deftypefn Replacement void* xmemdup (void *@var{input}, size_t @var{copy_size}, size_t @var{alloc_size})
-
-Duplicates a region of memory without fail.  First, @var{alloc_size} bytes
-are allocated, then @var{copy_size} bytes from @var{input} are copied into
-it, and the new memory is returned.  If fewer bytes are copied than were
-allocated, the remaining memory is zeroed.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c xmalloc.c:32
-@deftypefn Replacement void* xrealloc (void *@var{ptr}, size_t @var{size})
-Reallocate memory without fail.  This routine functions like @code{realloc},
-but will behave the same as @code{xmalloc} if memory cannot be found.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c xstrdup.c:7
-@deftypefn Replacement char* xstrdup (const char *@var{s})
-
-Duplicates a character string without fail, using @code{xmalloc} to
-obtain memory.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c xstrerror.c:7
-@deftypefn Replacement char* xstrerror (int @var{errnum})
-
-Behaves exactly like the standard @code{strerror} function, but
-will never return a @code{NULL} pointer.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-

contrib/binutils/libiberty/gather-docs

@@ -1,128 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bin/perl
-# -*- perl -*-
-
-#   Copyright (C) 2001
-#   Free Software Foundation
-#
-# This file is part of the libiberty library.
-# Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
-# License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
-# version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# Library General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-# License along with libiberty; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-# write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-# Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-#
-# Originally written by DJ Delorie <[email protected]>
-
-
-
-# This program looks for texinfo snippets in source files and other
-# files, and builds per-category files with entries sorted in
-# alphabetical order.
-
-# The syntax it looks for is lines starting with '@def' in *.c and
-# other files (see TEXIFILES in Makefile.in).  Entries are terminated
-# at the next @def* (which begins a new entry) or, for C files, a line
-# that begins with '*/' without leading spaces (this assumes that the
-# texinfo snippet is within a C-style /* */ comment).
-
-# 
-
-
-
-if ($ARGV[0] eq "-v") {
-    $verbose = 1;
-    shift;
-}
-
-$srcdir = shift;
-$outfile = shift;
-
-if ($outfile !~ /\S/ || ! -f "$srcdir/Makefile.in" ) {
-    print STDERR "Usage: gather-docs [-v] srcdir outfile.txi [files with snippets in them ...]\n";
-    exit 1;
-}
-
-$errors = 0;
-
-for $in (@ARGV) {
-
-    if (!open(IN, "$srcdir/$in")) {
-	print STDERR "Cannot open $srcdir/$in for reading: $!\n";
-	$errors ++;
-
-    } else {
-	$first = 1;
-	$pertinent = 0;
-	$man_mode = 0;
-	$line = 0;
-
-	while (<IN>) {
-	    $line ++;
-	    $pertinent = 1 if /^\@def[a-z]*[a-wyz] /;
-	    $pertinent = 0 if /^\*\//;
-	    next unless $pertinent;
-
-	    if (/^\@def[a-z]*[a-wyz] /) {
-		
-		($name) = m/[^\(]* ([^\( \t\r\n]+) *\(/;
-		$name =~ s/[ 	]*$//;
-		$key = $name;
-		$key =~ tr/A-Z/a-z/;
-		$key =~ s/[^a-z0-9]+/ /g;
-		$name{$key} = $node;
-		$lines{$key} = '';
-		$src_file{$key} = $in;
-		$src_line{$key} = $line;
-		print "\nReading $in :" if $verbose && $first;
-		$first = 0;
-		print " $name" if $verbose;
-		$node_lines{$key} .= $_;
-
-	    } else {
-		$node_lines{$key} .= $_;
-	    }
-
-	    $pertinent = 0 if /^\@end def/;
-	}
-	close (IN);
-    }
-}
-
-print "\n" if $verbose;
-exit $errors if $errors;
-
-if (!open (OUT, "> $outfile")) {
-    print STDERR "Cannot open $outfile for writing: $!\n";
-    $errors ++;
-    next;
-}
-print "Writing $outfile\n" if $verbose;
-
-print OUT "\@c Automatically generated from *.c and others (the comments before\n";
-print OUT "\@c each entry tell you which file and where in that file).  DO NOT EDIT!\n";
-print OUT "\@c Edit the *.c files, configure with --enable-maintainer-mode,\n";
-print OUT "\@c and let gather-docs build you a new copy.\n\n";
-
-for $key (sort keys %name) {
-    print OUT "\@c $src_file{$key}:$src_line{$key}\n";
-    print OUT $node_lines{$key};
-    print OUT "\n";
-}
-
-if (! print OUT "\n") {
-    print STDERR "Disk full writing $srcdir/$cat.texi\n";
-    $errors ++;
-}
-
-close (OUT);
-
-exit $errors;

contrib/binutils/libiberty/libiberty.texi

@@ -1,324 +0,0 @@
-\input texinfo  @c -*-texinfo-*-
-@c %**start of header
-@setfilename libiberty.info
-@settitle @sc{gnu} libiberty
-@c %**end of header
-
-@syncodeindex fn cp
-@syncodeindex vr cp
-@syncodeindex pg cp
-
-@finalout
-@c %**end of header
- 
-@dircategory GNU libraries
-@direntry
-* Libiberty: (libiberty).          Library of utility functions which
-                                   are missing or broken on some systems.
-@end direntry
-
-@macro libib
-@code{libiberty}
-@end macro
-
-@c The edition date is written in three locations.  Search for 'thedate'.
-@ifinfo
-This manual describes the GNU @libib library of utility subroutines.
-This edition accompanies GCC 3, September 2001.
-
-Copyright @copyright{} 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-      Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
-      under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
-      or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
-      with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
-      Back-Cover Texts.  A copy of the license is included in the
-      section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
-
-@ignore
-Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the
-results, provided the printed document carries a copying permission
-notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
-(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
-
-@end ignore
-@end ifinfo
-
-
-@c The edition date is written in three locations.  Search for 'thedate'.
-@titlepage
-@title @sc{gnu} libiberty
-@subtitle September 2001
-@subtitle for GCC 3
-@author Phil Edwards et al.
-@page
-
-
-@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
-Copyright @copyright{} 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-      Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
-      under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
-      or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
-      with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
-      Back-Cover Texts.  A copy of the license is included in the
-      section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
-
-@end titlepage
-@contents
-@page
-
-@ifnottex
-@node    Top,Using,,
-@top     Introduction
-
-The @libib{} library is a collection of subroutines used by various
-GNU programs.  It is available under the Library General Public
-License; for more information, see @ref{Library Copying}.
-
-@c The edition date is written in three locations.  Search for 'thedate'.
-This edition accompanies GCC 3, September 2001.
-
-@end ifnottex
-
-@menu
-* Using::              How to use libiberty in your code.
-
-* Overview::           Overview of available function groups.
-
-* Functions::          Available functions, macros, and global variables.
-
-* Obstacks::           Object Stacks.
-
-* Licenses::           The various licenses under which libiberty sources are
-                       distributed.
-
-* Index::              Index of functions and categories.
-@end menu
-
-@node Using
-@chapter Using
-@cindex using libiberty
-@cindex libiberty usage
-@cindex how to use
-
-@c THIS SECTION IS CRAP AND NEEDS REWRITING BADLY.
-
-To date, @libib{} is generally not installed on its own.  It has evolved
-over years but does not have its own version number nor release schedule.
-
-Possibly the easiest way to use @libib{} in your projects is to drop the
-@libib{} code into your project's sources, and to build the library along
-with your own sources; the library would then be linked in at the end.  This
-prevents any possible version mismatches with other copies of libiberty
-elsewhere on the system.
-
-Passing @option{--enable-install-libiberty} to the @command{configure}
-script when building @libib{} causes the header files and archive library
-to be installed when @kbd{make install} is run.  This option also takes
-an (optional) argument to specify the installation location, in the same
-manner as @option{--prefix}.
-
-For your own projects, an approach which offers stability and flexibility
-is to include @libib{} with your code, but allow the end user to optionally
-choose to use a previously-installed version instead.  In this way the
-user may choose (for example) to install @libib{} as part of GCC, and use
-that version for all software built with that compiler.  (This approach
-has proven useful with software using the GNU @code{readline} library.)
-
-Making use of @libib{} code usually requires that you include one or more
-header files from the @libib{} distribution.  (They will be named as
-necessary in the function descriptions.)  At link time, you will need to
-add @option{-liberty} to your link command invocation.
-
-
-@node Overview
-@chapter Overview
-
-Functions contained in @libib{} can be divided into three general categories.
-
-
-@menu
-* Supplemental Functions::       Providing functions which don't exist
-                                 on older operating systems.
-
-* Replacement Functions::        These functions are sometimes buggy or
-                                 unpredictable on some operating systems.
-
-* Extensions::                   Functions which provide useful extensions
-                                 or safety wrappers around existing code.
-@end menu
-
-@node Supplemental Functions
-@section Supplemental Functions
-@cindex supplemental functions
-@cindex functions, supplemental
-@cindex functions, missing
-
-Certain operating systems do not provide functions which have since
-become standardized, or at least common.  For example, the Single
-Unix Specification Version 2 requires that the @code{basename}
-function be provided, but an OS which predates that specification
-might not have this function.  This should not prevent well-written
-code from running on such a system.
-
-Similarly, some functions exist only among a particular ``flavor''
-or ``family'' of operating systems.  As an example, the @code{bzero}
-function is often not present on systems outside the BSD-derived
-family of systems.
-
-Many such functions are provided in @libib{}.  They are quickly
-listed here with little description, as systems which lack them
-become less and less common.  Each function @var{foo} is implemented
-in @file{@var{foo}.c} but not declared in any @libib{} header file; more
-comments and caveats for each function's implementation are often
-available in the source file.  Generally, the function can simply
-be declared as @code{extern}.
-
-
-
-@node Replacement Functions
-@section Replacement Functions
-@cindex replacement functions
-@cindex functions, replacement
-
-Some functions have extremely limited implementations on different
-platforms.  Other functions are tedious to use correctly; for example,
-proper use of @code{malloc} calls for the return value to be checked and
-appropriate action taken if memory has been exhausted.  A group of
-``replacement functions'' is available in @libib{} to address these issues
-for some of the most commonly used subroutines.
-
-All of these functions are declared in the @file{libiberty.h} header
-file.  Many of the implementations will use preprocessor macros set by
-GNU Autoconf, if you decide to make use of that program.  Some of these
-functions may call one another.
-
-
-@menu
-* Memory Allocation::            Testing and handling failed memory
-                                   requests automatically.
-* Exit Handlers::                Calling routines on program exit.
-* Error Reporting::              Mapping errno and signal numbers to
-                                   more useful string formats.
-@end menu
-
-@node Memory Allocation
-@subsection Memory Allocation
-@cindex memory allocation
-
-The functions beginning with the letter @samp{x} are wrappers around
-standard functions; the functions provided by the system environment
-are called and their results checked before the results are passed back
-to client code.  If the standard functions fail, these wrappers will
-terminate the program.  Thus, these versions can be used with impunity.
-
-
-@node Exit Handlers
-@subsection Exit Handlers
-@cindex exit handlers
-
-The existence and implementation of the @code{atexit} routine varies
-amongst the flavors of Unix.  @libib{} provides an unvarying dependable
-implementation via @code{xatexit} and @code{xexit}.
-
-
-@node Error Reporting
-@subsection Error Reporting
-@cindex error reporting
-
-These are a set of routines to facilitate programming with the system
-@code{errno} interface.  The @libib{} source file @file{strerror.c}
-contains a good deal of documentation for these functions.
-
-@c signal stuff
-
-
-@node Extensions
-@section Extensions
-@cindex extensions
-@cindex functions, extension
-
-@libib{} includes additional functionality above and beyond standard
-functions, which has proven generically useful in GNU programs, such as
-obstacks and regex.  These functions are often copied from other
-projects as they gain popularity, and are included here to provide a
-central location from which to use, maintain, and distribute them.
-
-@menu
-* Obstacks::                     Stacks of arbitrary objects.
-@end menu
-
-@c This is generated from the glibc manual using a make-obstacks-texi.sh
-@c script of Phil's.  Hope it's accurate.
-@include obstacks.texi
-
-@node Functions
-@chapter Function, Variable, and Macro Listing.
-@include functions.texi
-
-@node Licenses
-@appendix Licenses
-
-@menu
-
-* Library Copying::   The GNU Library General Public License
-* BSD::               Regents of the University of California
-
-@end menu
-
-@c This takes care of Library Copying.  It is the copying-lib.texi from the
-@c GNU web site, with its @node line altered to make makeinfo shut up.
-@include copying-lib.texi
-
-@page
-@node BSD
-@appendixsec BSD
-
-Copyright @copyright{} 1990 Regents of the University of California.
-All rights reserved.
-
-Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
-modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
-are met:
-
-@enumerate
-
-@item
-Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-
-@item
-Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-
-@item
-[rescinded 22 July 1999]
-
-@item
-Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
-may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-without specific prior written permission.
-
-@end enumerate
-
-THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
-ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
-ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
-OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
-HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
-LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
-OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
-SUCH DAMAGE.
-
-@node    Index
-@unnumbered Index
-
-@printindex cp
-
-@bye
-

contrib/binutils/libiberty/maint-tool

@@ -1,278 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bin/perl
-# -*- perl -*-
-
-#   Copyright (C) 2001
-#   Free Software Foundation
-#
-# This file is part of the libiberty library.
-# Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
-# License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
-# version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# Library General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-# License along with libiberty; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-# write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-# Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-#
-# Originally written by DJ Delorie <[email protected]>
-
-
-# This is a trivial script which checks the lists of C and O files in
-# the Makefile for consistency.
-
-$mode = shift;
-$srcdir = ".";
-
-if ($mode eq "-s") {
-    $srcdir = shift;
-    $mode = shift;
-}
-
-&missing() if $mode eq "missing";
-&undoc() if $mode eq "undoc";
-&deps() if $mode eq "deps";
-
-exit 0;
-
-format STDOUT =
-^<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<~
-$out
-        ^<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<~~
-$out
-.
-
-######################################################################
-
-sub missing {
-
-    opendir(S, $srcdir);
-    while ($f = readdir S) {
-	$have{$f} = 1;
-    }
-    closedir(S);
-    opendir(S, ".");
-    while ($f = readdir S) {
-	$have{$f} = 1;
-    }
-    closedir(S);
-
-    for $a (@ARGV) {
-	$listed{$a} = 1;
-	$have{$a} = 0;
-    }
-
-    for $f (sort keys %have) {
-	next unless $have{$f};
-	if ($f =~ /\.c$/) {
-	    print "S $f\n";
-	}
-    }
-    for $f (sort keys %listed) {
-	if ($f =~ /(.*)\.c$/) {
-	    $base = $1;
-	    if (! $listed{"$base.o"}) {
-		print "O $f\n";
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-######################################################################
-
-sub undoc {
-
-    opendir(S, $srcdir);
-    while ($file = readdir S) {
-	if ($file =~ /\.texi$/) {
-	    open(T, "$srcdir/$file");
-	    while (<T>) {
-		if (/^\@deftype[^\(]* ([^\s\(]+) *\(/) {
-		    $documented{$1} = 1;
-		}
-	    }
-	    close(T);
-	}
-	if ($file =~ /\.c$/) {
-	    open(C, "$srcdir/$file");
-	    while (<C>) {
-		if (/\@undocumented (\S+)/) {
-		    $documented{$1} = 1;
-		}
-		if (/^static /) {
-		    if (! /[\(;]/) {
-			s/[\r\n]+$/ /;
-			$_ .= <C>;
-		    }
-		    while ($_ =~ /\([^\)]*$/) {
-			s/[\r\n]+$/ /;
-			$_ .= <C>;
-		    }
-		}
-		s/ VPARAMS([ \(])/$1/;
-		s/PREFIX\(([^\)]*)\)/byte_$1/;
-		if (/^static [^\(]* ([^\s\(]+) *\(.*\)$/) {
-		    $documented{$1} = 1;
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-    closedir(D);
-
-    # $out = join(' ', sort keys %documented);
-    # write;
-    # print "\n";
-
-    system "etags $srcdir/*.c $srcdir/../include/*.h";
-    open(TAGS, "TAGS");
-    while (<TAGS>) {
-	s/[\r\n]+$//;
-	if (/^\014$/) {
-	    $filename = <TAGS>;
-	    $filename =~ s/[\r\n]+$//;
-	    $filename =~ s/,\d+$//;
-	    $filename =~ s@.*[/\\]@@;
-	    next;
-	}
-	if ($filename =~ /\.c$/ ) {
-	    next unless /^[_a-zA-Z]/;
-	} else {
-	    next unless /^\# *define/;
-	    s/\# *define *//;
-	}
-	next if $filename =~ /mpw\.c/;
-
-	s/ VPARAMS//;
-	s/ *\177.*//;
-	s/,$//;
-	s/DEFUN\(//;
-	s/\(//;
-
-	next if /^static /;
-	next if /\s/;
-	next if /^_/;
-	next if $documented{$_};
-	next if /_H_?$/;
-
-	if ($seen_in{$_} ne $filename) {
-	    $saw{$_} ++;
-	}
-	$seen_in{$_} = $filename;
-    }
-
-    for $k (keys %saw) {
-	delete $saw{$k} if $saw{$k} > 1;
-    }
-
-    for $k (sort keys %saw) {
-	$fromfile{$seen_in{$k}} .= " " if $fromfile{$seen_in{$k}};
-	$fromfile{$seen_in{$k}} .= $k;
-    }
-
-    for $f (sort keys %fromfile) {
-	$out = "$f: $fromfile{$f}";
-	write;
-    }
-}
-
-######################################################################
-
-sub deps_for {
-    my($f) = @_;
-    my(%d);
-    open(F, $f);
-    %d = ();
-    while (<F>) {
-	if (/^#\s*include\s+["<](.*)[">]/) {
-	    $d{$1} = 1;
-	}
-    }
-    close(F);
-    return keys %d;
-}
-
-sub canonicalize {
-    my ($p) = @_;
-    0 while $p =~ s@/\./@/@g;
-    0 while $p =~ s@^\./@@g;
-    0 while $p =~ s@/[^/]+/\.\./@/@g;
-    return $p;
-}
-
-sub locals_first {
-    my ($a,$b) = @_;
-    return -1 if $a eq "config.h";
-    return  1 if $b eq "config.h";
-    return $a cmp $b;
-}
-
-sub deps {
-
-    $incdir = shift @ARGV;
-
-    opendir(INC, $incdir);
-    while ($f = readdir INC) {
-	next unless $f =~ /\.h$/;
-	$mine{$f} = "\$(INCDIR)/$f";
-	$deps{$f} = join(' ', &deps_for("$incdir/$f"));
-    }
-    $mine{'config.h'} = "config.h";
-
-    open(IN, "$srcdir/Makefile.in");
-    open(OUT, ">$srcdir/Makefile.tmp");
-    while (<IN>) {
-	last if /remainder of this file/;
-	print OUT;
-    }
-    print OUT "# The dependencies in the remainder of this file are automatically\n";
-    print OUT "# generated by \"make maint-deps\".  Manual edits will be lost.\n\n";
-
-    opendir(S, $srcdir);
-    for $f (sort readdir S) {
-	if ($f =~ /\.c$/) {
-
-	    %scanned = ();
-	    @pending = &deps_for("$srcdir/$f");
-	    while (@pending) {
-		@tmp = @pending;
-		@pending = ();
-		for $p (@tmp) {
-		    next unless $mine{$p};
-		    if (!$scanned{$p}) {
-			push(@pending, split(' ', $deps{$p}));
-			$scanned{$p} = 1;
-		    }
-		}
-	    }
-	    @deps = sort { &locals_first($a,$b) } keys %scanned;
-	    $obj = $f;
-	    $obj =~ s/\.c$/.o/;
-	    $obj = "$obj:";
-	    if ($#deps >= 0) {
-		print OUT $obj;
-		$len = length($obj);
-		for $dt (@deps) {
-		    $d = $mine{$dt};
-		    if ($len + length($d) > 70) {
-			printf OUT " \\\n\t$d";
-			$len = 8 + length($d);
-		    } else {
-			print OUT " $d";
-			$len += length($d) + 1;
-		    }
-		}
-		print OUT "\n";
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-    closedir(S);
-    close(IN);
-    close(OUT);
-
-    rename("$srcdir/Makefile.tmp", "$srcdir/Makefile.in");
-}

contrib/binutils/libiberty/make-temp-file.c

@@ -1,179 +0,0 @@
-/* Utility to pick a temporary filename prefix.
-   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-This file is part of the libiberty library.
-Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
-License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
-version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-Library General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-License along with libiberty; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include "config.h"
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>	/* May get P_tmpdir.  */
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
-#include <unistd.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
-#include <string.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_SYS_FILE_H
-#include <sys/file.h>   /* May get R_OK, etc. on some systems.  */
-#endif
-
-#ifndef R_OK
-#define R_OK 4
-#define W_OK 2
-#define X_OK 1
-#endif
-
-#include "libiberty.h"
-extern int mkstemps PARAMS ((char *, int));
-
-/* '/' works just fine on MS-DOS based systems.  */
-#ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR
-#define DIR_SEPARATOR '/'
-#endif
-
-/* Name of temporary file.
-   mktemp requires 6 trailing X's.  */
-#define TEMP_FILE "ccXXXXXX"
-#define TEMP_FILE_LEN (sizeof(TEMP_FILE) - 1)
-
-/* Subroutine of choose_tmpdir.
-   If BASE is non-NULL, return it.
-   Otherwise it checks if DIR is a usable directory.
-   If success, DIR is returned.
-   Otherwise NULL is returned.  */
-
-static inline const char *try PARAMS ((const char *, const char *));
-
-static inline const char *
-try (dir, base)
-     const char *dir, *base;
-{
-  if (base != 0)
-    return base;
-  if (dir != 0
-      && access (dir, R_OK | W_OK | X_OK) == 0)
-    return dir;
-  return 0;
-}
-
-static const char tmp[] = { DIR_SEPARATOR, 't', 'm', 'p', 0 };
-static const char usrtmp[] =
-{ DIR_SEPARATOR, 'u', 's', 'r', DIR_SEPARATOR, 't', 'm', 'p', 0 };
-static const char vartmp[] =
-{ DIR_SEPARATOR, 'v', 'a', 'r', DIR_SEPARATOR, 't', 'm', 'p', 0 };
-
-static char *memoized_tmpdir;
-
-/*
-
-@deftypefn Replacement char* choose_tmpdir ()
-
-Returns a pointer to a directory path suitable for creating temporary
-files in.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-*/
-
-char *
-choose_tmpdir ()
-{
-  const char *base = 0;
-  char *tmpdir;
-  unsigned int len;
-
-  if (memoized_tmpdir)
-    return memoized_tmpdir;
-
-  base = try (getenv ("TMPDIR"), base);
-  base = try (getenv ("TMP"), base);
-  base = try (getenv ("TEMP"), base);
-
-#ifdef P_tmpdir
-  base = try (P_tmpdir, base);
-#endif
-
-  /* Try /var/tmp, /usr/tmp, then /tmp.  */
-  base = try (vartmp, base);
-  base = try (usrtmp, base);
-  base = try (tmp, base);
- 
-  /* If all else fails, use the current directory!  */
-  if (base == 0)
-    base = ".";
-
-  /* Append DIR_SEPARATOR to the directory we've chosen
-     and return it.  */
-  len = strlen (base);
-  tmpdir = xmalloc (len + 2);
-  strcpy (tmpdir, base);
-  tmpdir[len] = DIR_SEPARATOR;
-  tmpdir[len+1] = '\0';
-
-  memoized_tmpdir = tmpdir;
-  return tmpdir;
-}
-
-/*
-
-@deftypefn Replacement char* make_temp_file (const char *@var{suffix})
-
-Return a temporary file name (as a string) or @code{NULL} if unable to
-create one.  @var{suffix} is a suffix to append to the file name.  The
-string is @code{malloc}ed, and the temporary file has been created.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-*/
-
-char *
-make_temp_file (suffix)
-     const char *suffix;
-{
-  const char *base = choose_tmpdir ();
-  char *temp_filename;
-  int base_len, suffix_len;
-  int fd;
-
-  if (suffix == 0)
-    suffix = "";
-
-  base_len = strlen (base);
-  suffix_len = strlen (suffix);
-
-  temp_filename = xmalloc (base_len
-			   + TEMP_FILE_LEN
-			   + suffix_len + 1);
-  strcpy (temp_filename, base);
-  strcpy (temp_filename + base_len, TEMP_FILE);
-  strcpy (temp_filename + base_len + TEMP_FILE_LEN, suffix);
-
-  fd = mkstemps (temp_filename, suffix_len);
-  /* If mkstemps failed, then something bad is happening.  Maybe we should
-     issue a message about a possible security attack in progress?  */
-  if (fd == -1)
-    abort ();
-  /* Similarly if we can not close the file.  */
-  if (close (fd))
-    abort ();
-  return temp_filename;
-}

contrib/binutils/libiberty/obstacks.texi

@@ -1,758 +0,0 @@
-@node Obstacks,Licenses,Functions,Top
-@chapter Obstacks
-@cindex obstacks
-
-An @dfn{obstack} is a pool of memory containing a stack of objects.  You
-can create any number of separate obstacks, and then allocate objects in
-specified obstacks.  Within each obstack, the last object allocated must
-always be the first one freed, but distinct obstacks are independent of
-each other.
-
-Aside from this one constraint of order of freeing, obstacks are totally
-general: an obstack can contain any number of objects of any size.  They
-are implemented with macros, so allocation is usually very fast as long as
-the objects are usually small.  And the only space overhead per object is
-the padding needed to start each object on a suitable boundary.
-
-@menu
-* Creating Obstacks::		How to declare an obstack in your program.
-* Preparing for Obstacks::	Preparations needed before you can
-				 use obstacks.
-* Allocation in an Obstack::    Allocating objects in an obstack.
-* Freeing Obstack Objects::     Freeing objects in an obstack.
-* Obstack Functions::		The obstack functions are both
-				 functions and macros.
-* Growing Objects::             Making an object bigger by stages.
-* Extra Fast Growing::		Extra-high-efficiency (though more
-				 complicated) growing objects.
-* Status of an Obstack::        Inquiries about the status of an obstack.
-* Obstacks Data Alignment::     Controlling alignment of objects in obstacks.
-* Obstack Chunks::              How obstacks obtain and release chunks;
-				 efficiency considerations.
-* Summary of Obstacks::
-@end menu
-
-@node Creating Obstacks
-@section Creating Obstacks
-
-The utilities for manipulating obstacks are declared in the header
-file @file{obstack.h}.
-@pindex obstack.h
-
-@comment obstack.h
-@comment GNU
-@deftp {Data Type} {struct obstack}
-An obstack is represented by a data structure of type @code{struct
-obstack}.  This structure has a small fixed size; it records the status
-of the obstack and how to find the space in which objects are allocated.
-It does not contain any of the objects themselves.  You should not try
-to access the contents of the structure directly; use only the functions
-described in this chapter.
-@end deftp
-
-You can declare variables of type @code{struct obstack} and use them as
-obstacks, or you can allocate obstacks dynamically like any other kind
-of object.  Dynamic allocation of obstacks allows your program to have a
-variable number of different stacks.  (You can even allocate an
-obstack structure in another obstack, but this is rarely useful.)
-
-All the functions that work with obstacks require you to specify which
-obstack to use.  You do this with a pointer of type @code{struct obstack
-*}.  In the following, we often say ``an obstack'' when strictly
-speaking the object at hand is such a pointer.
-
-The objects in the obstack are packed into large blocks called
-@dfn{chunks}.  The @code{struct obstack} structure points to a chain of
-the chunks currently in use.
-
-The obstack library obtains a new chunk whenever you allocate an object
-that won't fit in the previous chunk.  Since the obstack library manages
-chunks automatically, you don't need to pay much attention to them, but
-you do need to supply a function which the obstack library should use to
-get a chunk.  Usually you supply a function which uses @code{malloc}
-directly or indirectly.  You must also supply a function to free a chunk.
-These matters are described in the following section.
-
-@node Preparing for Obstacks
-@section Preparing for Using Obstacks
-
-Each source file in which you plan to use the obstack functions
-must include the header file @file{obstack.h}, like this:
-
-@smallexample
-#include <obstack.h>
-@end smallexample
-
-@findex obstack_chunk_alloc
-@findex obstack_chunk_free
-Also, if the source file uses the macro @code{obstack_init}, it must
-declare or define two functions or macros that will be called by the
-obstack library.  One, @code{obstack_chunk_alloc}, is used to allocate
-the chunks of memory into which objects are packed.  The other,
-@code{obstack_chunk_free}, is used to return chunks when the objects in
-them are freed.  These macros should appear before any use of obstacks
-in the source file.
-
-Usually these are defined to use @code{malloc} via the intermediary
-@code{xmalloc} (@pxref{Unconstrained Allocation, , , libc, The GNU C Library Reference Manual}).  This is done with
-the following pair of macro definitions:
-
-@smallexample
-#define obstack_chunk_alloc xmalloc
-#define obstack_chunk_free free
-@end smallexample
-
-@noindent
-Though the memory you get using obstacks really comes from @code{malloc},
-using obstacks is faster because @code{malloc} is called less often, for
-larger blocks of memory.  @xref{Obstack Chunks}, for full details.
-
-At run time, before the program can use a @code{struct obstack} object
-as an obstack, it must initialize the obstack by calling
-@code{obstack_init}.
-
-@comment obstack.h
-@comment GNU
-@deftypefun int obstack_init (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr})
-Initialize obstack @var{obstack-ptr} for allocation of objects.  This
-function calls the obstack's @code{obstack_chunk_alloc} function.  If
-allocation of memory fails, the function pointed to by
-@code{obstack_alloc_failed_handler} is called.  The @code{obstack_init}
-function always returns 1 (Compatibility notice: Former versions of
-obstack returned 0 if allocation failed).
-@end deftypefun
-
-Here are two examples of how to allocate the space for an obstack and
-initialize it.  First, an obstack that is a static variable:
-
-@smallexample
-static struct obstack myobstack;
-@dots{}
-obstack_init (&myobstack);
-@end smallexample
-
-@noindent
-Second, an obstack that is itself dynamically allocated:
-
-@smallexample
-struct obstack *myobstack_ptr
-  = (struct obstack *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct obstack));
-
-obstack_init (myobstack_ptr);
-@end smallexample
-
-@comment obstack.h
-@comment GNU
-@defvar obstack_alloc_failed_handler
-The value of this variable is a pointer to a function that
-@code{obstack} uses when @code{obstack_chunk_alloc} fails to allocate
-memory.  The default action is to print a message and abort.
-You should supply a function that either calls @code{exit}
-(@pxref{Program Termination, , , libc, The GNU C Library Reference Manual}) or @code{longjmp} (@pxref{Non-Local
-Exits, , , libc, The GNU C Library Reference Manual}) and doesn't return.
-
-@smallexample
-void my_obstack_alloc_failed (void)
-@dots{}
-obstack_alloc_failed_handler = &my_obstack_alloc_failed;
-@end smallexample
-
-@end defvar
-
-@node Allocation in an Obstack
-@section Allocation in an Obstack
-@cindex allocation (obstacks)
-
-The most direct way to allocate an object in an obstack is with
-@code{obstack_alloc}, which is invoked almost like @code{malloc}.
-
-@comment obstack.h
-@comment GNU
-@deftypefun {void *} obstack_alloc (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr}, int @var{size})
-This allocates an uninitialized block of @var{size} bytes in an obstack
-and returns its address.  Here @var{obstack-ptr} specifies which obstack
-to allocate the block in; it is the address of the @code{struct obstack}
-object which represents the obstack.  Each obstack function or macro
-requires you to specify an @var{obstack-ptr} as the first argument.
-
-This function calls the obstack's @code{obstack_chunk_alloc} function if
-it needs to allocate a new chunk of memory; it calls
-@code{obstack_alloc_failed_handler} if allocation of memory by
-@code{obstack_chunk_alloc} failed.
-@end deftypefun
-
-For example, here is a function that allocates a copy of a string @var{str}
-in a specific obstack, which is in the variable @code{string_obstack}:
-
-@smallexample
-struct obstack string_obstack;
-
-char *
-copystring (char *string)
-@{
-  size_t len = strlen (string) + 1;
-  char *s = (char *) obstack_alloc (&string_obstack, len);
-  memcpy (s, string, len);
-  return s;
-@}
-@end smallexample
-
-To allocate a block with specified contents, use the function
-@code{obstack_copy}, declared like this:
-
-@comment obstack.h
-@comment GNU
-@deftypefun {void *} obstack_copy (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr}, void *@var{address}, int @var{size})
-This allocates a block and initializes it by copying @var{size}
-bytes of data starting at @var{address}.  It calls
-@code{obstack_alloc_failed_handler} if allocation of memory by
-@code{obstack_chunk_alloc} failed.
-@end deftypefun
-
-@comment obstack.h
-@comment GNU
-@deftypefun {void *} obstack_copy0 (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr}, void *@var{address}, int @var{size})
-Like @code{obstack_copy}, but appends an extra byte containing a null
-character.  This extra byte is not counted in the argument @var{size}.
-@end deftypefun
-
-The @code{obstack_copy0} function is convenient for copying a sequence
-of characters into an obstack as a null-terminated string.  Here is an
-example of its use:
-
-@smallexample
-char *
-obstack_savestring (char *addr, int size)
-@{
-  return obstack_copy0 (&myobstack, addr, size);
-@}
-@end smallexample
-
-@noindent
-Contrast this with the previous example of @code{savestring} using
-@code{malloc} (@pxref{Basic Allocation, , , libc, The GNU C Library Reference Manual}).
-
-@node Freeing Obstack Objects
-@section Freeing Objects in an Obstack
-@cindex freeing (obstacks)
-
-To free an object allocated in an obstack, use the function
-@code{obstack_free}.  Since the obstack is a stack of objects, freeing
-one object automatically frees all other objects allocated more recently
-in the same obstack.
-
-@comment obstack.h
-@comment GNU
-@deftypefun void obstack_free (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr}, void *@var{object})
-If @var{object} is a null pointer, everything allocated in the obstack
-is freed.  Otherwise, @var{object} must be the address of an object
-allocated in the obstack.  Then @var{object} is freed, along with
-everything allocated in @var{obstack} since @var{object}.
-@end deftypefun
-
-Note that if @var{object} is a null pointer, the result is an
-uninitialized obstack.  To free all memory in an obstack but leave it
-valid for further allocation, call @code{obstack_free} with the address
-of the first object allocated on the obstack:
-
-@smallexample
-obstack_free (obstack_ptr, first_object_allocated_ptr);
-@end smallexample
-
-Recall that the objects in an obstack are grouped into chunks.  When all
-the objects in a chunk become free, the obstack library automatically
-frees the chunk (@pxref{Preparing for Obstacks}).  Then other
-obstacks, or non-obstack allocation, can reuse the space of the chunk.
-
-@node Obstack Functions
-@section Obstack Functions and Macros
-@cindex macros
-
-The interfaces for using obstacks may be defined either as functions or
-as macros, depending on the compiler.  The obstack facility works with
-all C compilers, including both @w{ISO C} and traditional C, but there are
-precautions you must take if you plan to use compilers other than GNU C.
-
-If you are using an old-fashioned @w{non-ISO C} compiler, all the obstack
-``functions'' are actually defined only as macros.  You can call these
-macros like functions, but you cannot use them in any other way (for
-example, you cannot take their address).
-
-Calling the macros requires a special precaution: namely, the first
-operand (the obstack pointer) may not contain any side effects, because
-it may be computed more than once.  For example, if you write this:
-
-@smallexample
-obstack_alloc (get_obstack (), 4);
-@end smallexample
-
-@noindent
-you will find that @code{get_obstack} may be called several times.
-If you use @code{*obstack_list_ptr++} as the obstack pointer argument,
-you will get very strange results since the incrementation may occur
-several times.
-
-In @w{ISO C}, each function has both a macro definition and a function
-definition.  The function definition is used if you take the address of the
-function without calling it.  An ordinary call uses the macro definition by
-default, but you can request the function definition instead by writing the
-function name in parentheses, as shown here:
-
-@smallexample
-char *x;
-void *(*funcp) ();
-/* @r{Use the macro}.  */
-x = (char *) obstack_alloc (obptr, size);
-/* @r{Call the function}.  */
-x = (char *) (obstack_alloc) (obptr, size);
-/* @r{Take the address of the function}.  */
-funcp = obstack_alloc;
-@end smallexample
-
-@noindent
-This is the same situation that exists in @w{ISO C} for the standard library
-functions.  @xref{Macro Definitions, , , libc, The GNU C Library Reference Manual}.
-
-@strong{Warning:} When you do use the macros, you must observe the
-precaution of avoiding side effects in the first operand, even in @w{ISO C}.
-
-If you use the GNU C compiler, this precaution is not necessary, because
-various language extensions in GNU C permit defining the macros so as to
-compute each argument only once.
-
-@node Growing Objects
-@section Growing Objects
-@cindex growing objects (in obstacks)
-@cindex changing the size of a block (obstacks)
-
-Because memory in obstack chunks is used sequentially, it is possible to
-build up an object step by step, adding one or more bytes at a time to the
-end of the object.  With this technique, you do not need to know how much
-data you will put in the object until you come to the end of it.  We call
-this the technique of @dfn{growing objects}.  The special functions
-for adding data to the growing object are described in this section.
-
-You don't need to do anything special when you start to grow an object.
-Using one of the functions to add data to the object automatically
-starts it.  However, it is necessary to say explicitly when the object is
-finished.  This is done with the function @code{obstack_finish}.
-
-The actual address of the object thus built up is not known until the
-object is finished.  Until then, it always remains possible that you will
-add so much data that the object must be copied into a new chunk.
-
-While the obstack is in use for a growing object, you cannot use it for
-ordinary allocation of another object.  If you try to do so, the space
-already added to the growing object will become part of the other object.
-
-@comment obstack.h
-@comment GNU
-@deftypefun void obstack_blank (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr}, int @var{size})
-The most basic function for adding to a growing object is
-@code{obstack_blank}, which adds space without initializing it.
-@end deftypefun
-
-@comment obstack.h
-@comment GNU
-@deftypefun void obstack_grow (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr}, void *@var{data}, int @var{size})
-To add a block of initialized space, use @code{obstack_grow}, which is
-the growing-object analogue of @code{obstack_copy}.  It adds @var{size}
-bytes of data to the growing object, copying the contents from
-@var{data}.
-@end deftypefun
-
-@comment obstack.h
-@comment GNU
-@deftypefun void obstack_grow0 (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr}, void *@var{data}, int @var{size})
-This is the growing-object analogue of @code{obstack_copy0}.  It adds
-@var{size} bytes copied from @var{data}, followed by an additional null
-character.
-@end deftypefun
-
-@comment obstack.h
-@comment GNU
-@deftypefun void obstack_1grow (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr}, char @var{c})
-To add one character at a time, use the function @code{obstack_1grow}.
-It adds a single byte containing @var{c} to the growing object.
-@end deftypefun
-
-@comment obstack.h
-@comment GNU
-@deftypefun void obstack_ptr_grow (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr}, void *@var{data})
-Adding the value of a pointer one can use the function
-@code{obstack_ptr_grow}.  It adds @code{sizeof (void *)} bytes
-containing the value of @var{data}.
-@end deftypefun
-
-@comment obstack.h
-@comment GNU
-@deftypefun void obstack_int_grow (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr}, int @var{data})
-A single value of type @code{int} can be added by using the
-@code{obstack_int_grow} function.  It adds @code{sizeof (int)} bytes to
-the growing object and initializes them with the value of @var{data}.
-@end deftypefun
-
-@comment obstack.h
-@comment GNU
-@deftypefun {void *} obstack_finish (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr})
-When you are finished growing the object, use the function
-@code{obstack_finish} to close it off and return its final address.
-
-Once you have finished the object, the obstack is available for ordinary
-allocation or for growing another object.
-
-This function can return a null pointer under the same conditions as
-@code{obstack_alloc} (@pxref{Allocation in an Obstack}).
-@end deftypefun
-
-When you build an object by growing it, you will probably need to know
-afterward how long it became.  You need not keep track of this as you grow
-the object, because you can find out the length from the obstack just
-before finishing the object with the function @code{obstack_object_size},
-declared as follows:
-
-@comment obstack.h
-@comment GNU
-@deftypefun int obstack_object_size (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr})
-This function returns the current size of the growing object, in bytes.
-Remember to call this function @emph{before} finishing the object.
-After it is finished, @code{obstack_object_size} will return zero.
-@end deftypefun
-
-If you have started growing an object and wish to cancel it, you should
-finish it and then free it, like this:
-
-@smallexample
-obstack_free (obstack_ptr, obstack_finish (obstack_ptr));
-@end smallexample
-
-@noindent
-This has no effect if no object was growing.
-
-@cindex shrinking objects
-You can use @code{obstack_blank} with a negative size argument to make
-the current object smaller.  Just don't try to shrink it beyond zero
-length---there's no telling what will happen if you do that.
-
-@node Extra Fast Growing
-@section Extra Fast Growing Objects
-@cindex efficiency and obstacks
-
-The usual functions for growing objects incur overhead for checking
-whether there is room for the new growth in the current chunk.  If you
-are frequently constructing objects in small steps of growth, this
-overhead can be significant.
-
-You can reduce the overhead by using special ``fast growth''
-functions that grow the object without checking.  In order to have a
-robust program, you must do the checking yourself.  If you do this checking
-in the simplest way each time you are about to add data to the object, you
-have not saved anything, because that is what the ordinary growth
-functions do.  But if you can arrange to check less often, or check
-more efficiently, then you make the program faster.
-
-The function @code{obstack_room} returns the amount of room available
-in the current chunk.  It is declared as follows:
-
-@comment obstack.h
-@comment GNU
-@deftypefun int obstack_room (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr})
-This returns the number of bytes that can be added safely to the current
-growing object (or to an object about to be started) in obstack
-@var{obstack} using the fast growth functions.
-@end deftypefun
-
-While you know there is room, you can use these fast growth functions
-for adding data to a growing object:
-
-@comment obstack.h
-@comment GNU
-@deftypefun void obstack_1grow_fast (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr}, char @var{c})
-The function @code{obstack_1grow_fast} adds one byte containing the
-character @var{c} to the growing object in obstack @var{obstack-ptr}.
-@end deftypefun
-
-@comment obstack.h
-@comment GNU
-@deftypefun void obstack_ptr_grow_fast (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr}, void *@var{data})
-The function @code{obstack_ptr_grow_fast} adds @code{sizeof (void *)}
-bytes containing the value of @var{data} to the growing object in
-obstack @var{obstack-ptr}.
-@end deftypefun
-
-@comment obstack.h
-@comment GNU
-@deftypefun void obstack_int_grow_fast (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr}, int @var{data})
-The function @code{obstack_int_grow_fast} adds @code{sizeof (int)} bytes
-containing the value of @var{data} to the growing object in obstack
-@var{obstack-ptr}.
-@end deftypefun
-
-@comment obstack.h
-@comment GNU
-@deftypefun void obstack_blank_fast (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr}, int @var{size})
-The function @code{obstack_blank_fast} adds @var{size} bytes to the
-growing object in obstack @var{obstack-ptr} without initializing them.
-@end deftypefun
-
-When you check for space using @code{obstack_room} and there is not
-enough room for what you want to add, the fast growth functions
-are not safe.  In this case, simply use the corresponding ordinary
-growth function instead.  Very soon this will copy the object to a
-new chunk; then there will be lots of room available again.
-
-So, each time you use an ordinary growth function, check afterward for
-sufficient space using @code{obstack_room}.  Once the object is copied
-to a new chunk, there will be plenty of space again, so the program will
-start using the fast growth functions again.
-
-Here is an example:
-
-@smallexample
-@group
-void
-add_string (struct obstack *obstack, const char *ptr, int len)
-@{
-  while (len > 0)
-    @{
-      int room = obstack_room (obstack);
-      if (room == 0)
-        @{
-          /* @r{Not enough room. Add one character slowly,}
-             @r{which may copy to a new chunk and make room.}  */
-          obstack_1grow (obstack, *ptr++);
-          len--;
-        @}
-      else
-        @{
-          if (room > len)
-            room = len;
-          /* @r{Add fast as much as we have room for.} */
-          len -= room;
-          while (room-- > 0)
-            obstack_1grow_fast (obstack, *ptr++);
-        @}
-    @}
-@}
-@end group
-@end smallexample
-
-@node Status of an Obstack
-@section Status of an Obstack
-@cindex obstack status
-@cindex status of obstack
-
-Here are functions that provide information on the current status of
-allocation in an obstack.  You can use them to learn about an object while
-still growing it.
-
-@comment obstack.h
-@comment GNU
-@deftypefun {void *} obstack_base (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr})
-This function returns the tentative address of the beginning of the
-currently growing object in @var{obstack-ptr}.  If you finish the object
-immediately, it will have that address.  If you make it larger first, it
-may outgrow the current chunk---then its address will change!
-
-If no object is growing, this value says where the next object you
-allocate will start (once again assuming it fits in the current
-chunk).
-@end deftypefun
-
-@comment obstack.h
-@comment GNU
-@deftypefun {void *} obstack_next_free (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr})
-This function returns the address of the first free byte in the current
-chunk of obstack @var{obstack-ptr}.  This is the end of the currently
-growing object.  If no object is growing, @code{obstack_next_free}
-returns the same value as @code{obstack_base}.
-@end deftypefun
-
-@comment obstack.h
-@comment GNU
-@deftypefun int obstack_object_size (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr})
-This function returns the size in bytes of the currently growing object.
-This is equivalent to
-
-@smallexample
-obstack_next_free (@var{obstack-ptr}) - obstack_base (@var{obstack-ptr})
-@end smallexample
-@end deftypefun
-
-@node Obstacks Data Alignment
-@section Alignment of Data in Obstacks
-@cindex alignment (in obstacks)
-
-Each obstack has an @dfn{alignment boundary}; each object allocated in
-the obstack automatically starts on an address that is a multiple of the
-specified boundary.  By default, this boundary is 4 bytes.
-
-To access an obstack's alignment boundary, use the macro
-@code{obstack_alignment_mask}, whose function prototype looks like
-this:
-
-@comment obstack.h
-@comment GNU
-@deftypefn Macro int obstack_alignment_mask (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr})
-The value is a bit mask; a bit that is 1 indicates that the corresponding
-bit in the address of an object should be 0.  The mask value should be one
-less than a power of 2; the effect is that all object addresses are
-multiples of that power of 2.  The default value of the mask is 3, so that
-addresses are multiples of 4.  A mask value of 0 means an object can start
-on any multiple of 1 (that is, no alignment is required).
-
-The expansion of the macro @code{obstack_alignment_mask} is an lvalue,
-so you can alter the mask by assignment.  For example, this statement:
-
-@smallexample
-obstack_alignment_mask (obstack_ptr) = 0;
-@end smallexample
-
-@noindent
-has the effect of turning off alignment processing in the specified obstack.
-@end deftypefn
-
-Note that a change in alignment mask does not take effect until
-@emph{after} the next time an object is allocated or finished in the
-obstack.  If you are not growing an object, you can make the new
-alignment mask take effect immediately by calling @code{obstack_finish}.
-This will finish a zero-length object and then do proper alignment for
-the next object.
-
-@node Obstack Chunks
-@section Obstack Chunks
-@cindex efficiency of chunks
-@cindex chunks
-
-Obstacks work by allocating space for themselves in large chunks, and
-then parceling out space in the chunks to satisfy your requests.  Chunks
-are normally 4096 bytes long unless you specify a different chunk size.
-The chunk size includes 8 bytes of overhead that are not actually used
-for storing objects.  Regardless of the specified size, longer chunks
-will be allocated when necessary for long objects.
-
-The obstack library allocates chunks by calling the function
-@code{obstack_chunk_alloc}, which you must define.  When a chunk is no
-longer needed because you have freed all the objects in it, the obstack
-library frees the chunk by calling @code{obstack_chunk_free}, which you
-must also define.
-
-These two must be defined (as macros) or declared (as functions) in each
-source file that uses @code{obstack_init} (@pxref{Creating Obstacks}).
-Most often they are defined as macros like this:
-
-@smallexample
-#define obstack_chunk_alloc malloc
-#define obstack_chunk_free free
-@end smallexample
-
-Note that these are simple macros (no arguments).  Macro definitions with
-arguments will not work!  It is necessary that @code{obstack_chunk_alloc}
-or @code{obstack_chunk_free}, alone, expand into a function name if it is
-not itself a function name.
-
-If you allocate chunks with @code{malloc}, the chunk size should be a
-power of 2.  The default chunk size, 4096, was chosen because it is long
-enough to satisfy many typical requests on the obstack yet short enough
-not to waste too much memory in the portion of the last chunk not yet used.
-
-@comment obstack.h
-@comment GNU
-@deftypefn Macro int obstack_chunk_size (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr})
-This returns the chunk size of the given obstack.
-@end deftypefn
-
-Since this macro expands to an lvalue, you can specify a new chunk size by
-assigning it a new value.  Doing so does not affect the chunks already
-allocated, but will change the size of chunks allocated for that particular
-obstack in the future.  It is unlikely to be useful to make the chunk size
-smaller, but making it larger might improve efficiency if you are
-allocating many objects whose size is comparable to the chunk size.  Here
-is how to do so cleanly:
-
-@smallexample
-if (obstack_chunk_size (obstack_ptr) < @var{new-chunk-size})
-  obstack_chunk_size (obstack_ptr) = @var{new-chunk-size};
-@end smallexample
-
-@node Summary of Obstacks
-@section Summary of Obstack Functions
-
-Here is a summary of all the functions associated with obstacks.  Each
-takes the address of an obstack (@code{struct obstack *}) as its first
-argument.
-
-@table @code
-@item void obstack_init (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr})
-Initialize use of an obstack.  @xref{Creating Obstacks}.
-
-@item void *obstack_alloc (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr}, int @var{size})
-Allocate an object of @var{size} uninitialized bytes.
-@xref{Allocation in an Obstack}.
-
-@item void *obstack_copy (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr}, void *@var{address}, int @var{size})
-Allocate an object of @var{size} bytes, with contents copied from
-@var{address}.  @xref{Allocation in an Obstack}.
-
-@item void *obstack_copy0 (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr}, void *@var{address}, int @var{size})
-Allocate an object of @var{size}+1 bytes, with @var{size} of them copied
-from @var{address}, followed by a null character at the end.
-@xref{Allocation in an Obstack}.
-
-@item void obstack_free (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr}, void *@var{object})
-Free @var{object} (and everything allocated in the specified obstack
-more recently than @var{object}).  @xref{Freeing Obstack Objects}.
-
-@item void obstack_blank (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr}, int @var{size})
-Add @var{size} uninitialized bytes to a growing object.
-@xref{Growing Objects}.
-
-@item void obstack_grow (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr}, void *@var{address}, int @var{size})
-Add @var{size} bytes, copied from @var{address}, to a growing object.
-@xref{Growing Objects}.
-
-@item void obstack_grow0 (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr}, void *@var{address}, int @var{size})
-Add @var{size} bytes, copied from @var{address}, to a growing object,
-and then add another byte containing a null character.  @xref{Growing
-Objects}.
-
-@item void obstack_1grow (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr}, char @var{data-char})
-Add one byte containing @var{data-char} to a growing object.
-@xref{Growing Objects}.
-
-@item void *obstack_finish (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr})
-Finalize the object that is growing and return its permanent address.
-@xref{Growing Objects}.
-
-@item int obstack_object_size (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr})
-Get the current size of the currently growing object.  @xref{Growing
-Objects}.
-
-@item void obstack_blank_fast (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr}, int @var{size})
-Add @var{size} uninitialized bytes to a growing object without checking
-that there is enough room.  @xref{Extra Fast Growing}.
-
-@item void obstack_1grow_fast (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr}, char @var{data-char})
-Add one byte containing @var{data-char} to a growing object without
-checking that there is enough room.  @xref{Extra Fast Growing}.
-
-@item int obstack_room (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr})
-Get the amount of room now available for growing the current object.
-@xref{Extra Fast Growing}.
-
-@item int obstack_alignment_mask (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr})
-The mask used for aligning the beginning of an object.  This is an
-lvalue.  @xref{Obstacks Data Alignment}.
-
-@item int obstack_chunk_size (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr})
-The size for allocating chunks.  This is an lvalue.  @xref{Obstack Chunks}.
-
-@item void *obstack_base (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr})
-Tentative starting address of the currently growing object.
-@xref{Status of an Obstack}.
-
-@item void *obstack_next_free (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr})
-Address just after the end of the currently growing object.
-@xref{Status of an Obstack}.
-@end table
-

contrib/binutils/libiberty/ternary.c

@@ -1,166 +0,0 @@
-/* ternary.c - Ternary Search Trees
-   Copyright (C) 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   Contributed by Daniel Berlin (dan@cgsoftware.com)
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-   later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include "config.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-#include "libiberty.h"
-#include "ternary.h"
-
-/* Non-recursive so we don't waste stack space/time on large
-   insertions. */
-
-PTR
-ternary_insert (root, s, data, replace)
-     ternary_tree *root;
-     const char *s;
-     PTR data;
-     int replace;
-{
-  int diff;
-  ternary_tree curr, *pcurr;
-
-  /* Start at the root. */
-  pcurr = root;
-  /* Loop until we find the right position */
-  while ((curr = *pcurr))
-    {
-      /* Calculate the difference */
-      diff = *s - curr->splitchar;
-      /* Handle current char equal to node splitchar */
-      if (diff == 0)
-	{
-	  /* Handle the case of a string we already have */
-	  if (*s++ == 0)
-	    {
-	      if (replace)
-		curr->eqkid = (ternary_tree) data;
-	      return (PTR) curr->eqkid;
-	    }
-	  pcurr = &(curr->eqkid);
-	}
-      /* Handle current char less than node splitchar */
-      else if (diff < 0)
-	{
-	  pcurr = &(curr->lokid);
-	}
-      /* Handle current char greater than node splitchar */
-      else
-	{
-	  pcurr = &(curr->hikid);
-	}
-    }
-  /* It's not a duplicate string, and we should insert what's left of
-     the string, into the tree rooted at curr */
-  for (;;)
-    {
-      /* Allocate the memory for the node, and fill it in */
-      *pcurr = (ternary_tree) xmalloc (sizeof (ternary_node));
-      curr = *pcurr;
-      curr->splitchar = *s;
-      curr->lokid = curr->hikid = curr->eqkid = 0;
-
-      /* Place nodes until we hit the end of the string.
-         When we hit it, place the data in the right place, and
-         return.
-       */
-      if (*s++ == 0)
-	{
-	  curr->eqkid = (ternary_tree) data;
-	  return data;
-	}
-      pcurr = &(curr->eqkid);
-    }
-}
-
-/* Free the ternary search tree rooted at p. */
-void
-ternary_cleanup (p)
-     ternary_tree p;
-{
-  if (p)
-    {
-      ternary_cleanup (p->lokid);
-      if (p->splitchar)
-	ternary_cleanup (p->eqkid);
-      ternary_cleanup (p->hikid);
-      free (p);
-    }
-}
-
-/* Non-recursive find of a string in the ternary tree */
-PTR
-ternary_search (p, s)
-     const ternary_node *p;
-     const char *s;
-{
-  const ternary_node *curr;
-  int diff, spchar;
-  spchar = *s;
-  curr = p;
-  /* Loop while we haven't hit a NULL node or returned */
-  while (curr)
-    {
-      /* Calculate the difference */
-      diff = spchar - curr->splitchar;
-      /* Handle the equal case */
-      if (diff == 0)
-	{
-	  if (spchar == 0)
-	    return (PTR) curr->eqkid;
-	  spchar = *++s;
-	  curr = curr->eqkid;
-	}
-      /* Handle the less than case */
-      else if (diff < 0)
-	curr = curr->lokid;
-      /* All that's left is greater than */
-      else
-	curr = curr->hikid;
-    }
-  return NULL;
-}
-
-/* For those who care, the recursive version of the search. Useful if
-   you want a starting point for pmsearch or nearsearch. */
-static PTR
-ternary_recursivesearch (p, s)
-     const ternary_node *p;
-     const char *s;
-{
-  if (!p)
-    return 0;
-  if (*s < p->splitchar)
-    return ternary_recursivesearch (p->lokid, s);
-  else if (*s > p->splitchar)
-    return ternary_recursivesearch (p->hikid, s);
-  else
-    {
-      if (*s == 0)
-	return (PTR) p->eqkid;
-      return ternary_recursivesearch (p->eqkid, ++s);
-    }
-}

contrib/binutils/libtool.m4

@@ -1,879 +0,0 @@
-## libtool.m4 - Configure libtool for the host system. -*-Shell-script-*-
-## Copyright 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
-## Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-## Originally by Gordon Matzigkeit <[email protected]>, 1996
-##
-## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-## the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-## (at your option) any later version.
-##
-## This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-## WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-## General Public License for more details.
-##
-## You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-## along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-## Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-##
-## As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
-## distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
-## configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
-## the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
-
-# serial 46 AC_PROG_LIBTOOL
-AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_LIBTOOL],
-[AC_REQUIRE([_AC_PROG_LIBTOOL])dnl
-dnl If AC_PROG_CXX has already been expanded, run AC_LIBTOOL_CXX
-dnl immediately, otherwise, hook it in at the end of AC_PROG_CXX.
-  AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CXX],
-    [AC_LIBTOOL_CXX],
-    [define([AC_PROG_CXX], defn([AC_PROG_CXX])[AC_LIBTOOL_CXX
-])])
-
-dnl Quote A][M_PROG_GCJ so that aclocal doesn't bring it in needlessly.
-dnl If either AC_PROG_GCJ or A][M_PROG_GCJ have already been expanded, run
-dnl AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ immediately, otherwise, hook it in at the end of both.
-  AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_GCJ],
-    [AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ],
-    [AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([A][M_PROG_GCJ],
-        [AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ],
-	[AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([LT_AC_PROG_GCJ],
-	  [AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ],
-	[ifdef([AC_PROG_GCJ],
-	       [define([AC_PROG_GCJ], defn([AC_PROG_GCJ])[AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ
-])])
-	 ifdef([A][M_PROG_GCJ],
-	       [define([A][M_PROG_GCJ], defn([A][M_PROG_GCJ])[AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ
-])])
-	 ifdef([LT_AC_PROG_GCJ],
-	       [define([LT_AC_PROG_GCJ], defn([LT_AC_PROG_GCJ])[AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ
-])])])])])])
-
-AC_DEFUN([_AC_PROG_LIBTOOL],
-[AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])dnl
-AC_BEFORE([$0],[AC_LIBTOOL_CXX])dnl
-AC_BEFORE([$0],[AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ])dnl
-
-# Save cache, so that ltconfig can load it
-AC_CACHE_SAVE
-
-# Actually configure libtool.  ac_aux_dir is where install-sh is found.
-AR="$AR" LTCC="$CC" CC="$CC" CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" \
-MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" LD="$LD" LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" LIBS="$LIBS" \
-LN_S="$LN_S" NM="$NM" RANLIB="$RANLIB" STRIP="$STRIP" \
-AS="$AS" DLLTOOL="$DLLTOOL" OBJDUMP="$OBJDUMP" \
-objext="$OBJEXT" exeext="$EXEEXT" reload_flag="$reload_flag" \
-deplibs_check_method="$deplibs_check_method" file_magic_cmd="$file_magic_cmd" \
-${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $ac_aux_dir/ltconfig --no-reexec \
-$libtool_flags --no-verify --build="$build" $ac_aux_dir/ltmain.sh $host \
-|| AC_MSG_ERROR([libtool configure failed])
-
-# Reload cache, that may have been modified by ltconfig
-AC_CACHE_LOAD
-
-# This can be used to rebuild libtool when needed
-LIBTOOL_DEPS="$ac_aux_dir/ltconfig $ac_aux_dir/ltmain.sh $ac_aux_dir/ltcf-c.sh"
-
-# Always use our own libtool.
-LIBTOOL='$(SHELL) $(top_builddir)/libtool'
-AC_SUBST(LIBTOOL)dnl
-
-# Redirect the config.log output again, so that the ltconfig log is not
-# clobbered by the next message.
-exec 5>>./config.log
-])
-
-AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP],
-[AC_PREREQ(2.13)dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_ENABLE_SHARED])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_ENABLE_STATIC])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_BUILD])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_LD])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_LD_RELOAD_FLAG])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_NM])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_LN_S])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_DEPLIBS_CHECK_METHOD])dnl
-# Autoconf 2.13's AC_OBJEXT and AC_EXEEXT macros only works for C compilers!
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_OBJEXT])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_EXEEXT])dnl
-dnl
-
-# Only perform the check for file, if the check method requires it
-case $deplibs_check_method in
-file_magic*)
-  if test "$file_magic_cmd" = '$MAGIC_CMD'; then
-    AC_PATH_MAGIC
-  fi
-  ;;
-esac
-
-AC_CHECK_TOOL(RANLIB, ranlib, :)
-AC_CHECK_TOOL(STRIP, strip, :)
-
-# Check for any special flags to pass to ltconfig.
-libtool_flags="--cache-file=$cache_file"
-test "$enable_shared" = no && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --disable-shared"
-test "$enable_static" = no && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --disable-static"
-test "$enable_fast_install" = no && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --disable-fast-install"
-test "$GCC" = yes && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --with-gcc"
-test "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --with-gnu-ld"
-ifdef([AC_PROVIDE_AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN],
-[libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --enable-dlopen"])
-ifdef([AC_PROVIDE_AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL],
-[libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --enable-win32-dll"])
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(libtool-lock,
-  [  --disable-libtool-lock  avoid locking (might break parallel builds)])
-test "x$enable_libtool_lock" = xno && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --disable-lock"
-test x"$silent" = xyes && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --silent"
-
-AC_ARG_WITH(pic,
-  [  --with-pic              try to use only PIC/non-PIC objects [default=use both]],
-     pic_mode="$withval", pic_mode=default)
-test x"$pic_mode" = xyes && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --prefer-pic"
-test x"$pic_mode" = xno && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --prefer-non-pic"
-
-# Some flags need to be propagated to the compiler or linker for good
-# libtool support.
-case $host in
-*-*-irix6*)
-  # Find out which ABI we are using.
-  echo '[#]line __oline__ "configure"' > conftest.$ac_ext
-  if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then
-    case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in
-    *32-bit*)
-      LD="${LD-ld} -32"
-      ;;
-    *N32*)
-      LD="${LD-ld} -n32"
-      ;;
-    *64-bit*)
-      LD="${LD-ld} -64"
-      ;;
-    esac
-  fi
-  rm -rf conftest*
-  ;;
-
-ia64-*-hpux*)
-  # Find out which ABI we are using.
-  echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext
-  if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then
-    case "`/usr/bin/file conftest.o`" in
-    *ELF-32*)
-      HPUX_IA64_MODE="32"
-      ;;
-    *ELF-64*)
-      HPUX_IA64_MODE="64"
-      ;;
-    esac
-  fi
-  rm -rf conftest*
-  ;;
-
-*-*-sco3.2v5*)
-  # On SCO OpenServer 5, we need -belf to get full-featured binaries.
-  SAVE_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
-  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -belf"
-  AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether the C compiler needs -belf], lt_cv_cc_needs_belf,
-    [AC_LANG_SAVE
-     AC_LANG_C
-     AC_TRY_LINK([],[],[lt_cv_cc_needs_belf=yes],[lt_cv_cc_needs_belf=no])
-     AC_LANG_RESTORE])
-  if test x"$lt_cv_cc_needs_belf" != x"yes"; then
-    # this is probably gcc 2.8.0, egcs 1.0 or newer; no need for -belf
-    CFLAGS="$SAVE_CFLAGS"
-  fi
-  ;;
-
-ifdef([AC_PROVIDE_AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL],
-[*-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32*)
-  AC_CHECK_TOOL(DLLTOOL, dlltool, false)
-  AC_CHECK_TOOL(AS, as, false)
-  AC_CHECK_TOOL(OBJDUMP, objdump, false)
-
-  # recent cygwin and mingw systems supply a stub DllMain which the user
-  # can override, but on older systems we have to supply one
-  AC_CACHE_CHECK([if libtool should supply DllMain function], lt_cv_need_dllmain,
-    [AC_TRY_LINK([],
-      [extern int __attribute__((__stdcall__)) DllMain(void*, int, void*);
-      DllMain (0, 0, 0);],
-      [lt_cv_need_dllmain=no],[lt_cv_need_dllmain=yes])])
-
-  case $host/$CC in
-  *-*-cygwin*/gcc*-mno-cygwin*|*-*-mingw*)
-    # old mingw systems require "-dll" to link a DLL, while more recent ones
-    # require "-mdll"
-    SAVE_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
-    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -mdll"
-    AC_CACHE_CHECK([how to link DLLs], lt_cv_cc_dll_switch,
-      [AC_TRY_LINK([], [], [lt_cv_cc_dll_switch=-mdll],[lt_cv_cc_dll_switch=-dll])])
-    CFLAGS="$SAVE_CFLAGS" ;;
-  *-*-cygwin* | *-*-pw32*)
-    # cygwin systems need to pass --dll to the linker, and not link
-    # crt.o which will require a WinMain@16 definition.
-    lt_cv_cc_dll_switch="-Wl,--dll -nostartfiles" ;;
-  esac
-  ;;
-  ])
-esac
-])
-
-# AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN - enable checks for dlopen support
-AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN], [AC_BEFORE([$0],[AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])])
-
-# AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL - declare package support for building win32 dll's
-AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL], [AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])])
-
-# AC_ENABLE_SHARED - implement the --enable-shared flag
-# Usage: AC_ENABLE_SHARED[(DEFAULT)]
-#   Where DEFAULT is either `yes' or `no'.  If omitted, it defaults to
-#   `yes'.
-AC_DEFUN([AC_ENABLE_SHARED],
-[define([AC_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT], ifelse($1, no, no, yes))dnl
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(shared,
-changequote(<<, >>)dnl
-<<  --enable-shared[=PKGS]  build shared libraries [default=>>AC_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT],
-changequote([, ])dnl
-[p=${PACKAGE-default}
-case $enableval in
-yes) enable_shared=yes ;;
-no) enable_shared=no ;;
-*)
-  enable_shared=no
-  # Look at the argument we got.  We use all the common list separators.
-  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:,"
-  for pkg in $enableval; do
-    if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then
-      enable_shared=yes
-    fi
-  done
-  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
-  ;;
-esac],
-enable_shared=AC_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT)dnl
-])
-
-# AC_DISABLE_SHARED - set the default shared flag to --disable-shared
-AC_DEFUN([AC_DISABLE_SHARED], [AC_BEFORE([$0],[AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])dnl
-AC_ENABLE_SHARED(no)])
-
-# AC_ENABLE_STATIC - implement the --enable-static flag
-# Usage: AC_ENABLE_STATIC[(DEFAULT)]
-#   Where DEFAULT is either `yes' or `no'.  If omitted, it defaults to
-#   `yes'.
-AC_DEFUN([AC_ENABLE_STATIC],
-[define([AC_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT], ifelse($1, no, no, yes))dnl
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(static,
-changequote(<<, >>)dnl
-<<  --enable-static[=PKGS]  build static libraries [default=>>AC_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT],
-changequote([, ])dnl
-[p=${PACKAGE-default}
-case $enableval in
-yes) enable_static=yes ;;
-no) enable_static=no ;;
-*)
-  enable_static=no
-  # Look at the argument we got.  We use all the common list separators.
-  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:,"
-  for pkg in $enableval; do
-    if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then
-      enable_static=yes
-    fi
-  done
-  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
-  ;;
-esac],
-enable_static=AC_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT)dnl
-])
-
-# AC_DISABLE_STATIC - set the default static flag to --disable-static
-AC_DEFUN([AC_DISABLE_STATIC],
-[AC_BEFORE([$0],[AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])dnl
-AC_ENABLE_STATIC(no)])
-
-
-# AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL - implement the --enable-fast-install flag
-# Usage: AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL[(DEFAULT)]
-#   Where DEFAULT is either `yes' or `no'.  If omitted, it defaults to
-#   `yes'.
-AC_DEFUN([AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL],
-[define([AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL_DEFAULT], ifelse($1, no, no, yes))dnl
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(fast-install,
-changequote(<<, >>)dnl
-<<  --enable-fast-install[=PKGS]  optimize for fast installation [default=>>AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL_DEFAULT],
-changequote([, ])dnl
-[p=${PACKAGE-default}
-case $enableval in
-yes) enable_fast_install=yes ;;
-no) enable_fast_install=no ;;
-*)
-  enable_fast_install=no
-  # Look at the argument we got.  We use all the common list separators.
-  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:,"
-  for pkg in $enableval; do
-    if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then
-      enable_fast_install=yes
-    fi
-  done
-  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
-  ;;
-esac],
-enable_fast_install=AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL_DEFAULT)dnl
-])
-
-# AC_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL - set the default to --disable-fast-install
-AC_DEFUN([AC_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL],
-[AC_BEFORE([$0],[AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])dnl
-AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL(no)])
-
-# AC_LIBTOOL_PICMODE - implement the --with-pic flag
-# Usage: AC_LIBTOOL_PICMODE[(MODE)]
-#   Where MODE is either `yes' or `no'.  If omitted, it defaults to
-#   `both'.
-AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PICMODE],
-[AC_BEFORE([$0],[AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])dnl
-pic_mode=ifelse($#,1,$1,default)])
-
-
-# AC_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX - find a file program which can recognise shared library
-AC_DEFUN([AC_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX],
-[AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $1])
-AC_CACHE_VAL(lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD,
-[case $MAGIC_CMD in
-  /*)
-  lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" # Let the user override the test with a path.
-  ;;
-  ?:/*)
-  lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" # Let the user override the test with a dos path.
-  ;;
-  *)
-  ac_save_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD"
-  IFS="${IFS=   }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=":"
-dnl $ac_dummy forces splitting on constant user-supplied paths.
-dnl POSIX.2 word splitting is done only on the output of word expansions,
-dnl not every word.  This closes a longstanding sh security hole.
-  ac_dummy="ifelse([$2], , $PATH, [$2])"
-  for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do
-    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
-    if test -f $ac_dir/$1; then
-      lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$ac_dir/$1"
-      if test -n "$file_magic_test_file"; then
-	case $deplibs_check_method in
-	"file_magic "*)
-	  file_magic_regex="`expr \"$deplibs_check_method\" : \"file_magic \(.*\)\"`"
-	  MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD"
-	  if eval $file_magic_cmd \$file_magic_test_file 2> /dev/null |
-	    egrep "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then
-	    :
-	  else
-	    cat <<EOF 1>&2
-
-*** Warning: the command libtool uses to detect shared libraries,
-*** $file_magic_cmd, produces output that libtool cannot recognize.
-*** The result is that libtool may fail to recognize shared libraries
-*** as such.  This will affect the creation of libtool libraries that
-*** depend on shared libraries, but programs linked with such libtool
-*** libraries will work regardless of this problem.  Nevertheless, you
-*** may want to report the problem to your system manager and/or to
-*** [email protected]
-
-EOF
-	  fi ;;
-	esac
-      fi
-      break
-    fi
-  done
-  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
-  MAGIC_CMD="$ac_save_MAGIC_CMD"
-  ;;
-esac])
-MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD"
-if test -n "$MAGIC_CMD"; then
-  AC_MSG_RESULT($MAGIC_CMD)
-else
-  AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
-fi
-])
-
-
-# AC_PATH_MAGIC - find a file program which can recognise a shared library
-AC_DEFUN([AC_PATH_MAGIC],
-[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CHECK_TOOL_PREFIX])dnl
-AC_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX(${ac_tool_prefix}file, /usr/bin:$PATH)
-if test -z "$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD"; then
-  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
-    AC_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX(file, /usr/bin:$PATH)
-  else
-    MAGIC_CMD=:
-  fi
-fi
-])
-
-
-# AC_PROG_LD - find the path to the GNU or non-GNU linker
-AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_LD],
-[AC_ARG_WITH(gnu-ld,
-[  --with-gnu-ld           assume the C compiler uses GNU ld [default=no]],
-test "$withval" = no || with_gnu_ld=yes, with_gnu_ld=no)
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_BUILD])dnl
-ac_prog=ld
-if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-  # Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path.
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for ld used by GCC])
-  case $host in
-  *-*-mingw*)
-    # gcc leaves a trailing carriage return which upsets mingw
-    ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5 | tr -d '\015'` ;;
-  *)
-    ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5` ;;
-  esac
-  case $ac_prog in
-    # Accept absolute paths.
-    [[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*)]
-      re_direlt=['/[^/][^/]*/\.\./']
-      # Canonicalize the path of ld
-      ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| sed 's%\\\\%/%g'`
-      while echo $ac_prog | grep "$re_direlt" > /dev/null 2>&1; do
-	ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| sed "s%$re_direlt%/%"`
-      done
-      test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog"
-      ;;
-  "")
-    # If it fails, then pretend we aren't using GCC.
-    ac_prog=ld
-    ;;
-  *)
-    # If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH.
-    with_gnu_ld=unknown
-    ;;
-  esac
-elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for GNU ld])
-else
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for non-GNU ld])
-fi
-AC_CACHE_VAL(lt_cv_path_LD,
-[if test -z "$LD"; then
-  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}${PATH_SEPARATOR-:}"
-  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
-    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
-    if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog" || test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exeext"; then
-      lt_cv_path_LD="$ac_dir/$ac_prog"
-      # Check to see if the program is GNU ld.  I'd rather use --version,
-      # but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v.
-      # Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer.
-      if "$lt_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 < /dev/null | egrep '(GNU|with BFD)' > /dev/null; then
-	test "$with_gnu_ld" != no && break
-      else
-	test "$with_gnu_ld" != yes && break
-      fi
-    fi
-  done
-  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
-else
-  lt_cv_path_LD="$LD" # Let the user override the test with a path.
-fi])
-LD="$lt_cv_path_LD"
-if test -n "$LD"; then
-  AC_MSG_RESULT($LD)
-else
-  AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
-fi
-test -z "$LD" && AC_MSG_ERROR([no acceptable ld found in \$PATH])
-AC_PROG_LD_GNU
-])
-
-AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_LD_GNU],
-[AC_CACHE_CHECK([if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld], lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld,
-[# I'd rather use --version here, but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v.
-if $LD -v 2>&1 </dev/null | egrep '(GNU|with BFD)' 1>&5; then
-  lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=yes
-else
-  lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=no
-fi])
-with_gnu_ld=$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld
-])
-
-# AC_PROG_LD_RELOAD_FLAG - find reload flag for linker
-#   -- PORTME Some linkers may need a different reload flag.
-AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_LD_RELOAD_FLAG],
-[AC_CACHE_CHECK([for $LD option to reload object files], lt_cv_ld_reload_flag,
-[lt_cv_ld_reload_flag='-r'])
-reload_flag=$lt_cv_ld_reload_flag
-test -n "$reload_flag" && reload_flag=" $reload_flag"
-])
-
-# AC_DEPLIBS_CHECK_METHOD - how to check for library dependencies
-#  -- PORTME fill in with the dynamic library characteristics
-AC_DEFUN([AC_DEPLIBS_CHECK_METHOD],
-[AC_CACHE_CHECK([how to recognise dependant libraries],
-lt_cv_deplibs_check_method,
-[lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$MAGIC_CMD'
-lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=
-lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='unknown'
-# Need to set the preceding variable on all platforms that support
-# interlibrary dependencies.
-# 'none' -- dependencies not supported.
-# `unknown' -- same as none, but documents that we really don't know.
-# 'pass_all' -- all dependencies passed with no checks.
-# 'test_compile' -- check by making test program.
-# 'file_magic [regex]' -- check by looking for files in library path
-# which responds to the $file_magic_cmd with a given egrep regex.
-# If you have `file' or equivalent on your system and you're not sure
-# whether `pass_all' will *always* work, you probably want this one.
-
-case $host_os in
-aix*)
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-  ;;
-
-beos*)
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-  ;;
-
-bsdi4*)
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=['file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [ML]SB (shared object|dynamic lib)']
-  lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/usr/bin/file -L'
-  lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/shlib/libc.so
-  ;;
-
-cygwin* | mingw* |pw32*)
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic file format pei*-i386(.*architecture: i386)?'
-  lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$OBJDUMP -f'
-  ;;
-
-darwin* | rhapsody*)
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic Mach-O dynamically linked shared library'
-  lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/usr/bin/file -L'
-  case "$host_os" in
-  rhapsody* | darwin1.[012])
-    lt_cv_file_magic_test_file='/System/Library/Frameworks/System.framework/System'
-    ;;
-  *) # Darwin 1.3 on
-    lt_cv_file_magic_test_file='/usr/lib/libSystem.dylib'
-    ;;
-  esac
-  ;;
-
-freebsd* )
-  if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ > /dev/null; then
-    case $host_cpu in
-    i*86 )
-      # Not sure whether the presence of OpenBSD here was a mistake.
-      # Let's accept both of them until this is cleared up.
-      lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=['file_magic (FreeBSD|OpenBSD)/i[3-9]86 (compact )?demand paged shared library']
-      lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file
-      lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=`echo /usr/lib/libc.so.*`
-      ;;
-    esac
-  else
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-  fi
-  ;;
-
-gnu*)
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-  ;;
-
-hpux10.20*|hpux11*)
-  case $host_cpu in
-  hppa*)
-    [lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[0-9][0-9][0-9]|PA-RISC[0-9].[0-9]) shared library']
-    lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file
-    lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/libc.sl
-    ;;
-  ia64*)
-    [lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[0-9][0-9][0-9]|ELF-[0-9][0-9]) shared object file - IA64']
-    lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file
-    lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/hpux32/libc.so
-    ;;
-  esac
-  ;;
-
-irix5* | irix6*)
-  case $host_os in
-  irix5*)
-    # this will be overridden with pass_all, but let us keep it just in case
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method="file_magic ELF 32-bit MSB dynamic lib MIPS - version 1"
-    ;;
-  *)
-    case $LD in
-    *-32|*"-32 ") libmagic=32-bit;;
-    *-n32|*"-n32 ") libmagic=N32;;
-    *-64|*"-64 ") libmagic=64-bit;;
-    *) libmagic=never-match;;
-    esac
-    # this will be overridden with pass_all, but let us keep it just in case
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=["file_magic ELF ${libmagic} MSB mips-[1234] dynamic lib MIPS - version 1"]
-    ;;
-  esac
-  lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=`echo /lib${libsuff}/libc.so*`
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-  ;;
-
-# This must be Linux ELF.
-linux-gnu*)
-  case $host_cpu in
-  alpha* | hppa* | i*86 | powerpc* | sparc* | ia64* )
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;;
-  *)
-    # glibc up to 2.1.1 does not perform some relocations on ARM
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=['file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [LM]SB (shared object|dynamic lib )'] ;;
-  esac
-  lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=`echo /lib/libc.so* /lib/libc-*.so`
-  ;;
-
-netbsd*)
-  if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ > /dev/null; then
-    [lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/\.]+\.so\.[0-9]+\.[0-9]+$']
-  else
-    [lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/\.]+\.so$']
-  fi
-  ;;
-
-newsos6)
-  [lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [ML]SB (executable|dynamic lib)']
-  lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file
-  lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/libnls.so
-  ;;
-
-osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
-  # this will be overridden with pass_all, but let us keep it just in case
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic COFF format alpha shared library'
-  lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/shlib/libc.so
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-  ;;
-
-sco3.2v5*)
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-  ;;
-
-solaris*)
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-  lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/lib/libc.so
-  ;;
-
-[sysv5uw[78]* | sysv4*uw2*)]
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-  ;;
-
-sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3* | sysv5*)
-  case $host_vendor in
-  ncr)
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-    ;;
-  motorola)
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=['file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [ML]SB (shared object|dynamic lib) M[0-9][0-9]* Version [0-9]']
-    lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=`echo /usr/lib/libc.so*`
-    ;;
-  esac
-  ;;
-esac
-])
-file_magic_cmd=$lt_cv_file_magic_cmd
-deplibs_check_method=$lt_cv_deplibs_check_method
-])
-
-
-# AC_PROG_NM - find the path to a BSD-compatible name lister
-AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_NM],
-[AC_MSG_CHECKING([for BSD-compatible nm])
-AC_CACHE_VAL(lt_cv_path_NM,
-[if test -n "$NM"; then
-  # Let the user override the test.
-  lt_cv_path_NM="$NM"
-else
-  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}${PATH_SEPARATOR-:}"
-  for ac_dir in $PATH /usr/ccs/bin /usr/ucb /bin; do
-    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
-    tmp_nm=$ac_dir/${ac_tool_prefix}nm
-    if test -f $tmp_nm || test -f $tmp_nm$ac_exeext ; then
-      # Check to see if the nm accepts a BSD-compat flag.
-      # Adding the `sed 1q' prevents false positives on HP-UX, which says:
-      #   nm: unknown option "B" ignored
-      # Tru64's nm complains that /dev/null is an invalid object file
-      if ($tmp_nm -B /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'; exit 0) | egrep '(/dev/null|Invalid file or object type)' >/dev/null; then
-	lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm -B"
-	break
-      elif ($tmp_nm -p /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'; exit 0) | egrep /dev/null >/dev/null; then
-	lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm -p"
-	break
-      else
-	lt_cv_path_NM=${lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm"} # keep the first match, but
-	continue # so that we can try to find one that supports BSD flags
-      fi
-    fi
-  done
-  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
-  test -z "$lt_cv_path_NM" && lt_cv_path_NM=nm
-fi])
-NM="$lt_cv_path_NM"
-AC_MSG_RESULT([$NM])
-])
-
-# AC_CHECK_LIBM - check for math library
-AC_DEFUN([AC_CHECK_LIBM],
-[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
-LIBM=
-case $host in
-*-*-beos* | *-*-cygwin* | *-*-pw32*)
-  # These system don't have libm
-  ;;
-*-ncr-sysv4.3*)
-  AC_CHECK_LIB(mw, _mwvalidcheckl, LIBM="-lmw")
-  AC_CHECK_LIB(m, main, LIBM="$LIBM -lm")
-  ;;
-*)
-  AC_CHECK_LIB(m, main, LIBM="-lm")
-  ;;
-esac
-])
-
-# AC_LIBLTDL_CONVENIENCE[(dir)] - sets LIBLTDL to the link flags for
-# the libltdl convenience library and INCLTDL to the include flags for
-# the libltdl header and adds --enable-ltdl-convenience to the
-# configure arguments.  Note that LIBLTDL and INCLTDL are not
-# AC_SUBSTed, nor is AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS called.  If DIR is not
-# provided, it is assumed to be `libltdl'.  LIBLTDL will be prefixed
-# with '${top_builddir}/' and INCLTDL will be prefixed with
-# '${top_srcdir}/' (note the single quotes!).  If your package is not
-# flat and you're not using automake, define top_builddir and
-# top_srcdir appropriately in the Makefiles.
-AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBLTDL_CONVENIENCE],
-[AC_BEFORE([$0],[AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])dnl
-  case $enable_ltdl_convenience in
-  no) AC_MSG_ERROR([this package needs a convenience libltdl]) ;;
-  "") enable_ltdl_convenience=yes
-      ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args --enable-ltdl-convenience" ;;
-  esac
-  LIBLTDL='${top_builddir}/'ifelse($#,1,[$1],['libltdl'])/libltdlc.la
-  INCLTDL='-I${top_srcdir}/'ifelse($#,1,[$1],['libltdl'])
-])
-
-# AC_LIBLTDL_INSTALLABLE[(dir)] - sets LIBLTDL to the link flags for
-# the libltdl installable library and INCLTDL to the include flags for
-# the libltdl header and adds --enable-ltdl-install to the configure
-# arguments.  Note that LIBLTDL and INCLTDL are not AC_SUBSTed, nor is
-# AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS called.  If DIR is not provided and an installed
-# libltdl is not found, it is assumed to be `libltdl'.  LIBLTDL will
-# be prefixed with '${top_builddir}/' and INCLTDL will be prefixed
-# with '${top_srcdir}/' (note the single quotes!).  If your package is
-# not flat and you're not using automake, define top_builddir and
-# top_srcdir appropriately in the Makefiles.
-# In the future, this macro may have to be called after AC_PROG_LIBTOOL.
-AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBLTDL_INSTALLABLE],
-[AC_BEFORE([$0],[AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])dnl
-  AC_CHECK_LIB(ltdl, main,
-  [test x"$enable_ltdl_install" != xyes && enable_ltdl_install=no],
-  [if test x"$enable_ltdl_install" = xno; then
-     AC_MSG_WARN([libltdl not installed, but installation disabled])
-   else
-     enable_ltdl_install=yes
-   fi
-  ])
-  if test x"$enable_ltdl_install" = x"yes"; then
-    ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args --enable-ltdl-install"
-    LIBLTDL='${top_builddir}/'ifelse($#,1,[$1],['libltdl'])/libltdl.la
-    INCLTDL='-I${top_srcdir}/'ifelse($#,1,[$1],['libltdl'])
-  else
-    ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args --enable-ltdl-install=no"
-    LIBLTDL="-lltdl"
-    INCLTDL=
-  fi
-])
-
-# If this macro is not defined by Autoconf, define it here.
-ifdef([AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE],
-      [],
-      [define([AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE],
-              [ifdef([AC_PROVIDE_$1],
-                     [$2], [$3])])])
-
-# AC_LIBTOOL_CXX - enable support for C++ libraries
-AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_CXX], [AC_REQUIRE([_AC_LIBTOOL_CXX])])
-
-AC_DEFUN([_AC_LIBTOOL_CXX],
-[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CXX])
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CXXCPP])
-LIBTOOL_DEPS=$LIBTOOL_DEPS" $ac_aux_dir/ltcf-cxx.sh"
-lt_save_CC="$CC"
-lt_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
-dnl Make sure LTCC is set to the C compiler, i.e. set LTCC before CC
-dnl is set to the C++ compiler.
-AR="$AR" LTCC="$CC" CC="$CXX" CXX="$CXX" CFLAGS="$CXXFLAGS" CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" \
-MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" LD="$LD" LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" LIBS="$LIBS" \
-LN_S="$LN_S" NM="$NM" RANLIB="$RANLIB" STRIP="$STRIP" \
-AS="$AS" DLLTOOL="$DLLTOOL" OBJDUMP="$OBJDUMP" \
-objext="$OBJEXT" exeext="$EXEEXT" reload_flag="$reload_flag" \
-deplibs_check_method="$deplibs_check_method" \
-file_magic_cmd="$file_magic_cmd" \
-${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $ac_aux_dir/ltconfig -o libtool $libtool_flags \
---build="$build" --add-tag=CXX $ac_aux_dir/ltcf-cxx.sh $host \
-|| AC_MSG_ERROR([libtool tag configuration failed])
-CC="$lt_save_CC"
-CFLAGS="$lt_save_CFLAGS"
-
-# Redirect the config.log output again, so that the ltconfig log is not
-# clobbered by the next message.
-exec 5>>./config.log
-])
-
-# AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ - enable support for GCJ libraries
-AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ],[AC_REQUIRE([_AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ])])
-
-AC_DEFUN([_AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ],
-[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_LIBTOOL])
-AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_GCJ],[],
-  [AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([A][M_PROG_GCJ],[],
-    [AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([LT_AC_PROG_GCJ],[],
-      [ifdef([AC_PROG_GCJ],[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_GCJ])],
-         [ifdef([A][M_PROG_GCJ],[AC_REQUIRE([A][M_PROG_GCJ])],
-           [AC_REQUIRE([A][C_PROG_GCJ_OR_A][M_PROG_GCJ])])])])])])
-LIBTOOL_DEPS=$LIBTOOL_DEPS" $ac_aux_dir/ltcf-gcj.sh"
-lt_save_CC="$CC"
-lt_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
-dnl Make sure LTCC is set to the C compiler, i.e. set LTCC before CC
-dnl is set to the C++ compiler.
-AR="$AR" LTCC="$CC" CC="$GCJ" CFLAGS="$GCJFLAGS" CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" \
-MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" LD="$LD" LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" LIBS="$LIBS" \
-LN_S="$LN_S" NM="$NM" RANLIB="$RANLIB" STRIP="$STRIP" \
-AS="$AS" DLLTOOL="$DLLTOOL" OBJDUMP="$OBJDUMP" \
-objext="$OBJEXT" exeext="$EXEEXT" reload_flag="$reload_flag" \
-deplibs_check_method="$deplibs_check_method" \
-file_magic_cmd="$file_magic_cmd" \
-${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $ac_aux_dir/ltconfig -o libtool $libtool_flags \
---build="$build" --add-tag=GCJ $ac_aux_dir/ltcf-gcj.sh $host \
-|| AC_MSG_ERROR([libtool tag configuration failed])
-CC="$lt_save_CC"
-CFLAGS="$lt_save_CFLAGS"
-
-# Redirect the config.log output again, so that the ltconfig log is not
-# clobbered by the next message.
-exec 5>>./config.log
-])
-
-dnl old names
-AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_LIBTOOL],   [AC_PROG_LIBTOOL])
-AC_DEFUN([AM_ENABLE_SHARED],  [AC_ENABLE_SHARED($@)])
-AC_DEFUN([AM_ENABLE_STATIC],  [AC_ENABLE_STATIC($@)])
-AC_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_SHARED], [AC_DISABLE_SHARED($@)])
-AC_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_STATIC], [AC_DISABLE_STATIC($@)])
-AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_LD],        [AC_PROG_LD])
-AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_NM],        [AC_PROG_NM])
-
-dnl This is just to silence aclocal about the macro not being used
-ifelse([AC_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL])dnl
-
-AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_GCJ],
-[AC_CHECK_TOOL(GCJ, gcj, no)
-  test "x${GCJFLAGS+set}" = xset || GCJFLAGS="-g -O2"
-  AC_SUBST(GCJFLAGS)
-])

contrib/binutils/ltcf-c.sh

@@ -1,824 +0,0 @@
-#### This script is meant to be sourced by ltconfig.
-
-# ltcf-c.sh - Create a C compiler specific configuration
-#
-# Copyright (C) 1996-2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# Originally by Gordon Matzigkeit <[email protected]>, 1996
-#
-# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-# (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-#
-# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
-# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
-# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
-# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
-
-
-# Source file extension for C test sources.
-ac_ext=c
-
-# Object file extension for compiled C test sources.
-objext=o
-
-# Code to be used in simple compile tests
-lt_simple_compile_test_code="int some_variable = 0;"
-
-# Code to be used in simple link tests
-lt_simple_link_test_code='main(){return(0);}'
-
-## Linker Characteristics
-case $host_os in
-cygwin* | mingw*)
-  # FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time
-  # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
-  # Microsoft Visual C++.
-  if test "$with_gcc" != yes; then
-    with_gnu_ld=no
-  fi
-  ;;
-
-esac
-
-ld_shlibs=yes
-if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
-  # If archive_cmds runs LD, not CC, wlarc should be empty
-  wlarc='${wl}'
-
-  # See if GNU ld supports shared libraries.
-  case $host_os in
-  aix3* | aix4* | aix5*)
-    # On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken
-    if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then
-      ld_shlibs=no
-      cat <<EOF 1>&2
-
-*** Warning: the GNU linker, at least up to release 2.9.1, is reported
-*** to be unable to reliably create shared libraries on AIX.
-*** Therefore, libtool is disabling shared libraries support.  If you
-*** really care for shared libraries, you may want to modify your PATH
-*** so that a non-GNU linker is found, and then restart.
-
-EOF
-    fi
-    ;;
-
-  amigaos*)
-    archive_cmds='$rm $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)'
-    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
-    hardcode_minus_L=yes
-
-    # Samuel A. Falvo II <[email protected]> reports
-    # that the semantics of dynamic libraries on AmigaOS, at least up
-    # to version 4, is to share data among multiple programs linked
-    # with the same dynamic library.  Since this doesn't match the
-    # behavior of shared libraries on other platforms, we can use
-    # them.
-    ld_shlibs=no
-    ;;
-
-  beos*)
-    if $LD --help 2>&1 | egrep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
-      allow_undefined_flag=unsupported
-      # Joseph Beckenbach <[email protected]> says some releases of gcc
-      # support --undefined.  This deserves some investigation.  FIXME
-      archive_cmds='$CC -nostart $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
-    else
-      ld_shlibs=no
-    fi
-    ;;
-
-  cygwin* | mingw*)
-    # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
-    # no search path for DLLs.
-    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
-    allow_undefined_flag=unsupported
-    always_export_symbols=yes
-
-    extract_expsyms_cmds='test -f $output_objdir/impgen.c || \
-      sed -e "/^# \/\* impgen\.c starts here \*\//,/^# \/\* impgen.c ends here \*\// { s/^# //; p; }" -e d < $0 > $output_objdir/impgen.c~
-      test -f $output_objdir/impgen.exe || (cd $output_objdir && \
-      if test "x$HOST_CC" != "x" ; then $HOST_CC -o impgen impgen.c ; \
-      else $CC -o impgen impgen.c ; fi)~
-      $output_objdir/impgen $dir/$soroot > $output_objdir/$soname-def'
-
-    old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds='$DLLTOOL --as=$AS --dllname $soname --def $output_objdir/$soname-def --output-lib $output_objdir/$newlib'
-
-    # cygwin and mingw dlls have different entry points and sets of symbols
-    # to exclude.
-    # FIXME: what about values for MSVC?
-    dll_entry=__cygwin_dll_entry@12
-    dll_exclude_symbols=DllMain@12,_cygwin_dll_entry@12,_cygwin_noncygwin_dll_entry@12~
-    case $host_os in
-    mingw*)
-      # mingw values
-      dll_entry=_DllMainCRTStartup@12
-      dll_exclude_symbols=DllMain@12,DllMainCRTStartup@12,DllEntryPoint@12~
-      ;;
-    esac
-
-    # mingw and cygwin differ, and it's simplest to just exclude the union
-    # of the two symbol sets.
-    dll_exclude_symbols=DllMain@12,_cygwin_dll_entry@12,_cygwin_noncygwin_dll_entry@12,DllMainCRTStartup@12,DllEntryPoint@12
-
-    # recent cygwin and mingw systems supply a stub DllMain which the user
-    # can override, but on older systems we have to supply one (in ltdll.c)
-    if test "x$lt_cv_need_dllmain" = "xyes"; then
-      ltdll_obj='$output_objdir/$soname-ltdll.'"$objext "
-      ltdll_cmds='test -f $output_objdir/$soname-ltdll.c || sed -e "/^# \/\* ltdll\.c starts here \*\//,/^# \/\* ltdll.c ends here \*\// { s/^# //; p; }" -e d < $0 > $output_objdir/$soname-ltdll.c~
-	test -f $output_objdir/$soname-ltdll.$objext || (cd $output_objdir && $CC -c $soname-ltdll.c)~'
-    else
-      ltdll_obj=
-      ltdll_cmds=
-    fi
-
-    # Extract the symbol export list from an `--export-all' def file,
-    # then regenerate the def file from the symbol export list, so that
-    # the compiled dll only exports the symbol export list.
-    # Be careful not to strip the DATA tag left be newer dlltools.
-    export_symbols_cmds="$ltdll_cmds"'
-      $DLLTOOL --export-all --exclude-symbols '$dll_exclude_symbols' --output-def $output_objdir/$soname-def '$ltdll_obj'$libobjs $convenience~
-      sed -e "1,/EXPORTS/d" -e "s/ @ [0-9]*//" -e "s/ *;.*$//" < $output_objdir/$soname-def > $export_symbols'
-
-    # If the export-symbols file already is a .def file (1st line
-    # is EXPORTS), use it as is.
-    # If DATA tags from a recent dlltool are present, honour them!
-    archive_expsym_cmds='if test "x`head -1 $export_symbols`" = xEXPORTS; then
-        cp $export_symbols $output_objdir/$soname-def;
-      else
-        echo EXPORTS > $output_objdir/$soname-def;
-        _lt_hint=1;
-        cat $export_symbols | while read symbol; do
-         set dummy \$symbol;
-         case \[$]# in
-           2) echo "   \[$]2 @ \$_lt_hint ; " >> $output_objdir/$soname-def;;
-           *) echo "     \[$]2 @ \$_lt_hint \[$]3 ; " >> $output_objdir/$soname-def;;
-         esac;
-         _lt_hint=`expr 1 + \$_lt_hint`;
-        done;
-      fi~
-      '"$ltdll_cmds"'
-      $CC -Wl,--base-file,$output_objdir/$soname-base '$lt_cv_cc_dll_switch' -Wl,-e,'$dll_entry' -o $output_objdir/$soname '$ltdll_obj'$libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~
-      $DLLTOOL --as=$AS --dllname $soname --exclude-symbols '$dll_exclude_symbols' --def $output_objdir/$soname-def --base-file $output_objdir/$soname-base --output-exp $output_objdir/$soname-exp~
-      $CC -Wl,--base-file,$output_objdir/$soname-base $output_objdir/$soname-exp '$lt_cv_cc_dll_switch' -Wl,-e,'$dll_entry' -o $output_objdir/$soname '$ltdll_obj'$libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~
-      $DLLTOOL --as=$AS --dllname $soname --exclude-symbols '$dll_exclude_symbols' --def $output_objdir/$soname-def --base-file $output_objdir/$soname-base --output-exp $output_objdir/$soname-exp --output-lib $output_objdir/$libname.dll.a~
-      $CC $output_objdir/$soname-exp '$lt_cv_cc_dll_switch' -Wl,-e,'$dll_entry' -o $output_objdir/$soname '$ltdll_obj'$libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-    ;;
-
-  darwin* | rhapsody*)
-    allow_undefined_flag='-undefined suppress'
-    archive_cmds='$CC `test .$module = .yes && echo -bundle || echo -dynamiclib` $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linkopts -install_name $rpath/$soname `test -n "$verstring" -a x$verstring != x0.0 && echo $verstring`'
-    # We need to add '_' to the symbols in $export_symbols first
-    #archive_expsym_cmds="$archive_cmds"' && strip -s $export_symbols'
-    hardcode_direct=yes
-    hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-    whole_archive_flag_spec='-all_load $convenience'
-    ;;
-
-  netbsd*)
-    if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null; then
-      archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -o $lib'
-      wlarc=
-    else
-      archive_cmds='$CC -shared -nodefaultlibs $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
-      archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared -nodefaultlibs $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
-    fi
-    ;;
-
-  solaris* | sysv5*)
-    if $LD -v 2>&1 | egrep 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then
-      ld_shlibs=no
-      cat <<EOF 1>&2
-
-*** Warning: The releases 2.8.* of the GNU linker cannot reliably
-*** create shared libraries on Solaris systems.  Therefore, libtool
-*** is disabling shared libraries support.  We urge you to upgrade GNU
-*** binutils to release 2.9.1 or newer.  Another option is to modify
-*** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is
-*** used, and then restart.
-
-EOF
-    elif $LD --help 2>&1 | egrep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
-      archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
-      archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
-    else
-      ld_shlibs=no
-    fi
-    ;;
-
-  sunos4*)
-    archive_cmds='$LD -assert pure-text -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-    wlarc=
-    hardcode_direct=yes
-    hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-    ;;
-
-  *)
-    if $LD --help 2>&1 | egrep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
-      archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
-      archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
-    else
-      ld_shlibs=no
-    fi
-    ;;
-  esac
-
-  if test "$ld_shlibs" = yes; then
-    runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
-    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}--rpath ${wl}$libdir'
-    export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}--export-dynamic'
-    case $host_os in
-    cygwin* | mingw*)
-      # dlltool doesn't understand --whole-archive et. al.
-      whole_archive_flag_spec=
-      ;;
-    *)
-      # ancient GNU ld didn't support --whole-archive et. al.
-      if $LD --help 2>&1 | egrep 'no-whole-archive' > /dev/null; then
-	whole_archive_flag_spec="$wlarc"'--whole-archive$convenience '"$wlarc"'--no-whole-archive'
-      else
-	whole_archive_flag_spec=
-      fi
-      ;;
-    esac
-  fi
-else
-  # PORTME fill in a description of your system's linker (not GNU ld)
-  case $host_os in
-  aix3*)
-    allow_undefined_flag=unsupported
-    always_export_symbols=yes
-    archive_expsym_cmds='$LD -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -bE:$export_symbols -T512 -H512 -bM:SRE~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $output_objdir/$soname'
-    # Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there
-    # are no directories specified by -L.
-    hardcode_minus_L=yes
-    if test "$with_gcc" = yes && test -z "$link_static_flag"; then
-      # Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a
-      # broken collect2.
-      hardcode_direct=unsupported
-    fi
-    ;;
-
-  aix4* | aix5*)
-    hardcode_direct=yes
-    hardcode_libdir_separator=':'
-    link_all_deplibs=yes
-    # When large executables or shared objects are built, AIX ld can
-    # have problems creating the table of contents.  If linking a library
-    # or program results in "error TOC overflow" add -mminimal-toc to
-    # CXXFLAGS/CFLAGS for g++/gcc.  In the cases where that is not
-    # enough to fix the problem, add -Wl,-bbigtoc to LDFLAGS.
-    if test "$with_gcc" = yes; then
-      case $host_os in aix4.[012]|aix4.[012].*)
-      # We only want to do this on AIX 4.2 and lower, the check
-      # below for broken collect2 doesn't work under 4.3+
-        collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2`
-        if test -f "$collect2name" && \
-	   strings "$collect2name" | grep resolve_lib_name >/dev/null
-        then
-	  # We have reworked collect2
-	  hardcode_direct=yes
-        else
-	  # We have old collect2
-	  hardcode_direct=unsupported
-	  # It fails to find uninstalled libraries when the uninstalled
-	  # path is not listed in the libpath.  Setting hardcode_minus_L
-	  # to unsupported forces relinking
-	  hardcode_minus_L=yes
-	  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
-	  hardcode_libdir_separator=
-        fi
-      esac
-      shared_flag='-shared'
-    else
-      # not using gcc
-      if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
-        shared_flag='${wl}-G'
-      else
-        shared_flag='${wl}-bM:SRE'
-      fi
-    fi
-
-    if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
-      # On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't
-      # have to do anything special.
-      aix_use_runtimelinking=no
-      if test $with_gnu_ld = no; then
-        exp_sym_flag='-Bexport'
-        no_entry_flag=""
-      fi
-    else
-      # Test if we are trying to use run time linking, or normal AIX style linking.
-      # If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we need to do run time linking.
-      aix_use_runtimelinking=no
-      for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do
-        if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl" ); then
-          aix_use_runtimelinking=yes
-          break
-        fi
-      done
-      exp_sym_flag='-bexport'
-      no_entry_flag='-bnoentry'
-    fi
-    # -bexpall does not export symbols beginning with underscore (_)
-    always_export_symbols=yes
-    if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
-      # Warning - without using the other run time loading flags (-brtl), -berok will
-      #           link without error, but may produce a broken library.
-      allow_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-berok'
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:/usr/lib:/lib'
-      archive_expsym_cmds="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${allow_undefined_flag} '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag \${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols"
-    else
-      if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
-        if test $with_gnu_ld = no; then
-          hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib'
-          allow_undefined_flag="-z nodefs"
-          archive_expsym_cmds="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}${allow_undefined_flag} '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag \${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols"
-        fi
-      else
-        allow_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-berok'
-        # -bexpall does not export symbols beginning with underscore (_)
-        always_export_symbols=yes
-        # Exported symbols can be pulled into shared objects from archives
-        whole_archive_flag_spec=' '
-        build_libtool_need_lc=yes
-        hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:/usr/lib:/lib'
-        # This is similar to how AIX traditionally builds it's shared libraries.
-        archive_expsym_cmds="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-bE:$export_symbols ${wl}-bnoentry${allow_undefined_flag}~$AR $AR_FLAGS $output_objdir/$libname$release.a $output_objdir/$soname'
-      fi
-    fi
-    ;;
-
-  amigaos*)
-    archive_cmds='$rm $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)'
-    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
-    hardcode_minus_L=yes
-    # see comment about different semantics on the GNU ld section
-    ld_shlibs=no
-    ;;
-
-  cygwin* | mingw*)
-    # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
-    # Microsoft Visual C++.
-    # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
-    # no search path for DLLs.
-    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=' '
-    allow_undefined_flag=unsupported
-    # Tell ltmain to make .lib files, not .a files.
-    libext=lib
-    # FIXME: Setting linknames here is a bad hack.
-    archive_cmds='$CC -o $lib $libobjs $compiler_flags `echo "$deplibs" | sed -e '\''s/ -lc$//'\''` -link -dll~linknames='
-    # The linker will automatically build a .lib file if we build a DLL.
-    old_archive_from_new_cmds='true'
-    # FIXME: Should let the user specify the lib program.
-    old_archive_cmds='lib /OUT:$oldlib$oldobjs$old_deplibs'
-    fix_srcfile_path='`cygpath -w "$srcfile"`'
-    ;;
-
-  freebsd1*)
-    ld_shlibs=no
-    ;;
-
-  # FreeBSD 2.2.[012] allows us to include c++rt0.o to get C++ constructor
-  # support.  Future versions do this automatically, but an explicit c++rt0.o
-  # does not break anything, and helps significantly (at the cost of a little
-  # extra space).
-  freebsd2.2*)
-    archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags /usr/lib/c++rt0.o'
-    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
-    hardcode_direct=yes
-    hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-    ;;
-
-  # Unfortunately, older versions of FreeBSD 2 do not have this feature.
-  freebsd2*)
-    archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-    hardcode_direct=yes
-    hardcode_minus_L=yes
-    hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-    ;;
-
-  # FreeBSD 3 and greater uses gcc -shared to do shared libraries.
-  freebsd*)
-    archive_cmds='$CC -shared -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
-    hardcode_direct=yes
-    hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-    ;;
-
-  hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
-    case "$host_cpu" in
-    ia64*)
-      hardcode_direct=no
-      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-      archive_cmds='$LD -b +h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' ;;
-    *)
-      if test $with_gcc = yes; then
-        case "$host_os" in
-        hpux9*) archive_cmds='$rm $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib' ;;
-        *) archive_cmds='$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' ;;
-        esac
-      else
-        case $host_os in
-        hpux9*) archive_cmds='$rm $output_objdir/$soname~$LD -b +b $install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib' ;;
-        *) archive_cmds='$LD -b +h $soname +b $install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' ;;
-        esac
-      fi
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
-      hardcode_libdir_separator=:
-      hardcode_minus_L=yes # Not in the search PATH, but as the default
-			   # location of the library.
-      ;;
-    esac
-    export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E'
-    hardcode_direct=yes
-    ;;
-
-  irix5* | irix6*)
-    if test "$with_gcc" = yes; then
-      archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
-    else
-      archive_cmds='$LD -shared $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
-    fi
-    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
-    hardcode_libdir_separator=:
-    link_all_deplibs=yes
-    ;;
-
-  netbsd*)
-    if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null; then
-      archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'  # a.out
-    else
-      archive_cmds='$LD -shared -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'      # ELF
-    fi
-    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
-    hardcode_direct=yes
-    hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-    ;;
-
-  newsos6)
-    archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linkopts'
-    hardcode_direct=yes
-    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
-    hardcode_libdir_separator=:
-    hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-    ;;
-
-  openbsd*)
-    archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
-    hardcode_direct=yes
-    hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-    ;;
-
-  os2*)
-    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
-    hardcode_minus_L=yes
-    allow_undefined_flag=unsupported
-    archive_cmds='$echo "LIBRARY $libname INITINSTANCE" > $output_objdir/$libname.def~$echo "DESCRIPTION \"$libname\"" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$echo DATA >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$echo " SINGLE NONSHARED" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$echo EXPORTS >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~emxexp $libobjs >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$CC -Zdll -Zcrtdll -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $output_objdir/$libname.def'
-    old_archive_from_new_cmds='emximp -o $output_objdir/$libname.a $output_objdir/$libname.def'
-    ;;
-
-  osf3*)
-    if test "$with_gcc" = yes; then
-      allow_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*'
-      archive_cmds='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
-    else
-      allow_undefined_flag=' -expect_unresolved \*'
-      archive_cmds='$LD -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
-    fi
-    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
-    hardcode_libdir_separator=:
-    ;;
-
-  osf4* | osf5*)	# as osf3* with the addition of -msym flag
-    if test "$with_gcc" = yes; then
-      allow_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*'
-      archive_cmds='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-msym ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
-    else
-      allow_undefined_flag=' -expect_unresolved \*'
-      archive_cmds='$LD -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -msym -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
-      archive_expsym_cmds='for i in `cat $export_symbols`; do printf "-exported_symbol " >> $lib.exp; echo "\$i" >> $lib.exp; done; echo "-hidden">> $lib.exp~
-      $LD -shared${allow_undefined_flag} -input $lib.exp $linker_flags $libobjs $deplibs -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${objdir}/so_locations -o $lib~$rm $lib.exp'
-
-      # cc supports -rpath directly
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-rpath $libdir'
-    fi
-    hardcode_libdir_separator=:
-    ;;
-
-  sco3.2v5*)
-    archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-    hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-    runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
-    hardcode_runpath_var=yes
-    ;;
-
-  solaris*)
-    no_undefined_flag=' -z defs'
-    if test "$with_gcc" = yes; then
-      archive_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-      archive_expsym_cmds='$echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~$echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
-                  $CC -shared ${wl}-M ${wl}$lib.exp ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~$rm $lib.exp'
-    else
-      archive_cmds='$LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-      archive_expsym_cmds='$echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~$echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
-		  $LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -M $lib.exp -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~$rm $lib.exp'
-    fi
-    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
-    hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-    case $host_os in
-    solaris2.[0-5] | solaris2.[0-5].*) ;;
-    *) # Supported since Solaris 2.6 (maybe 2.5.1?)
-      whole_archive_flag_spec='-z allextract$convenience -z defaultextract' ;;
-    esac
-    link_all_deplibs=yes
-    ;;
-
-  sunos4*)
-    archive_cmds='$LD -assert pure-text -Bstatic -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
-    hardcode_direct=yes
-    hardcode_minus_L=yes
-    hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-    ;;
-
-  sysv4)
-    archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-    runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH'
-    hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-    hardcode_direct=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie
-    ;;
-
-  sysv4.3*)
-    archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-    hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-    export_dynamic_flag_spec='-Bexport'
-    ;;
-
-  sysv5*)
-    no_undefined_flag=' -z text'
-    # $CC -shared without GNU ld will not create a library from C++
-    # object files and a static libstdc++, better avoid it by now
-    archive_cmds='$LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-    archive_expsym_cmds='$echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~$echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
-		$LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -M $lib.exp -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~$rm $lib.exp'
-    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=
-    hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-    runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH'
-    ;;
-
-  uts4*)
-    archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
-    hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-    ;;
-
-  dgux*)
-    archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
-    hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-    ;;
-
-  sysv4*MP*)
-    if test -d /usr/nec; then
-      archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-      runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
-      hardcode_runpath_var=yes
-      ld_shlibs=yes
-    fi
-    ;;
-
-  sysv4.2uw2*)
-    archive_cmds='$LD -G -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-    hardcode_direct=yes
-    hardcode_minus_L=no
-    hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-    hardcode_runpath_var=yes
-    runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
-    ;;
-
-  sysv5uw7* | unixware7*)
-    no_undefined_flag='${wl}-z ${wl}text'
-    if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-      archive_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-    else
-      archive_cmds='$CC -G ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-    fi
-    runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH'
-    hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-    ;;
-
-  *)
-    ld_shlibs=no
-    ;;
-  esac
-fi
-
-## Compiler Characteristics: PIC flags, static flags, etc
-if test "X${ac_cv_prog_cc_pic+set}" = Xset; then
-  :
-else
-  ac_cv_prog_cc_pic=
-  ac_cv_prog_cc_shlib=
-  ac_cv_prog_cc_wl=
-  ac_cv_prog_cc_static=
-  ac_cv_prog_cc_no_builtin=
-  ac_cv_prog_cc_can_build_shared=$can_build_shared
-
-  if test "$with_gcc" = yes; then
-    ac_cv_prog_cc_wl='-Wl,'
-    ac_cv_prog_cc_static='-static'
-
-    case $host_os in
-    aix*)
-      # All AIX code is PIC.
-      if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
-        # AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor
-        lt_cv_prog_cc_static='-Bstatic'
-      else
-        lt_cv_prog_cc_static='-bnso -bI:/lib/syscalls.exp'
-      fi
-      ;;
-    amigaos*)
-      # FIXME: we need at least 68020 code to build shared libraries, but
-      # adding the `-m68020' flag to GCC prevents building anything better,
-      # like `-m68040'.
-      ac_cv_prog_cc_pic='-m68020 -resident32 -malways-restore-a4'
-      ;;
-    beos* | irix5* | irix6* | osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
-      # PIC is the default for these OSes.
-      ;;
-    cygwin* | mingw* | os2*)
-      # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being
-      # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example).
-      ac_cv_prog_cc_pic='-DDLL_EXPORT'
-      ;;
-    darwin* | rhapsody*)
-      # PIC is the default on this platform
-      # Common symbols not allowed in MH_DYLIB files
-      lt_cv_prog_cc_pic='-fno-common'
-      ;;
-    *djgpp*)
-      # DJGPP does not support shared libraries at all
-      ac_cv_prog_cc_pic=
-      ;;
-    sysv4*MP*)
-      if test -d /usr/nec; then
-	 ac_cv_prog_cc_pic=-Kconform_pic
-      fi
-      ;;
-    *)
-      ac_cv_prog_cc_pic='-fPIC'
-      ;;
-    esac
-  else
-    # PORTME Check for PIC flags for the system compiler.
-    case $host_os in
-    aix*)
-     # All AIX code is PIC.
-      ac_cv_prog_cc_static="$ac_cv_prog_cc_static ${ac_cv_prog_cc_wl}-lC"
-      ;;
-
-    hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
-      # Is there a better ac_cv_prog_cc_static that works with the bundled CC?
-      ac_cv_prog_cc_wl='-Wl,'
-      ac_cv_prog_cc_static="${ac_cv_prog_cc_wl}-a ${ac_cv_prog_cc_wl}archive"
-      ac_cv_prog_cc_pic='+Z'
-      ;;
-
-    irix5* | irix6*)
-      ac_cv_prog_cc_wl='-Wl,'
-      ac_cv_prog_cc_static='-non_shared'
-      # PIC (with -KPIC) is the default.
-      ;;
-
-    cygwin* | mingw* | os2*)
-      # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being
-      # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example).
-      ac_cv_prog_cc_pic='-DDLL_EXPORT'
-      ;;
-
-    newsos6)
-      ac_cv_prog_cc_pic='-KPIC'
-      ac_cv_prog_cc_static='-Bstatic'
-      ;;
-
-    osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
-      # All OSF/1 code is PIC.
-      ac_cv_prog_cc_wl='-Wl,'
-      ac_cv_prog_cc_static='-non_shared'
-      ;;
-
-    sco3.2v5*)
-      ac_cv_prog_cc_pic='-Kpic'
-      ac_cv_prog_cc_static='-dn'
-      ac_cv_prog_cc_shlib='-belf'
-      ;;
-
-    solaris*)
-      ac_cv_prog_cc_pic='-KPIC'
-      ac_cv_prog_cc_static='-Bstatic'
-      ac_cv_prog_cc_wl='-Wl,'
-      ;;
-
-    sunos4*)
-      ac_cv_prog_cc_pic='-PIC'
-      ac_cv_prog_cc_static='-Bstatic'
-      ac_cv_prog_cc_wl='-Qoption ld '
-      ;;
-
-    sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3* | sysv5*)
-      ac_cv_prog_cc_pic='-KPIC'
-      ac_cv_prog_cc_static='-Bstatic'
-      ac_cv_prog_cc_wl='-Wl,'
-      ;;
-
-    uts4*)
-      ac_cv_prog_cc_pic='-pic'
-      ac_cv_prog_cc_static='-Bstatic'
-      ;;
-
-    sysv4*MP*)
-      if test -d /usr/nec ;then
-	ac_cv_prog_cc_pic='-Kconform_pic'
-	ac_cv_prog_cc_static='-Bstatic'
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    *)
-      ac_cv_prog_cc_can_build_shared=no
-      ;;
-    esac
-  fi
-  case "$host_os" in
-      # Platforms which do not suport PIC and -DPIC is meaningless
-      # on them:
-      *djgpp*)
-        ac_cv_prog_cc_pic=
-        ;;
-      *)
-        ac_cv_prog_cc_pic="$ac_cv_prog_cc_pic -DPIC"
-        ;;
-  esac
-fi
-
-need_lc=yes
-if test "$enable_shared" = yes && test "$with_gcc" = yes; then
-  case $archive_cmds in
-  *'~'*)
-    # FIXME: we may have to deal with multi-command sequences.
-    ;;
-  '$CC '*)
-    # Test whether the compiler implicitly links with -lc since on some
-    # systems, -lgcc has to come before -lc. If gcc already passes -lc
-    # to ld, don't add -lc before -lgcc.
-    echo $ac_n "checking whether -lc should be explicitly linked in... $ac_c" 1>&6
-    if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_archive_cmds_needs_lc'+set}'`\" = set"; then
-      echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
-      need_lc=$ac_cv_archive_cmds_needs_lc
-    else
-      $rm conftest*
-      echo "static int dummy;" > conftest.$ac_ext
-      if { (eval echo ltcf-c.sh:need_lc: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.err; }; then
-	# Append any warnings to the config.log.
-	cat conftest.err 1>&5
-	soname=conftest
-	lib=conftest
-	libobjs=conftest.$objext
-	deplibs=
-	wl=$ac_cv_prog_cc_wl
-	compiler_flags=-v
-	linker_flags=-v
-	verstring=
-	output_objdir=.
-	libname=conftest
-	save_allow_undefined_flag=$allow_undefined_flag
-	allow_undefined_flag=
-	if { (eval echo ltcf-c.sh:need_lc: \"$archive_cmds\") 1>&5; (eval $archive_cmds) 2>&1 | grep " -lc " 1>&5 ; }; then
-	  need_lc=no
-	fi
-	allow_undefined_flag=$save_allow_undefined_flag
-      else
-	cat conftest.err 1>&5
-      fi
-    fi
-    $rm conftest*
-    echo "$ac_t$need_lc" 1>&6
-    ;;
-  esac
-fi
-ac_cv_archive_cmds_needs_lc=$need_lc

contrib/binutils/ltcf-gcj.sh

@@ -1,651 +0,0 @@
-#### This script is meant to be sourced by ltconfig.
-
-# ltcf-gcj.sh - Create a GCJ compiler specific configuration
-#
-# Copyright (C) 1996-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# Originally by Gordon Matzigkeit <[email protected]>, 1996
-#
-# Original GCJ support by:
-#    Alexandre Oliva <[email protected]>
-#
-# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-# (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-#
-# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
-# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
-# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
-# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
-
-
-# Source file extension for Java test sources.
-ac_ext=java
-
-# Object file extension for compiled Java test sources.
-objext=o
-
-# Code to be used in simple compile tests
-lt_simple_compile_test_code="class foo {}"
-
-# Code to be used in simple link tests
-lt_simple_link_test_code='public class conftest { public static void main(String[] argv) {}; }'
-
-## Linker Characteristics
-case $host_os in
-cygwin* | mingw*)
-  # FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time
-  # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
-  # Microsoft Visual C++.
-  if test "$with_gcc" != yes; then
-    with_gnu_ld=no
-  fi
-  ;;
-
-esac
-
-ld_shlibs=yes
-if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
-  # If archive_cmds runs LD, not CC, wlarc should be empty
-  wlarc='${wl}'
-
-  # See if GNU ld supports shared libraries.
-  case $host_os in
-  aix3* | aix4* | aix5*)
-    # On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken
-    if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then
-      ld_shlibs=no
-      cat <<EOF 1>&2
-
-*** Warning: the GNU linker, at least up to release 2.9.1, is reported
-*** to be unable to reliably create shared libraries on AIX.
-*** Therefore, libtool is disabling shared libraries support.  If you
-*** really care for shared libraries, you may want to modify your PATH
-*** so that a non-GNU linker is found, and then restart.
-
-EOF
-    fi
-    ;;
-
-  amigaos*)
-    archive_cmds='$rm $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)'
-    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
-    hardcode_minus_L=yes
-
-    # Samuel A. Falvo II <[email protected]> reports
-    # that the semantics of dynamic libraries on AmigaOS, at least up
-    # to version 4, is to share data among multiple programs linked
-    # with the same dynamic library.  Since this doesn't match the
-    # behavior of shared libraries on other platforms, we can use
-    # them.
-    ld_shlibs=no
-    ;;
-
-  beos*)
-    if $LD --help 2>&1 | egrep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
-      allow_undefined_flag=unsupported
-      # Joseph Beckenbach <[email protected]> says some releases of gcc
-      # support --undefined.  This deserves some investigation.  FIXME
-      archive_cmds='$CC -nostart $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
-    else
-      ld_shlibs=no
-    fi
-    ;;
-
-  cygwin* | mingw*)
-    # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
-    # no search path for DLLs.
-    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
-    allow_undefined_flag=unsupported
-    always_export_symbols=yes
-
-    extract_expsyms_cmds='test -f $output_objdir/impgen.c || \
-      sed -e "/^# \/\* impgen\.c starts here \*\//,/^# \/\* impgen.c ends here \*\// { s/^# //; p; }" -e d < $0 > $output_objdir/impgen.c~
-      test -f $output_objdir/impgen.exe || (cd $output_objdir && \
-      if test "x$HOST_CC" != "x" ; then $HOST_CC -o impgen impgen.c ; \
-      else $CC -o impgen impgen.c ; fi)~
-      $output_objdir/impgen $dir/$soroot > $output_objdir/$soname-def'
-
-    old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds='$DLLTOOL --as=$AS --dllname $soname --def $output_objdir/$soname-def --output-lib $output_objdir/$newlib'
-
-    # cygwin and mingw dlls have different entry points and sets of symbols
-    # to exclude.
-    # FIXME: what about values for MSVC?
-    dll_entry=__cygwin_dll_entry@12
-    dll_exclude_symbols=DllMain@12,_cygwin_dll_entry@12,_cygwin_noncygwin_dll_entry@12~
-    case $host_os in
-    mingw*)
-      # mingw values
-      dll_entry=_DllMainCRTStartup@12
-      dll_exclude_symbols=DllMain@12,DllMainCRTStartup@12,DllEntryPoint@12~
-      ;;
-    esac
-
-    # mingw and cygwin differ, and it's simplest to just exclude the union
-    # of the two symbol sets.
-    dll_exclude_symbols=DllMain@12,_cygwin_dll_entry@12,_cygwin_noncygwin_dll_entry@12,DllMainCRTStartup@12,DllEntryPoint@12
-
-    # recent cygwin and mingw systems supply a stub DllMain which the user
-    # can override, but on older systems we have to supply one (in ltdll.c)
-    if test "x$lt_cv_need_dllmain" = "xyes"; then
-      ltdll_obj='$output_objdir/$soname-ltdll.'"$objext "
-      ltdll_cmds='test -f $output_objdir/$soname-ltdll.c || sed -e "/^# \/\* ltdll\.c starts here \*\//,/^# \/\* ltdll.c ends here \*\// { s/^# //; p; }" -e d < $0 > $output_objdir/$soname-ltdll.c~
-	test -f $output_objdir/$soname-ltdll.$objext || (cd $output_objdir && $CC -c $soname-ltdll.c)~'
-    else
-      ltdll_obj=
-      ltdll_cmds=
-    fi
-
-    # Extract the symbol export list from an `--export-all' def file,
-    # then regenerate the def file from the symbol export list, so that
-    # the compiled dll only exports the symbol export list.
-    # Be careful not to strip the DATA tag left be newer dlltools.
-    export_symbols_cmds="$ltdll_cmds"'
-      $DLLTOOL --export-all --exclude-symbols '$dll_exclude_symbols' --output-def $output_objdir/$soname-def '$ltdll_obj'$libobjs $convenience~
-      sed -e "1,/EXPORTS/d" -e "s/ @ [0-9]*//" -e "s/ *;.*$//" < $output_objdir/$soname-def > $export_symbols'
-
-    # If the export-symbols file already is a .def file (1st line
-    # is EXPORTS), use it as is.
-    # If DATA tags from a recent dlltool are present, honour them!
-    archive_expsym_cmds='if test "x`head -1 $export_symbols`" = xEXPORTS; then
-        cp $export_symbols $output_objdir/$soname-def;
-      else
-        echo EXPORTS > $output_objdir/$soname-def;
-        _lt_hint=1;
-        cat $export_symbols | while read symbol; do
-         set dummy \$symbol;
-         case \[$]# in
-           2) echo "   \[$]2 @ \$_lt_hint ; " >> $output_objdir/$soname-def;;
-           *) echo "     \[$]2 @ \$_lt_hint \[$]3 ; " >> $output_objdir/$soname-def;;
-         esac;
-         _lt_hint=`expr 1 + \$_lt_hint`;
-        done;
-      fi~
-      '"$ltdll_cmds"'
-      $CC -Wl,--base-file,$output_objdir/$soname-base '$lt_cv_cc_dll_switch' -Wl,-e,'$dll_entry' -o $output_objdir/$soname '$ltdll_obj'$libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~
-      $DLLTOOL --as=$AS --dllname $soname --exclude-symbols '$dll_exclude_symbols' --def $output_objdir/$soname-def --base-file $output_objdir/$soname-base --output-exp $output_objdir/$soname-exp~
-      $CC -Wl,--base-file,$output_objdir/$soname-base $output_objdir/$soname-exp '$lt_cv_cc_dll_switch' -Wl,-e,'$dll_entry' -o $output_objdir/$soname '$ltdll_obj'$libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~
-      $DLLTOOL --as=$AS --dllname $soname --exclude-symbols '$dll_exclude_symbols' --def $output_objdir/$soname-def --base-file $output_objdir/$soname-base --output-exp $output_objdir/$soname-exp --output-lib $output_objdir/$libname.dll.a~
-      $CC $output_objdir/$soname-exp '$lt_cv_cc_dll_switch' -Wl,-e,'$dll_entry' -o $output_objdir/$soname '$ltdll_obj'$libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-    ;;
-
-  netbsd*)
-    if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null; then
-      archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -o $lib'
-      wlarc=
-    else
-      archive_cmds='$CC -shared -nodefaultlibs $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
-      archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared -nodefaultlibs $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
-    fi
-    ;;
-
-  solaris* | sysv5*)
-    if $LD -v 2>&1 | egrep 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then
-      ld_shlibs=no
-      cat <<EOF 1>&2
-
-*** Warning: The releases 2.8.* of the GNU linker cannot reliably
-*** create shared libraries on Solaris systems.  Therefore, libtool
-*** is disabling shared libraries support.  We urge you to upgrade GNU
-*** binutils to release 2.9.1 or newer.  Another option is to modify
-*** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is
-*** used, and then restart.
-
-EOF
-    elif $LD --help 2>&1 | egrep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
-      archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
-      archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
-    else
-      ld_shlibs=no
-    fi
-    ;;
-
-  sunos4*)
-    archive_cmds='$LD -assert pure-text -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-    wlarc=
-    hardcode_direct=yes
-    hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-    ;;
-
-  *)
-    if $LD --help 2>&1 | egrep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
-      archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
-      archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
-    else
-      ld_shlibs=no
-    fi
-    ;;
-  esac
-
-  if test "$ld_shlibs" = yes; then
-    runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
-    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}--rpath ${wl}$libdir'
-    export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}--export-dynamic'
-    case $host_os in
-    cygwin* | mingw*)
-      # dlltool doesn't understand --whole-archive et. al.
-      whole_archive_flag_spec=
-      ;;
-    *)
-      # ancient GNU ld didn't support --whole-archive et. al.
-      if $LD --help 2>&1 | egrep 'no-whole-archive' > /dev/null; then
-	whole_archive_flag_spec="$wlarc"'--whole-archive$convenience '"$wlarc"'--no-whole-archive'
-      else
-	whole_archive_flag_spec=
-      fi
-      ;;
-    esac
-  fi
-else
-  # PORTME fill in a description of your system's linker (not GNU ld)
-  case $host_os in
-  aix3*)
-    allow_undefined_flag=unsupported
-    always_export_symbols=yes
-    archive_expsym_cmds='$LD -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -bE:$export_symbols -T512 -H512 -bM:SRE~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $output_objdir/$soname'
-    # Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there
-    # are no directories specified by -L.
-    hardcode_minus_L=yes
-    if test "$with_gcc" = yes && test -z "$link_static_flag"; then
-      # Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a
-      # broken collect2.
-      hardcode_direct=unsupported
-    fi
-    ;;
-
-  aix4* | aix5*)
-    hardcode_direct=yes
-    hardcode_libdir_separator=':'
-    link_all_deplibs=yes
-    # When large executables or shared objects are built, AIX ld can
-    # have problems creating the table of contents.  If linking a library
-    # or program results in "error TOC overflow" add -mminimal-toc to
-    # CXXFLAGS/CFLAGS for g++/gcc.  In the cases where that is not
-    # enough to fix the problem, add -Wl,-bbigtoc to LDFLAGS.
-    if test "$with_gcc" = yes; then
-      case $host_os in aix4.[012]|aix4.[012].*)
-      # We only want to do this on AIX 4.2 and lower, the check
-      # below for broken collect2 doesn't work under 4.3+
-        collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2`
-        if test -f "$collect2name" && \
-	   strings "$collect2name" | grep resolve_lib_name >/dev/null
-        then
-	  # We have reworked collect2
-	  hardcode_direct=yes
-        else
-	  # We have old collect2
-	  hardcode_direct=unsupported
-	  # It fails to find uninstalled libraries when the uninstalled
-	  # path is not listed in the libpath.  Setting hardcode_minus_L
-	  # to unsupported forces relinking
-	  hardcode_minus_L=yes
-	  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
-	  hardcode_libdir_separator=
-        fi
-      esac
-      shared_flag='-shared'
-    else
-      # not using gcc
-      if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
-        shared_flag='${wl}-G'
-      else
-        shared_flag='${wl}-bM:SRE'
-      fi
-    fi
-
-    if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
-      # On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't
-      # have to do anything special.
-      aix_use_runtimelinking=no
-      if test $with_gnu_ld = no; then
-        exp_sym_flag='-Bexport'
-        no_entry_flag=""
-      fi
-    else
-      # Test if we are trying to use run time linking, or normal AIX style linking.
-      # If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we need to do run time linking.
-      aix_use_runtimelinking=no
-      for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do
-        if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl" ); then
-          aix_use_runtimelinking=yes
-          break
-        fi
-      done
-      exp_sym_flag='-bexport'
-      no_entry_flag='-bnoentry'
-    fi
-    # -bexpall does not export symbols beginning with underscore (_)
-    always_export_symbols=yes
-    if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
-      # Warning - without using the other run time loading flags (-brtl), -berok will
-      #           link without error, but may produce a broken library.
-      allow_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-berok'
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:/usr/lib:/lib'
-      archive_expsym_cmds="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${allow_undefined_flag} '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag \${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols"
-    else
-      if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
-        if test $with_gnu_ld = no; then
-          hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib'
-          allow_undefined_flag="-z nodefs"
-          archive_expsym_cmds="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}${allow_undefined_flag} '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag \${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols"
-        fi
-      else
-        allow_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-berok'
-        # -bexpall does not export symbols beginning with underscore (_)
-        always_export_symbols=yes
-        # Exported symbols can be pulled into shared objects from archives
-        whole_archive_flag_spec=' '
-        build_libtool_need_lc=yes
-        hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:/usr/lib:/lib'
-        # This is similar to how AIX traditionally builds it's shared libraries.
-        archive_expsym_cmds="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-bE:$export_symbols ${wl}-bnoentry${allow_undefined_flag}~$AR $AR_FLAGS $output_objdir/$libname$release.a $output_objdir/$soname'
-      fi
-    fi
-  ;;
-
-  amigaos*)
-    archive_cmds='$rm $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)'
-    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
-    hardcode_minus_L=yes
-    # see comment about different semantics on the GNU ld section
-    ld_shlibs=no
-    ;;
-
-  cygwin* | mingw*)
-    # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
-    # Microsoft Visual C++.
-    # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
-    # no search path for DLLs.
-    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=' '
-    allow_undefined_flag=unsupported
-    # Tell ltmain to make .lib files, not .a files.
-    libext=lib
-    # FIXME: Setting linknames here is a bad hack.
-    archive_cmds='$CC -o $lib $libobjs $compiler_flags `echo "$deplibs" | sed -e '\''s/ -lc$//'\''` -link -dll~linknames='
-    # The linker will automatically build a .lib file if we build a DLL.
-    old_archive_from_new_cmds='true'
-    # FIXME: Should let the user specify the lib program.
-    old_archive_cmds='lib /OUT:$oldlib$oldobjs$old_deplibs'
-    fix_srcfile_path='`cygpath -w "$srcfile"`'
-    ;;
-
-  freebsd1*)
-    ld_shlibs=no
-    ;;
-
-  # FreeBSD 2.2.[012] allows us to include c++rt0.o to get C++ constructor
-  # support.  Future versions do this automatically, but an explicit c++rt0.o
-  # does not break anything, and helps significantly (at the cost of a little
-  # extra space).
-  freebsd2.2*)
-    archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags /usr/lib/c++rt0.o'
-    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
-    hardcode_direct=yes
-    hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-    ;;
-
-  # Unfortunately, older versions of FreeBSD 2 do not have this feature.
-  freebsd2*)
-    archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-    hardcode_direct=yes
-    hardcode_minus_L=yes
-    hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-    ;;
-
-  # FreeBSD 3 and greater uses gcc -shared to do shared libraries.
-  freebsd*)
-    archive_cmds='$CC -shared -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
-    hardcode_direct=yes
-    hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-    ;;
-
-  hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
-    case $host_os in
-    hpux9*) archive_cmds='$rm $output_objdir/$soname~$LD -b +b $install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib' ;;
-    *) archive_cmds='$LD -b +h $soname +b $install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' ;;
-    esac
-    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
-    hardcode_libdir_separator=:
-    hardcode_direct=yes
-    hardcode_minus_L=yes # Not in the search PATH, but as the default
-			 # location of the library.
-    export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E'
-    ;;
-
-  irix5* | irix6*)
-    if test "$with_gcc" = yes; then
-      archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
-    else
-      archive_cmds='$LD -shared $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
-    fi
-    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
-    hardcode_libdir_separator=:
-    link_all_deplibs=yes
-    ;;
-
-  netbsd*)
-    if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null; then
-      archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'  # a.out
-    else
-      archive_cmds='$LD -shared -nodefaultlibs -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'      # ELF
-    fi
-    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-R$libdir'
-    hardcode_direct=yes
-    hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-    ;;
-
-  openbsd*)
-    archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
-    hardcode_direct=yes
-    hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-    ;;
-
-  os2*)
-    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
-    hardcode_minus_L=yes
-    allow_undefined_flag=unsupported
-    archive_cmds='$echo "LIBRARY $libname INITINSTANCE" > $output_objdir/$libname.def~$echo "DESCRIPTION \"$libname\"" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$echo DATA >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$echo " SINGLE NONSHARED" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$echo EXPORTS >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~emxexp $libobjs >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$CC -Zdll -Zcrtdll -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $output_objdir/$libname.def'
-    old_archive_from_new_cmds='emximp -o $output_objdir/$libname.a $output_objdir/$libname.def'
-    ;;
-
-  osf3*)
-    if test "$with_gcc" = yes; then
-      allow_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*'
-      archive_cmds='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
-    else
-      allow_undefined_flag=' -expect_unresolved \*'
-      archive_cmds='$LD -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
-    fi
-    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
-    hardcode_libdir_separator=:
-    ;;
-
-  osf4* | osf5*)	# as osf3* with the addition of -msym flag
-    if test "$with_gcc" = yes; then
-      allow_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*'
-      archive_cmds='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-msym ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
-    else
-      allow_undefined_flag=' -expect_unresolved \*'
-      archive_cmds='$LD -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -msym -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
-    fi
-    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
-    hardcode_libdir_separator=:
-    ;;
-
-  sco3.2v5*)
-    archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-    hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-    runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
-    hardcode_runpath_var=yes
-    ;;
-
-  solaris*)
-    no_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-z ${wl}defs'
-    archive_cmds='$CC -shared -nostdlib $LDFLAGS $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $linker_flags ${wl}-h $wl$soname -o $lib'
-    archive_expsym_cmds='$echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~$echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
-      $CC -shared -nostdlib ${wl}-M $wl$lib.exp -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $linker_flags~$rm $lib.exp'
-
-    # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
-    # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
-    # linking a shared library.
-    output_verbose_link_cmds="$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | egrep \"\-L\""
-
-    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-R $wl$libdir'
-    hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-    case $host_os in
-    solaris2.[0-5] | solaris2.[0-5].*) ;;
-    *) # Supported since Solaris 2.6 (maybe 2.5.1?)
-      whole_archive_flag_spec='${wl}-z ${wl}allextract$convenience ${wl}-z ${wl}defaultextract' ;;
-    esac
-    link_all_deplibs=yes
-    ;;
-
-  sunos4*)
-    archive_cmds='$LD -assert pure-text -Bstatic -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
-    hardcode_direct=yes
-    hardcode_minus_L=yes
-    hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-    ;;
-
-  sysv4)
-    archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-    runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH'
-    hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-    hardcode_direct=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie
-    ;;
-
-  sysv4.3*)
-    archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-    hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-    export_dynamic_flag_spec='-Bexport'
-    ;;
-
-  sysv5*)
-    no_undefined_flag=' -z text'
-    # $CC -shared without GNU ld will not create a library from C++
-    # object files and a static libstdc++, better avoid it by now
-    archive_cmds='$LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-    archive_expsym_cmds='$echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~$echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
-		$LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -M $lib.exp -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~$rm $lib.exp'
-    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=
-    hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-    runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH'
-    ;;
-
-  uts4*)
-    archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
-    hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-    ;;
-
-  dgux*)
-    archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
-    hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-    ;;
-
-  sysv4*MP*)
-    if test -d /usr/nec; then
-      archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-      runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
-      hardcode_runpath_var=yes
-      ld_shlibs=yes
-    fi
-    ;;
-
-  sysv4.2uw2*)
-    archive_cmds='$LD -G -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-    hardcode_direct=yes
-    hardcode_minus_L=no
-    hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-    hardcode_runpath_var=yes
-    runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
-    ;;
-
-  sysv5uw7* | unixware7*)
-    no_undefined_flag='${wl}-z ${wl}text'
-    if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-      archive_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-    else
-      archive_cmds='$CC -G ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-    fi
-    runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH'
-    hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-    ;;
-
-  *)
-    ld_shlibs=no
-    ;;
-  esac
-fi
-
-## Compiler Characteristics: PIC flags, static flags, etc
-
-# We don't use cached values here since only the C compiler
-# characteristics should be cached.
-  ac_cv_prog_cc_pic=
-  ac_cv_prog_cc_shlib=
-  ac_cv_prog_cc_wl=
-  ac_cv_prog_cc_static=
-  ac_cv_prog_cc_no_builtin=
-  ac_cv_prog_cc_can_build_shared=$can_build_shared
-
-    ac_cv_prog_cc_wl='-Wl,'
-    ac_cv_prog_cc_static='-static'
-
-    case $host_os in
-    beos* | irix5* | irix6* | osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
-      # PIC is the default for these OSes.
-      ;;
-    aix*)
-      # Below there is a dirty hack to force normal static linking with -ldl
-      # The problem is because libdl dynamically linked with both libc and
-      # libC (AIX C++ library), which obviously doesn't included in libraries
-      # list by gcc. This cause undefined symbols with -static flags.
-      # This hack allows C programs to be linked with "-static -ldl", but
-      # we not sure about C++ programs.
-      ac_cv_prog_cc_static="$ac_cv_prog_cc_static ${ac_cv_prog_cc_wl}-lC"
-      ;;
-    *djgpp*)
-      # DJGPP does not suppot shared libraries at all
-      ac_cv_prog_cc_pic=
-      ;;
-    cygwin* | mingw* | os2*)
-      # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being
-      # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example).
-      ac_cv_prog_cc_pic='-DDLL_EXPORT'
-      ;;
-    amigaos*)
-      # FIXME: we need at least 68020 code to build shared libraries, but
-      # adding the `-m68020' flag to GCC prevents building anything better,
-      # like `-m68040'.
-      ac_cv_prog_cc_pic='-m68020 -resident32 -malways-restore-a4'
-      ;;
-    sysv4*MP*)
-      if test -d /usr/nec; then
-	 ac_cv_prog_cc_pic=-Kconform_pic
-      fi
-      ;;
-    *)
-      ac_cv_prog_cc_pic='-fPIC'
-      ;;
-    esac
-
-# GCJ did not exist at the time GCC didn't implicitly link libc in.
-need_lc=no
-
-# All existing releases of GCJ support `-c -o'.
-lt_cv_compiler_c_o=yes

contrib/file/Magdir/citrus

@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# citrus locale declaration
-#
-
-0	string		RuneCT		Citrus locale declaration for LC_CTYPE
-

contrib/file/Magdir/natinst

@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-
-#-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# natinst:  file(1) magic for National Instruments Code Files
-
-#
-# From <[email protected]> Enrique Gámez-Flores
-# version 1
-# Many formats still missing, we use, for the moment LabVIEW
-# We guess VXI format file. VISA, LabWindowsCVI, BridgeVIEW, etc, are missing
-#
-0       string          RSRC            National Instruments,
-# Check if it's a LabVIEW File
->8      string          LV              LabVIEW File,
-# Check wich kind of file is
->>10    string          SB              Code Resource File, data
->>10    string          IN              Virtual Instrument Program, data
->>10    string          AR              VI Library, data
-# This is for Menu Libraries
->8      string          LMNULBVW        Portable File Names, data
-# This is for General Resources
->8      string          rsc             Resources File, data
-# This is for VXI Package
-0       string          VMAP            National Instruments, VXI File, data

contrib/gcc/ChangeLog

@@ -1,169 +1,3 @@
-2001-10-02  Zack Weinberg  <[email protected]>
-
-	* gcc.c (main): Set this_file_error if the appropriate
-	compiler for a language has not been installed.
-
-2001-09-17  Philip Blundell  <[email protected]>
-
-	* cccp.c (print_help): Fix typos.
-
-2001-08-29  David O'Brien  <[email protected]>
-
-	* config/alpha/crtbegin.asm: The normal calling convention for alpha is
-	to re-initialize gp using 'ldgp gp,0(ra)' after a jsr instruction.
-
-2001-06-19  Bernd Schmidt  <[email protected]>
-
-	* regmove.c (optimize_reg_copy_3): Do nothing if previous insn
-	carries a REG_EQUIV note.  If it carries REG_EQUAL, delete the
-	note.
-
-2001-05-22  Bernd Schmidt  <[email protected]>
-
-	* sparc.md (movsf, movdf): Allow constant to integer reg moves.
-	(movsf, movdf splitters): Always split if there's an alignment
-	problem.
-
-2001-05-22  David Edelsohn  <[email protected]>
-
-	* rs6000.md (movsfcc,movdfcc): Remove NE case.
-
-2001-05-17  Bernd Schmidt  <[email protected]>
-
-	* function.c: Small formatting change to prevent compilation errors
-	on broken hpux systems.
-
-	* expr.c (protect_from_queue): Protect against subsequent calls to
-	emit_queue.
-	(expand_expr, case ADDR_EXPR): Prevent protect_from_queue from being
-	too clever.
-
-2001-04-06  Bernd Schmidt  <[email protected]>
-
-	2000-10-17  Franz Sirl  <[email protected]>
-	* function.c (locate_and_pad_parm): Don't align stack unconditionally.
-
-	Thu Oct 28 10:20:02 1999  Geoffrey Keating  <[email protected]>
-	* config/rs6000/rs6000.md (movsf): Don't convert a SUBREG
-	of the function return register into a plain REG until
-	after function inlining is done.
-
-2001-04-04  Bernd Schmidt  <[email protected]>
-
-	Fri Nov  5 10:07:25 1999  Nick Clifton  <[email protected]>
-	* function.c (is_addressof): New function.  Returns true if
-	the given piece of RTL is an ADDRESSOF.
-	(purge_addressof_1): Make boolean.  Return false if the
-	ADDRESSOFs could not be purged.
-	(purge_addressof): If ADDRESSOFs could not be purged from the
-	notes attached to an insn, remove the offending note(s),
-	unless they are attached to a libcall.
-
-2001-04-03  Bernd Schmidt  <[email protected]>
-
-	2001-03-16  Jakub Jelinek  <[email protected]>
-	* crtstuff.c (init_dummy): Use CRT_END_INIT_DUMMY if defined.
-	Remove ia32 linux PIC kludge and move it...
-	* config/i386/linux.h (CRT_END_INIT_DUMMY): ...here.
-
-	* loop.c (combine_movables): Restrict combinations of constants with
-	different modes so that we don't introduce SUBREGs into memory
-	addresses.
-
-	2001-02-02  Philip Blundell  <[email protected]>
-	* arm/linux-elf.h (MAKE_DECL_ONE_ONLY, UNIQUE_SECTION_P): Define.
-	(UNIQUE_SECTION): Define.                                  
-
-	Wed Aug 25 15:27:22 1999  Gavin Romig-Koch  <[email protected]>
-	* combine.c (nonzero_bits) : Allow single-ly set registers to be
-	anywere in the function only if they are pseudos and set before
-	being used (not live at the start of the function).
-	(num_sign_bit_copies) : Same.
-	(get_last_value_validate) : Same.
-	(get_last_value) : Same.
-
-	Fri Mar  3 12:49:28 2000  J"orn Rennecke <[email protected]>
-        * reload1.c (reload_combine_note_use): Handle return register USEs.
-	REG case: Handle multi-hard-register hard regs.
-
-2001-03-30  Bernd Schmidt  <[email protected]>
-
-	* jump.c (delete_barrier_successors): Fix error in last change.
-
-	* reload1.c (delete_output_reload): Call eliminate_regs on substed.
-	(reload_as_needed): Call update_eliminable_offsets a bit later.
-
-	* final.c (cleanup_subreg_operands): Also clean up inside MEMs.
-
-	Mon Oct  4 02:31:20 1999  Mark Mitchell  <[email protected]>
-	* mips.md: Define conditional move patterns for floating point
-	operands and DI mode conditions.
-
-	2000-11-25  Jakub Jelinek  <[email protected]>
-	* config/sparc/sparc.md (muldi3_v8plus): Remove H constraint.
-	Handle CONST_INT as second argument.
-
-2001-03-28  Bernd Schmidt  <[email protected]>
-
-	* flow.c (propagate_block): When trying to delete a case vector, cope
-	if its label has LABEL_PRESERVE_P set.
-	* jump.c (jump_optimize_1): Move call to delete_barrier_successors to
-	a point where JUMP_LABELS and LABEL_NUSES are set up properly.
-	(delete_barrier_successors): If deleting a table jump, delete the case
-	vector as well.
-	* varasm.c (force_const_mem): If we have a label, set LABEL_PRESERVE_P
-	so it won't get deleted.
-
-Tue Mar 20 18:31:48 2001  Kaveh R. Ghazi  <[email protected]>
-
-	1999-11-30  Kaveh R. Ghazi  <[email protected]>
-        * c-lex.c (yylex): With -Wtraditional, when the ANSI type of an
-	integer constant does not match the traditional type, limit the
-	warnings to cases where the base of the type is ten.
-
-        * invoke.texi (-Wtraditional): Document it.
-
-2001-03-20  David O'Brien  <[email protected]>
-
-	from 2000-07-12  Zack Weinberg  <[email protected]>
-	* final.c (profile_function): Do not emit profile counters in
-	the data section, if NO_PROFILE_COUNTERS is defined.
-	* tm.texi: Document NO_PROFILE_COUNTERS.  Update doc for
-	FUNCTION_PROFILER.
-
-	from 2000-10-02  David O'Brien  <[email protected]>
-	* config/i386/freebsd.h (NO_PROFILE_COUNTERS): Define.
-
-2001-03-19  Bernd Schmidt  <[email protected]>
-
-	* version.c: Bump.
-
-	2000-01-18  Martin v. Löwis  <[email protected]>
-	* c-parse.in (SAVE_WARN_FLAGS): Create an INTEGER_CST.
-	(RESTORE_WARN_FLAGS): Unpack it.
-	Change semantic type of extension to ttype.
-	* c-common.c (split_specs_attrs): Expect an INTEGER_CST.
-	* c-parse.y, c-parse.c, objc/objc-parse.y,
-	objc/objc-parse.c: Regenerate.
-
-	Wed Sep  1 09:12:02 1999  Jim Kingdon  <http://developer.redhat.com>
-	* c-parse.in: save and restore warn_pointer_arith on __extension__
-	along with pedantic.
-	(SAVE_WARN_FLAGS, RESTORE_WARN_FLAGS): Added.
-	Set the type of extension to itype rather than $<itype>1 kludge.
-	* extend.texi (Alternate Keywords): Adjust documentation.
-
-	Bring back the sjlj eh fixes.
-	* expr.c (expand_builtin_setjmp_setup): New.
-	(expand_builtin_setjmp_receiver): New.
-	(expand_builtin_setjmp): Split out _setup and _receiver functions.
-	Move argument parsing in from ...
-	(expand_builtin): ... here.
-	* except.c (receive_exception_label): Branch around receiver
-	unless new-style exceptions.  Call expand_builtin_setjmp_receiver.
-	(start_dynamic_handler): Call expand_builtin_setjmp_setup.
-	* expr.h: Update builtin setjmp decls.
-
 Fri Mar 16 12:46:19 GMT 2001 Bernd Schmidt  ([email protected])
 
 	* gcc-2.95.3 Released.

contrib/gcc/c-common.c

@@ -983,15 +983,6 @@ split_specs_attrs (specs_attrs, declspecs, prefix_attributes)
 {
   tree t, s, a, next, specs, attrs;
 
-  /* This can happen after an __extension__ in pedantic mode.  */
-  if (specs_attrs != NULL_TREE 
-      && TREE_CODE (specs_attrs) == INTEGER_CST)
-    {
-      *declspecs = NULL_TREE;
-      *prefix_attributes = NULL_TREE;
-      return;
-    }
-
   /* This can happen in c++ (eg: decl: typespec initdecls ';').  */
   if (specs_attrs != NULL_TREE
       && TREE_CODE (specs_attrs) != TREE_LIST)
@@ -1941,7 +1932,6 @@ check_format_info (info, params)
 	warning ("use of `%c' length character with `%c' type character",
 		 length_char, format_char);
 
-      /* Finally. . .check type of argument against desired type!  */
       if (info->first_arg_num == 0)
 	continue;
       if (fci->pointer_count == 0 && wanted_type == void_type_node)

contrib/gcc/c-decl.c

@@ -864,26 +864,6 @@ c_decode_option (argc, argv)
     warn_missing_braces = 0;
   else if (!strcmp (p, "-Wmain"))
     warn_main = 1;
-  else if (!strncmp (p, "-Wframe-size-", 13))
-    {
-      const char *argstart = &p[13];
-      const int larger_than_val = read_integral_parameter (argstart, p, -1);
-      if (larger_than_val != -1)
-	{
-	  warn_frame_size = larger_than_val;
-	  warn_frame_size_flag = 1;
-	}
-    }
-  else if (!strncmp (p, "-Warglist-size-", 15))
-    {
-      const char *argstart = &p[15];
-      const int larger_than_val = read_integral_parameter (argstart, p, -1);
-      if (larger_than_val != -1)
-	{
-	  warn_arglist_size = larger_than_val;
-	  warn_arglist_size_flag = 1;
-	}
-    }
   else if (!strcmp (p, "-Wno-main"))
     warn_main = -1;
   else if (!strcmp (p, "-Wsign-compare"))

contrib/gcc/c-lex.c

@@ -1812,11 +1812,7 @@ yylex ()
 
 	    type = flag_traditional ? traditional_type : ansi_type;
 
-	    /* We assume that constants specified in a non-decimal
-	       base are bit patterns, and that the programmer really
-	       meant what they wrote.  */
-	    if (warn_traditional && base == 10
-		&& traditional_type != ansi_type)
+	    if (warn_traditional && traditional_type != ansi_type)
 	      {
 		if (TYPE_PRECISION (traditional_type)
 		    != TYPE_PRECISION (ansi_type))

contrib/gcc/c-parse.in

@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ end ifc
 %type <ttype> init maybeasm
 %type <ttype> asm_operands nonnull_asm_operands asm_operand asm_clobbers
 %type <ttype> maybe_attribute attributes attribute attribute_list attrib
-%type <ttype> any_word extension
+%type <ttype> any_word
 
 %type <ttype> compstmt
 
@@ -247,17 +247,6 @@ static tree declspec_stack;
 /* 1 if we explained undeclared var errors.  */
 static int undeclared_variable_notice;
 
-/* For __extension__, save/restore the warning flags which are
-   controlled by __extension__.  */
-#define SAVE_WARN_FLAGS()	\
-	build_int_2 (pedantic | (warn_pointer_arith << 1), 0)
-#define RESTORE_WARN_FLAGS(tval) \
-  do {                                     \
-    int val = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (tval);     \
-    pedantic = val & 1;                    \
-    warn_pointer_arith = (val >> 1) & 1;   \
-  } while (0)
-
 ifobjc
 /* Objective-C specific information */
 
@@ -318,7 +307,7 @@ end ifobjc
 		  else
 		    error ("argument of `asm' is not a constant string"); }
 	| extension extdef
-		{ RESTORE_WARN_FLAGS ($1); }
+		{ pedantic = $<itype>1; }
 	;
 
 datadef:
@@ -459,7 +448,7 @@ unary_expr:
 	/* __extension__ turns off -pedantic for following primary.  */
 	| extension cast_expr	  %prec UNARY
 		{ $$ = $2;
-		  RESTORE_WARN_FLAGS ($1); }
+		  pedantic = $<itype>1; }
 	| unop cast_expr  %prec UNARY
 		{ $$ = build_unary_op ($1, $2, 0);
 		  overflow_warning ($$); }
@@ -1026,7 +1015,7 @@ decl:
 	| declmods ';'
 		{ pedwarn ("empty declaration"); }
 	| extension decl
-		{ RESTORE_WARN_FLAGS ($1); }
+		{ pedantic = $<itype>1; }
 	;
 
 /* Declspecs which contain at least one type specifier or typedef name.
@@ -1625,7 +1614,7 @@ component_decl:
 		{ $$ = NULL_TREE; }
 	| extension component_decl
 		{ $$ = $2;
-		  RESTORE_WARN_FLAGS ($1); }
+		  pedantic = $<itype>1; }
 	;
 
 components:
@@ -2437,9 +2426,8 @@ identifiers_or_typenames:
 
 extension:
 	EXTENSION
-		{ $$ = SAVE_WARN_FLAGS();
-		  pedantic = 0;
-		  warn_pointer_arith = 0; }
+		{ $<itype>$ = pedantic;
+		  pedantic = 0; }
 	;
 
 ifobjc

contrib/gcc/calls.c

@@ -2293,14 +2293,6 @@ expand_call (exp, target, ignore)
 
   /* All arguments and registers used for the call must be set up by now!  */
 
-  if (warn_arglist_size_flag)
-    if (unadjusted_args_size > warn_arglist_size)
-      {
-	warning ("%d byte arglist in function call", unadjusted_args_size);
-	warning ("exceeds user specified limit (%d bytes)",
-		 warn_arglist_size);
-      }
-
   /* Generate the actual call instruction.  */
   emit_call_1 (funexp, fndecl, funtype, unadjusted_args_size,
 	       args_size.constant, struct_value_size,

contrib/gcc/cccp.c

@@ -1127,7 +1127,7 @@ print_help ()
   printf ("Usage: %s [switches] input output\n", progname);
   printf ("Switches:\n");
   printf ("  -include <file>           Include the contents of <file> before other files\n");
-  printf ("  -imacros <file>           Accept definition of macros in <file>\n");
+  printf ("  -imacros <file>           Accept definition of marcos in <file>\n");
   printf ("  -iprefix <path>           Specify <path> as a prefix for next two options\n");
   printf ("  -iwithprefix <dir>        Add <dir> to the end of the system include paths\n");
   printf ("  -iwithprefixbefore <dir>  Add <dir> to the end of the main include paths\n");
@@ -1141,7 +1141,7 @@ print_help ()
   printf ("  -traditional              Follow K&R pre-processor behaviour\n");
   printf ("  -trigraphs                Support ANSI C trigraphs\n");
   printf ("  -lang-c                   Assume that the input sources are in C\n");
-  printf ("  -lang-c89                 Assume that the input is C89; deprecated\n");
+  printf ("  -lang-c89                 Assume that the input is C89; depricated\n");
   printf ("  -lang-c++                 Assume that the input sources are in C++\n");
   printf ("  -lang-objc                Assume that the input sources are in ObjectiveC\n");
   printf ("  -lang-objc++              Assume that the input sources are in ObjectiveC++\n");
@@ -4757,14 +4757,12 @@ static int
 is_system_include (filename)
     register char *filename;
 {
-#ifndef FREEBSD_NATIVE
   struct file_name_list *searchptr;
 
   for (searchptr = first_system_include; searchptr;
        searchptr = searchptr->next)
     if (! strncmp (searchptr->fname, filename, strlen (searchptr->fname)))
       return searchptr->c_system_include_path + 1;
-#endif
   return 0;
 }
 

contrib/gcc/combine.c

@@ -7580,11 +7580,8 @@ nonzero_bits (x, mode)
 
       if (reg_last_set_value[REGNO (x)] != 0
 	  && reg_last_set_mode[REGNO (x)] == mode
-	  && (reg_last_set_label[REGNO (x)] == label_tick
-	      || (REGNO (x) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
-		  && REG_N_SETS (REGNO (x)) == 1
-		  && ! REGNO_REG_SET_P (BASIC_BLOCK (0)->global_live_at_start, 
-					REGNO (x))))
+	  && (REG_N_SETS (REGNO (x)) == 1
+	      || reg_last_set_label[REGNO (x)] == label_tick)
 	  && INSN_CUID (reg_last_set[REGNO (x)]) < subst_low_cuid)
 	return reg_last_set_nonzero_bits[REGNO (x)];
 
@@ -7973,11 +7970,8 @@ num_sign_bit_copies (x, mode)
 
       if (reg_last_set_value[REGNO (x)] != 0
 	  && reg_last_set_mode[REGNO (x)] == mode
-	  && (reg_last_set_label[REGNO (x)] == label_tick
-	      || (REGNO (x) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
-		  && REG_N_SETS (REGNO (x)) == 1
-		  && ! REGNO_REG_SET_P (BASIC_BLOCK (0)->global_live_at_start,
-					REGNO (x))))
+	  && (REG_N_SETS (REGNO (x)) == 1
+	      || reg_last_set_label[REGNO (x)] == label_tick)
 	  && INSN_CUID (reg_last_set[REGNO (x)]) < subst_low_cuid)
 	return reg_last_set_sign_bit_copies[REGNO (x)];
 
@@ -10825,11 +10819,9 @@ get_last_value_validate (loc, insn, tick, replace)
 
       for (j = regno; j < endregno; j++)
 	if (reg_last_set_invalid[j]
-	    /* If this is a pseudo-register that was only set once and not
-	       live at the beginning of the function, it is always valid.  */
-	    || (! (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 
-		   && REG_N_SETS (regno) == 1
-		   && ! REGNO_REG_SET_P (BASIC_BLOCK (0)->global_live_at_start, regno))
+	    /* If this is a pseudo-register that was only set once, it is
+	       always valid.  */
+	    || (! (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER && REG_N_SETS (regno) == 1)
 		&& reg_last_set_label[j] > tick))
 	  {
 	    if (replace)
@@ -10888,21 +10880,12 @@ get_last_value (x)
   regno = REGNO (x);
   value = reg_last_set_value[regno];
 
-  /* If we don't have a value, or if it isn't for this basic block and
-     it's either a hard register, set more than once, or it's a live
-     at the beginning of the function, return 0.  
-
-     Because if it's not live at the beginnning of the function then the reg 
-     is always set before being used (is never used without being set).
-     And, if it's set only once, and it's always set before use, then all
-     uses must have the same last value, even if it's not from this basic
-     block.  */
+  /* If we don't have a value or if it isn't for this basic block,
+     return 0.  */
 
   if (value == 0
-      || (reg_last_set_label[regno] != label_tick
-	  && (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
-	      || REG_N_SETS (regno) != 1
-	      || REGNO_REG_SET_P (BASIC_BLOCK (0)->global_live_at_start, regno))))
+      || (REG_N_SETS (regno) != 1
+	  && reg_last_set_label[regno] != label_tick))
     return 0;
 
   /* If the value was set in a later insn than the ones we are processing,

contrib/gcc/config/alpha/freebsd.h

@@ -116,6 +116,14 @@ the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
 
 #undef HAS_INIT_SECTION
 
+/* Output assembler code to FILE to increment profiler label # LABELNO
+   for profiling a function entry.  Under FreeBSD/Alpha, the assembler does
+   nothing special with -pg.  */
+
+#undef  FUNCTION_PROFILER
+#define FUNCTION_PROFILER(FILE, LABELNO)				\
+	fputs ("\tjsr $28,_mcount\n", (FILE))  /* at */
+
 /* Show that we need a GP when profiling.  */
 #undef  TARGET_PROFILING_NEEDS_GP
 #define TARGET_PROFILING_NEEDS_GP

contrib/gcc/config/freebsd.h

@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
    the final CPP_PREDEFINES value.  */
 
 #define FBSD_CPP_PREDEFINES \
-  " -D__FreeBSD__=4 -D__FreeBSD_cc_version=460001 -Dunix -Asystem(unix) -Asystem(FreeBSD) "
+  " -D__FreeBSD__=4 -D__FreeBSD_cc_version=440000 -Dunix -Asystem(unix) -Asystem(FreeBSD) "
 
 #define FBSD_CPP_SPEC "							\
   %(cpp_cpu)								\
@@ -83,11 +83,11 @@ Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 #undef  LIB_SPEC
 #include <sys/param.h>
 #if __FreeBSD_version >= 500016
-#define LIB_SPEC "							\
-  %{!shared:								\
-    %{!pg: %{pthread:-lc_r} -lc}					\
-    %{pg:  %{pthread:-lc_r_p} -lc_p}					\
-  }"
+ #define LIB_SPEC "							\
+   %{!shared:								\
+     %{!pg: %{pthread:-lc_r} -lc}					\
+     %{pg:  %{pthread:-lc_r_p} -lc_p}					\
+   }"
 #else
 #define LIB_SPEC "							\
   %{!shared:								\
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
   do {				 					\
     if (!flag_no_ident)							\
       fprintf ((FILE), "%s\"GCC: (GNU) %s %s\"\n",			\
-	       IDENT_ASM_OP, lang_identify(), version_string);		\
+		IDENT_ASM_OP, lang_identify(), version_string);		\
   } while (0)
 
 /* This is the pseudo-op used to generate a contiguous sequence of byte

contrib/gcc/config/i386/freebsd.h

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Definitions for Intel 386 running FreeBSD with either a.out or ELF format
-   Copyright (C) 1996, 2000, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1996-2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Contributed by Eric Youngdale.
    Modified for stabs-in-ELF by H.J. Lu.
    Adapted from GNU/Linux version by John Polstra.
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 #undef  ASM_SPEC
 #define ASM_SPEC	"%{v*: -v} %{maout: %{fpic:-k} %{fPIC:-k}}"
 
-#undef  ASM_FINAL_SPEC
+#undef  ASM_FINAL_SPEC 
 #define ASM_FINAL_SPEC	"%|"
 
 /* Provide a LINK_SPEC appropriate for FreeBSD.  Here we provide support
@@ -49,6 +49,9 @@ Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
    have the time to search for those flags. I am sure how to add
    support for -soname shared_object_name. H.J.
 
+   I took out %{v:%{!V:-V}}. It is too much :-(. They can use
+   -Wl,-V.
+
    When the -shared link option is used a final link is not being
    done.  */
 
@@ -61,19 +64,14 @@ Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
     %{assert*} %{R*}} \
   %{!maout: \
     %{Wl,*:%*} \
-    %{v:-V} \
     %{assert*} %{R*} %{rpath*} %{defsym*} \
     %{shared:-Bshareable %{h*} %{soname*}} \
+    %{symbolic:-Bsymbolic} \
     %{!shared: \
       %{!static: \
 	%{rdynamic: -export-dynamic} \
 	%{!dynamic-linker: -dynamic-linker /usr/libexec/ld-elf.so.1}} \
-      %{static:-Bstatic}} \
-    %{symbolic:-Bsymbolic}}"
-
-/* Provide a STARTFILE_SPEC appropriate for FreeBSD.  Here we add the magical
-   crtbegin.o file (see crtstuff.c) which provides part of the support for
-   getting C++ file-scope static object constructed before entering `main'.  */
+      %{static:-Bstatic}}}"
 
 #undef STARTFILE_SPEC
 #define STARTFILE_SPEC "\
@@ -88,12 +86,10 @@ Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
       %{!pg: \
 	%{p:gcrt1.o%s} \
 	%{!p:crt1.o%s}}} \
-    crti.o%s \
-    %{!shared:crtbegin.o%s} \
-    %{shared:crtbeginS.o%s}}"
+    crti.o%s %{!shared:crtbegin.o%s} %{shared:crtbeginS.o%s}}"
 
 /* Provide an ENDFILE_SPEC appropriate for FreeBSD/i386.  Here we tack on our
-   own magical crtend.o file (see crtstuff.c) which provides part of the
+   own magical crtend.o file (compare w/crtstuff.c) which provides part of the
    support for getting C++ file-scope static object constructed before
    entering `main', followed by the normal "finalizer" file, `crtn.o'.  */
 
@@ -106,23 +102,20 @@ Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 /************************[  Target stuff  ]***********************************/
 
-/* Define the actual types of some ANSI-mandated types.
+/* Define the actual types of some ANSI-mandated types.  
    Needs to agree with <machine/ansi.h>.  GCC defaults come from c-decl.c,
    c-common.c, and config/<arch>/<arch>.h.  */
 
-#undef  SIZE_TYPE
+#undef SIZE_TYPE
 #define SIZE_TYPE	"unsigned int"
-
-#undef  PTRDIFF_TYPE
+ 
+#undef PTRDIFF_TYPE
 #define PTRDIFF_TYPE	"int"
 
-#undef  WCHAR_TYPE_SIZE
-#define WCHAR_TYPE_SIZE	BITS_PER_WORD
-
 /* This is the pseudo-op used to generate a 32-bit word of data with a
    specific value in some section.  */
 
-#undef  INT_ASM_OP
+#undef INT_ASM_OP
 #define INT_ASM_OP	".long"
 
 /* Biggest alignment supported by the object file format of this
@@ -158,23 +151,27 @@ Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 #define TARGET_DEFAULT \
   (MASK_80387 | MASK_IEEE_FP | MASK_FLOAT_RETURNS | MASK_NO_FANCY_MATH_387)
 
-/* Don't default to pcc-struct-return, we want to retain compatibility with
-   older gcc versions AND pcc-struct-return is nonreentrant.
-   (even though the SVR4 ABI for the i386 says that records and unions are
-   returned in memory).  */
-
-#undef  DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN
-#define DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN 0
+/* Prefix for internally generated assembler labels.  If we aren't using 
+   underscores, we are using prefix `.'s to identify labels that should  
+   be ignored, as in `i386/gas.h' --karl@cs.umb.edu  */                 
+#undef  LPREFIX
+#define LPREFIX ((TARGET_UNDERSCORES) ? "L" : ".L")
 
 /* The a.out tools do not support "linkonce" sections. */
 #undef  SUPPORTS_ONE_ONLY
 #define SUPPORTS_ONE_ONLY	TARGET_ELF
 
-/* Prefix for internally generated assembler labels.  If we aren't using
-   underscores, we are using prefix `.'s to identify labels that should
-   be ignored, as in `i386/gas.h' --karl@cs.umb.edu  */
-#undef  LPREFIX
-#define LPREFIX ((TARGET_UNDERSCORES) ? "L" : ".L")
+/* Enable alias attribute support.  */
+#undef  SET_ASM_OP
+#define SET_ASM_OP		".set"
+
+/* The a.out tools do not support "Lscope" .stabs symbols. */
+#undef  NO_DBX_FUNCTION_END
+#define NO_DBX_FUNCTION_END	TARGET_AOUT
+
+/* In ELF, the function stabs come first, before the relative offsets.  */
+#undef  DBX_FUNCTION_FIRST
+#define DBX_CHECK_FUNCTION_FIRST TARGET_ELF
 
 /* supply our own hook for calling __main() from main() */
 #undef  INVOKE__main
@@ -258,19 +255,11 @@ Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 /************************[  Assembler stuff  ]********************************/
 
-/* Override the default comment-starter of "/" from unix.h.  */
-#undef  ASM_COMMENT_START
-#define ASM_COMMENT_START "#"
-
 #undef  ASM_APP_ON
 #define ASM_APP_ON	"#APP\n"
 
 #undef  ASM_APP_OFF
-#define ASM_APP_OFF	"#NO_APP\n"
-
-/* Enable alias attribute support.  */
-#undef  SET_ASM_OP
-#define SET_ASM_OP	".set"
+#define ASM_APP_OFF	"#NO_APP\n" 
 
 /* This is how to begin an assembly language file.
    The .file command should always begin the output.
@@ -285,8 +274,8 @@ Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
   } while (0)
 
 /* This is how to store into the string BUF
-   the symbol_ref name of an internal numbered label where
-   PREFIX is the class of label and NUM is the number within the class.
+   the symbol_ref name of an internal numbered label where      
+   PREFIX is the class of label and NUM is the number within the class.  
    This is suitable for output with `assemble_name'.  */
 #undef	ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL
 #define ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL(BUF, PREFIX, NUMBER)		\
@@ -416,6 +405,7 @@ Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
       }									\
   } while (0)
 
+
 #undef  ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_LINE
 #define ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_LINE(FILE, LINE)				\
   do {									\
@@ -513,10 +503,10 @@ Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
   } while (0)
 
 /* Switch into a generic section.
-
+ 
    We make the section read-only and executable for a function decl,
    read-only for a const data decl, and writable for a non-const data decl.
-
+ 
    If the section has already been defined, we must not
    emit the attributes here. The SVR4 assembler does not
    recognize section redefinitions.
@@ -676,21 +666,13 @@ Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
    some don't.
 
    *OLD* GAS requires the %cl argument, so override i386/unix.h. */
-
+      
 #undef  AS3_SHIFT_DOUBLE
 #define AS3_SHIFT_DOUBLE(a,b,c,d)	AS3 (a,b,c,d)
 
 
 /************************[  Debugger stuff  ]*********************************/
 
-/* The a.out tools do not support "Lscope" .stabs symbols. */
-#undef  NO_DBX_FUNCTION_END
-#define NO_DBX_FUNCTION_END	TARGET_AOUT
-
-/* In ELF, the function stabs come first, before the relative offsets.  */
-#undef  DBX_FUNCTION_FIRST
-#define DBX_CHECK_FUNCTION_FIRST TARGET_ELF
-
 /* Copy this from the svr4 specifications... */
 /* Define the register numbers to be used in Dwarf debugging information.
    The SVR4 reference port C compiler uses the following register numbers
@@ -773,8 +755,7 @@ Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
  (n) + 4)
 
 #undef  DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER
-#define DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER(n)	((write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG		\
-	    			  || write_symbols == DWARF_DEBUG)	\
+#define DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER(n)	((write_symbols == DWARF_DEBUG)		\
 				? DWARF_DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER(n)		\
 				: STABS_DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER(n))
 

contrib/gcc/config/i386/linux.h

@@ -234,21 +234,3 @@ Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
     }									\
   } while (0)
 #endif
-
-#if defined(__PIC__) && defined (USE_GNULIBC_1)
-/* This is a kludge. The i386 GNU/Linux dynamic linker needs ___brk_addr,
-   __environ and atexit (). We have to make sure they are in the .dynsym
-   section. We accomplish it by making a dummy call here. This
-   code is never reached.  */
-         
-#define CRT_END_INIT_DUMMY		\
-  do					\
-    {					\
-      extern void *___brk_addr;		\
-      extern char **__environ;		\
-					\
-      ___brk_addr = __environ;		\
-      atexit (0);			\
-    }					\
-  while (0)
-#endif

contrib/gcc/crtstuff.c

@@ -380,8 +380,19 @@ init_dummy (void)
 #endif
   asm (TEXT_SECTION_ASM_OP);
 
-#ifdef CRT_END_INIT_DUMMY
-  CRT_END_INIT_DUMMY;
+/* This is a kludge. The i386 GNU/Linux dynamic linker needs ___brk_addr,
+   __environ and atexit (). We have to make sure they are in the .dynsym
+   section. We accomplish it by making a dummy call here. This
+   code is never reached.  */
+ 
+#if defined(__linux__) && defined(__PIC__) && defined(__i386__)
+  {
+    extern void *___brk_addr;
+    extern char **__environ;
+
+    ___brk_addr = __environ;
+    atexit ();
+  }
 #endif
 }
 

contrib/gcc/cse.c

@@ -695,6 +695,8 @@ static void check_fold_consts	PROTO((PTR));
 static struct cse_reg_info* get_cse_reg_info PROTO((int));
 static void free_cse_reg_info   PROTO((splay_tree_value));
 static void flush_hash_table	PROTO((void));
+
+extern int rtx_equal_function_value_matters;
 
 /* Dump the expressions in the equivalence class indicated by CLASSP.
    This function is used only for debugging.  */

contrib/gcc/except.c

@@ -733,20 +733,20 @@ receive_exception_label (handler_label)
     }
 
   emit_label (handler_label);
-
+  
   if (! exceptions_via_longjmp)
     {
 #ifdef HAVE_exception_receiver
       if (HAVE_exception_receiver)
-	emit_insn (gen_exception_receiver ());
+       emit_insn (gen_exception_receiver ());
       else
 #endif
 #ifdef HAVE_nonlocal_goto_receiver
       if (HAVE_nonlocal_goto_receiver)
-	emit_insn (gen_nonlocal_goto_receiver ());
+       emit_insn (gen_nonlocal_goto_receiver ());
       else
 #endif
-	{ /* Nothing */ }
+       { /* Nothing */ }
     }
   else
     {

contrib/gcc/expr.c

@@ -450,9 +450,6 @@ protect_from_queue (x, modify)
 				QUEUED_INSN (y));
 	      return temp;
 	    }
-	  /* Copy the address into a pseudo, so that the returned value
-	     remains correct across calls to emit_queue.  */
-	  XEXP (new, 0) = copy_to_reg (XEXP (new, 0));
 	  return new;
 	}
       /* Otherwise, recursively protect the subexpressions of all
@@ -479,11 +476,9 @@ protect_from_queue (x, modify)
 	}
       return x;
     }
-  /* If the increment has not happened, use the variable itself.  Copy it
-     into a new pseudo so that the value remains correct across calls to
-     emit_queue.  */
+  /* If the increment has not happened, use the variable itself.  */
   if (QUEUED_INSN (x) == 0)
-    return copy_to_reg (QUEUED_VAR (x));
+    return QUEUED_VAR (x);
   /* If the increment has happened and a pre-increment copy exists,
      use that copy.  */
   if (QUEUED_COPY (x) != 0)
@@ -8082,9 +8077,7 @@ expand_expr (exp, target, tmode, modifier)
 	  if (ignore)
 	    return op0;
 
-	  /* Pass 1 for MODIFY, so that protect_from_queue doesn't get
-	     clever and returns a REG when given a MEM.  */
-	  op0 = protect_from_queue (op0, 1);
+	  op0 = protect_from_queue (op0, 0);
 
 	  /* We would like the object in memory.  If it is a constant,
 	     we can have it be statically allocated into memory.  For
@@ -8610,7 +8603,7 @@ expand_builtin_setjmp_setup (buf_addr, receiver_label)
 
 /* Construct the trailing part of a __builtin_setjmp call.
    This is used directly by sjlj exception handling code.  */
-
+ 
 void
 expand_builtin_setjmp_receiver (receiver_label)
       rtx receiver_label ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
@@ -8733,7 +8726,7 @@ expand_builtin_setjmp (arglist, target)
   current_function_has_nonlocal_label = 1;
   nonlocal_goto_handler_labels
     = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, next_lab, nonlocal_goto_handler_labels);
-
+ 
   return target;
 }
 

contrib/gcc/f/version.c

@@ -1 +1 @@
-const char *ffe_version_string = "0.5.25 20020320 (prerelease)";
+const char *ffe_version_string = "0.5.25 20010315 (release)";

contrib/gcc/final.c

@@ -3055,8 +3055,7 @@ cleanup_subreg_operands (insn)
       if (GET_CODE (recog_operand[i]) == SUBREG)
         recog_operand[i] = alter_subreg (recog_operand[i]);
       else if (GET_CODE (recog_operand[i]) == PLUS
-               || GET_CODE (recog_operand[i]) == MULT
-	       || GET_CODE (recog_operand[i]) == MEM)
+               || GET_CODE (recog_operand[i]) == MULT)
        recog_operand[i] = walk_alter_subreg (recog_operand[i]);
     }
 
@@ -3065,8 +3064,7 @@ cleanup_subreg_operands (insn)
       if (GET_CODE (*recog_dup_loc[i]) == SUBREG)
         *recog_dup_loc[i] = alter_subreg (*recog_dup_loc[i]);
       else if (GET_CODE (*recog_dup_loc[i]) == PLUS
-               || GET_CODE (*recog_dup_loc[i]) == MULT
-	       || GET_CODE (*recog_dup_loc[i]) == MEM)
+               || GET_CODE (*recog_dup_loc[i]) == MULT)
         *recog_dup_loc[i] = walk_alter_subreg (*recog_dup_loc[i]);
     }
 }

contrib/gcc/flags.h

@@ -121,18 +121,6 @@ extern int warn_cast_align;
 
 extern int warn_template_debugging;
 
-/* Nonzero means warn if a frame is larger that N bytes.  The value 
-   of N is warn_frame_size. */
- 
-extern int warn_frame_size_flag;
-extern int warn_frame_size;
- 
-/* Nonzero means warn if a function call pushes more than N bytes 
-   onto the stack.  The value of N is warn_arglist_size. */
- 
-extern int warn_arglist_size_flag;
-extern int warn_arglist_size;
-
 /* Nonzero means warn about any identifiers that match in the first N
    characters.  The value N is in `id_clash_len'.  */
 

contrib/gcc/flow.c

@@ -2744,23 +2744,15 @@ propagate_block (old, first, last, final, significant, bnum, remove_dead_code)
 		{
 		  if (REG_NOTE_KIND (inote) == REG_LABEL)
 		    {
-		      int n_forced;
 		      rtx label = XEXP (inote, 0);
 		      rtx next;
 		      LABEL_NUSES (label)--;
 
-		      /* The label may be forced if it has been put in the
-		         constant pool.  We can't delete it in this case, but
-		         we still must discard a jump table following it.  */
-		      n_forced = 0;
-		      if (LABEL_PRESERVE_P (label))
-			n_forced++;
-
 		      /* If this label was attached to an ADDR_VEC, it's
 			 safe to delete the ADDR_VEC.  In fact, it's pretty much
 			 mandatory to delete it, because the ADDR_VEC may
 			 be referencing labels that no longer exist.  */
-		      if (LABEL_NUSES (label) == n_forced
+		      if (LABEL_NUSES (label) == 0
 			  && (next = next_nonnote_insn (label)) != NULL
 			  && GET_CODE (next) == JUMP_INSN
 			  && (GET_CODE (PATTERN (next)) == ADDR_VEC

contrib/gcc/function.c

@@ -515,9 +515,8 @@ static int *record_insns	PROTO((rtx));
 static int contains		PROTO((rtx, int *));
 #endif /* HAVE_prologue || HAVE_epilogue */
 static void put_addressof_into_stack PROTO((rtx, struct hash_table *));
-static boolean purge_addressof_1 PROTO((rtx *, rtx, int, int, 
+static void purge_addressof_1	PROTO((rtx *, rtx, int, int, 
 				       struct hash_table *));
-static int is_addressof		PROTO ((rtx *, void *));
 static struct hash_entry *insns_for_mem_newfunc PROTO((struct hash_entry *,
 						       struct hash_table *,
 						       hash_table_key));
@@ -3058,10 +3057,9 @@ static rtx purge_addressof_replacements;
 
 /* Helper function for purge_addressof.  See if the rtx expression at *LOC
    in INSN needs to be changed.  If FORCE, always put any ADDRESSOFs into
-   the stack.  If the function returns FALSE then the replacement could not
-   be made.  */
+   the stack.  */
 
-static boolean
+static void
 purge_addressof_1 (loc, insn, force, store, ht)
      rtx *loc;
      rtx insn;
@@ -3072,14 +3070,13 @@ purge_addressof_1 (loc, insn, force, store, ht)
   RTX_CODE code;
   int i, j;
   char *fmt;
-  boolean result = true;
 
   /* Re-start here to avoid recursion in common cases.  */
  restart:
 
   x = *loc;
   if (x == 0)
-    return true;
+    return;
 
   code = GET_CODE (x);
 
@@ -3092,7 +3089,7 @@ purge_addressof_1 (loc, insn, force, store, ht)
 
       if (validate_change (insn, loc, sub, 0)
 	  || validate_replace_rtx (x, sub, insn))
-	return true;
+	return;
   
       start_sequence ();
       sub = force_operand (sub, NULL_RTX);
@@ -3103,7 +3100,7 @@ purge_addressof_1 (loc, insn, force, store, ht)
       insns = gen_sequence ();
       end_sequence ();
       emit_insn_before (insns, insn);
-      return true;
+      return;
     }
   else if (code == MEM && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == ADDRESSOF && ! force)
     {
@@ -3122,7 +3119,7 @@ purge_addressof_1 (loc, insn, force, store, ht)
 	  && (MEM_VOLATILE_P (x) || GET_MODE (x) == BLKmode))
 	{
 	  put_addressof_into_stack (XEXP (x, 0), ht);
-	  return true;
+	  return;
 	}
       else if (GET_CODE (sub) == REG && GET_MODE (x) != GET_MODE (sub))
 	{
@@ -3141,7 +3138,7 @@ purge_addressof_1 (loc, insn, force, store, ht)
 		if (rtx_equal_p (x, XEXP (tem, 0)))
 		  {
 		    *loc = XEXP (XEXP (tem, 1), 0);
-		    return true;
+		    return;
 		  }
 
 	      /* See comment for purge_addressof_replacements. */
@@ -3181,17 +3178,11 @@ purge_addressof_1 (loc, insn, force, store, ht)
 		      z = gen_lowpart (GET_MODE (x), z);
 
 		    *loc = z;
-		    return true;
+		    return;
 		  }
 
-	      /* Sometimes we may not be able to find the replacement.  For
-		 example when the original insn was a MEM in a wider mode,
-		 and the note is part of a sign extension of a narrowed
-		 version of that MEM.  Gcc testcase compile/990829-1.c can
-		 generate an example of this siutation.  Rather than complain
-		 we return false, which will prompt our caller to remove the
-		 offending note.  */
-	      return false;
+	      /* There should always be such a replacement.  */
+	      abort ();
 	    }
 
 	  size_x = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (x));
@@ -3277,7 +3268,7 @@ purge_addressof_1 (loc, insn, force, store, ht)
 				      purge_bitfield_addressof_replacements));
 
 	      /* We replaced with a reg -- all done.  */
-	      return true;
+	      return;
 	    }
 	}
       else if (validate_change (insn, loc, sub, 0))
@@ -3294,13 +3285,13 @@ purge_addressof_1 (loc, insn, force, store, ht)
 		if (rtx_equal_p (XEXP (x, 0), XEXP (tem, 0)))
 		  {
 		    XEXP (XEXP (tem, 1), 0) = sub;
-		    return true;
+		    return;
 		  }
 	      purge_addressof_replacements
 		= gen_rtx (EXPR_LIST, VOIDmode, XEXP (x, 0),
 			   gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, sub,
 					      purge_addressof_replacements));
-	      return true;
+	      return;
 	    }
 	  goto restart;
 	}
@@ -3310,13 +3301,13 @@ purge_addressof_1 (loc, insn, force, store, ht)
   else if (code == ADDRESSOF)
     {
       put_addressof_into_stack (x, ht);
-      return true;
+      return;
     }
   else if (code == SET)
     {
-      result = purge_addressof_1 (&SET_DEST (x), insn, force, 1, ht);
-      result &= purge_addressof_1 (&SET_SRC (x), insn, force, 0, ht);
-      return result;
+      purge_addressof_1 (&SET_DEST (x), insn, force, 1, ht);
+      purge_addressof_1 (&SET_SRC (x), insn, force, 0, ht);
+      return;
     }
 
   /* Scan all subexpressions. */
@@ -3324,13 +3315,11 @@ purge_addressof_1 (loc, insn, force, store, ht)
   for (i = 0; i < GET_RTX_LENGTH (code); i++, fmt++)
     {
       if (*fmt == 'e')
-	result &= purge_addressof_1 (&XEXP (x, i), insn, force, 0, ht);
+	purge_addressof_1 (&XEXP (x, i), insn, force, 0, ht);
       else if (*fmt == 'E')
 	for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
-	  result &= purge_addressof_1 (&XVECEXP (x, i, j), insn, force, 0, ht);
+	  purge_addressof_1 (&XVECEXP (x, i, j), insn, force, 0, ht);
     }
-
-  return result;
 }
 
 /* Return a new hash table entry in HT.  */
@@ -3450,16 +3439,6 @@ compute_insns_for_mem (insns, last_insn, ht)
 	}
 }
 
-/* Helper function for purge_addressof called through for_each_rtx.
-   Returns true iff the rtl is an ADDRESSOF.  */
-static int
-is_addressof (rtl, data)
-     rtx * rtl;
-     void * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
-{
-  return GET_CODE (* rtl) == ADDRESSOF;
-}
-
 /* Eliminate all occurrences of ADDRESSOF from INSNS.  Elide any remaining
    (MEM (ADDRESSOF)) patterns, and force any needed registers into the
    stack.  */
@@ -3488,30 +3467,9 @@ purge_addressof (insns)
     if (GET_CODE (insn) == INSN || GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN
 	|| GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN)
       {
-	if (! purge_addressof_1 (&PATTERN (insn), insn,
-				 asm_noperands (PATTERN (insn)) > 0, 0, &ht))
-	  /* If we could not replace the ADDRESSOFs in the insn,
-	     something is wrong.  */
-	  abort ();
-	
-	if (! purge_addressof_1 (&REG_NOTES (insn), NULL_RTX, 0, 0, &ht))
-	  {
-	    /* If we could not replace the ADDRESSOFs in the insn's notes,
-	       we can just remove the offending notes instead.  */
-	    rtx note;
-
-	    for (note = REG_NOTES (insn); note; note = XEXP (note, 1))
-	      {
-		/* If we find a REG_RETVAL note then the insn is a libcall.
-		   Such insns must have REG_EQUAL notes as well, in order
-		   for later passes of the compiler to work.  So it is not
-		   safe to delete the notes here, and instead we abort.  */
-		if (REG_NOTE_KIND (note) == REG_RETVAL)
-		  abort ();
-		if (for_each_rtx (& note, is_addressof, NULL))
-		  remove_note (insn, note);
-	      }
-	  }
+	purge_addressof_1 (&PATTERN (insn), insn,
+			   asm_noperands (PATTERN (insn)) > 0, 0, &ht);
+	purge_addressof_1 (&REG_NOTES (insn), NULL_RTX, 0, 0, &ht);
       }
 
   /* Clean up.  */
@@ -5336,18 +5294,7 @@ locate_and_pad_parm (passed_mode, type, in_regs, fndecl,
 				- offset_ptr->constant); 
     }
 #else /* !ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD */
-  if (!in_regs 
-#ifdef REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE
-      || REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE (fndecl) > 0
-#else
-      /* For the gcc-2_95-branch we want to make sure not to break something
-         on platforms which pass argument in registers but don't define
-         REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE. So we force the original behaviour here.  */
-      || 1
-#endif
-      )
-    pad_to_arg_alignment (initial_offset_ptr, boundary);
-
+  pad_to_arg_alignment (initial_offset_ptr, boundary);
   *offset_ptr = *initial_offset_ptr;
 
 #ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING
@@ -6989,7 +6936,7 @@ thread_prologue_and_epilogue_insns (f)
 	    }
 	}
       }
-#endif
+  #endif
 }
 
 /* Reposition the prologue-end and epilogue-begin notes after instruction

contrib/gcc/gcc.c

@@ -3141,7 +3141,6 @@ process_command (argc, argv)
       fatal ("object format unknown");
     }
 #endif	/* FREEBSD_NATIVE */
-
 #ifndef OS2
   add_prefix (&exec_prefixes, standard_exec_prefix, "BINUTILS",
 	      0, 2, warn_std_ptr);
@@ -4992,7 +4991,7 @@ main (argc, argv)
 		  "BINUTILS", 0, 0, NULL_PTR);
       add_prefix (&startfile_prefixes, standard_startfile_prefix_2,
 		  "BINUTILS", 0, 0, NULL_PTR);
-#endif /* FREEBSD_NATIVE */
+#endif	/* FREEBSD_NATIVE */
 #if 0 /* Can cause surprises, and one can use -B./ instead.  */
       add_prefix (&startfile_prefixes, "./", NULL_PTR, 0, 1, NULL_PTR);
 #endif
@@ -5168,53 +5167,48 @@ main (argc, argv)
 	  int len;
 
 	  if (cp->spec[0][0] == '#')
+	    error ("%s: %s compiler not installed on this system",
+		   input_filename, &cp->spec[0][1]);
+
+	  input_basename = input_filename;
+	  for (p = input_filename; *p; p++)
+	    if (IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (*p))
+	      input_basename = p + 1;
+
+	  /* Find a suffix starting with the last period,
+	     and set basename_length to exclude that suffix.  */
+	  basename_length = strlen (input_basename);
+	  p = input_basename + basename_length;
+	  while (p != input_basename && *p != '.') --p;
+	  if (*p == '.' && p != input_basename)
 	    {
-	      error ("%s: %s compiler not installed on this system",
-		     input_filename, &cp->spec[0][1]);
-	      this_file_error = 1;
+	      basename_length = p - input_basename;
+	      input_suffix = p + 1;
 	    }
 	  else
-	    {
-	      input_basename = input_filename;
-	      for (p = input_filename; *p; p++)
-		if (IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (*p))
-		  input_basename = p + 1;
+	    input_suffix = "";
 
-	      /* Find a suffix starting with the last period,
-		 and set basename_length to exclude that suffix.  */
-	      basename_length = strlen (input_basename);
-	      p = input_basename + basename_length;
-	      while (p != input_basename && *p != '.') --p;
-	      if (*p == '.' && p != input_basename)
+	  len = 0;
+	  for (j = 0; j < sizeof cp->spec / sizeof cp->spec[0]; j++)
+	    if (cp->spec[j])
+	      len += strlen (cp->spec[j]);
+
+	  {
+	    char *p1 = (char *) xmalloc (len + 1);
+	    
+	    len = 0;
+	    for (j = 0; j < sizeof cp->spec / sizeof cp->spec[0]; j++)
+	      if (cp->spec[j])
 		{
-		  basename_length = p - input_basename;
-		  input_suffix = p + 1;
-		}
-	      else
-		input_suffix = "";
-
-	      len = 0;
-	      for (j = 0; j < sizeof cp->spec / sizeof cp->spec[0]; j++)
-		if (cp->spec[j])
+		  strcpy (p1 + len, cp->spec[j]);
 		  len += strlen (cp->spec[j]);
-
-	      {
-		char *p1 = (char *) xmalloc (len + 1);
+		}
 	    
-		len = 0;
-		for (j = 0; j < sizeof cp->spec / sizeof cp->spec[0]; j++)
-		  if (cp->spec[j])
-		    {
-		      strcpy (p1 + len, cp->spec[j]);
-		      len += strlen (cp->spec[j]);
-		    }
-	    
-		value = do_spec (p1);
-		free (p1);
-	      }
-	      if (value < 0)
-		this_file_error = 1;
-	    }
+	    value = do_spec (p1);
+	    free (p1);
+	  }
+	  if (value < 0)
+	    this_file_error = 1;
 	}
 
       /* If this file's name does not contain a recognized suffix,

contrib/gcc/install.texi

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-@c Copyright (C) 1988, 89, 92-98, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@c Copyright (C) 1988,89,92,93,94,95,96,97,1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 @c This is part of the GCC manual.
 @c For copying conditions, see the file gcc.texi.
 
@@ -15,7 +15,6 @@ install procedures.  It is provided for historical reference only.
 @cindex installing GNU CC
 
 @menu
-* Configuration Files::  Files created by running @code{configure}.
 * Configurations::    Configurations Supported by GNU CC.
 * Other Dir::     Compiling in a separate directory (not where the source is).
 * Cross-Compiler::   Building and installing a cross-compiler.
@@ -25,11 +24,11 @@ install procedures.  It is provided for historical reference only.
 * Header Dirs::   Understanding the standard header file directories.
 @end menu
 
-Here is the procedure for installing GNU CC on a GNU or Unix system.
-See @ref{VMS Install}, for VMS systems.  In this section we assume you
+Here is the procedure for installing GNU CC on a Unix system.  See
+@ref{VMS Install}, for VMS systems.  In this section we assume you
 compile in the same directory that contains the source files; see
-@ref{Other Dir}, to find out how to compile in a separate directory on
-Unix systems.
+@ref{Other Dir}, to find out how to compile in a separate directory on Unix
+systems.
 
 You cannot install GNU C by itself on MSDOS; it will not compile under
 any MSDOS compiler except itself.  You need to get the complete
@@ -50,32 +49,9 @@ On a System V release 4 system, make sure @file{/usr/bin} precedes
 @file{/usr/ucb} in @code{PATH}.  The @code{cc} command in
 @file{/usr/ucb} uses libraries which have bugs.
 
-@cindex Bison parser generator
-@cindex parser generator, Bison
-@item
-Make sure the Bison parser generator is installed.  (This is
-unnecessary if the Bison output files @file{c-parse.c} and
-@file{cexp.c} are more recent than @file{c-parse.y} and @file{cexp.y}
-and you do not plan to change the @samp{.y} files.)
-
-Bison versions older than Sept 8, 1988 will produce incorrect output
-for @file{c-parse.c}.
-
-@item
-If you have chosen a configuration for GNU CC which requires other GNU
-tools (such as GAS or the GNU linker) instead of the standard system
-tools, install the required tools in the build directory under the names
-@file{as}, @file{ld} or whatever is appropriate.  This will enable the
-compiler to find the proper tools for compilation of the program
-@file{enquire}.
-
-Alternatively, you can do subsequent compilation using a value of the
-@code{PATH} environment variable such that the necessary GNU tools come
-before the standard system tools.
-
 @item
 Specify the host, build and target machine configurations.  You do this
-when you run the @file{configure} script.
+by running the file @file{configure}.
 
 The @dfn{build} machine is the system which you are using, the
 @dfn{host} machine is the system where you want to run the resulting
@@ -124,11 +100,10 @@ See @ref{Configurations}, for a list of supported configuration names and
 notes on many of the configurations.  You should check the notes in that
 section before proceeding any further with the installation of GNU CC.
 
-@item
-When running @code{configure}, you may also need to specify certain
-additional options that describe variant hardware and software
-configurations.  These are @samp{--with-gnu-as}, @samp{--with-gnu-ld},
-@samp{--with-stabs} and @samp{--nfp}.
+There are four additional options you can specify independently to
+describe variant hardware and software configurations.  These are
+@samp{--with-gnu-as}, @samp{--with-gnu-ld}, @samp{--with-stabs} and
+@samp{--nfp}.
 
 @table @samp
 @item --with-gnu-as
@@ -232,6 +207,7 @@ of tree node types when referencing fields of that node.  This does not
 change the generated code, but adds error checking within the compiler.
 This will slow down the compiler and may only work properly if you
 are building the compiler with GNU C.
+@end table
 
 The @file{configure} script searches subdirectories of the source
 directory for other compilers that are to be integrated into GNU CC.
@@ -276,42 +252,16 @@ A file named @file{tm.h} is created which includes the
 machine-description macro file for your target machine.  It should be in
 the subdirectory @file{config} and its name is often
 @file{@var{machine}.h}.
-@end itemize
-
-@cindex Native Language Support
-@cindex NLS
-@item --enable-nls
-@itemx --disable-nls
-The @samp{--enable-nls} option enables Native Language Support (NLS),
-which lets GCC output diagnostics in languages other than American
-English.  No translations are available yet, so the main users of this
-option now are those translating GCC's diagnostics who want to test
-their work.  Once translations become available, Native Language Support
-will become enabled by default.  The @samp{--disable-nls} option
-disables NLS.
-
-@cindex @code{gettext}
-@item --with-included-gettext
-If NLS is enabled, the GCC build procedure normally attempts to use the
-host's @code{gettext} libraries, and falls back on GCC's copy of the GNU
-@code{gettext} library only if the host libraries do not suffice.  The
-@samp{--with-included-gettext} option causes the build procedure to
-prefer its copy of GNU @code{gettext}.
-
-@cindex @code{catgets}
-@item --with-catgets
-If NLS is enabled, and if the host lacks @code{gettext} but has the
-inferior @code{catgets} interface, the GCC build procedure normally
-ignores @code{catgets} and instead uses GCC's copy of the GNU
-@code{gettext} library.  The @samp{--with-catgets} option causes the
-build procedure to use the host's @code{catgets} in this situation.
-@end table
 
 @item
-In certain cases, you should specify certain other options when you run
-@code{configure}.
+The command file @file{configure} also constructs the file
+@file{Makefile} by adding some text to the template file
+@file{Makefile.in}.  The additional text comes from files in the
+@file{config} directory, named @file{t-@var{target}} and
+@file{x-@var{host}}.  If these files do not exist, it means nothing
+needs to be added for a given target or host.
+@end itemize
 
-@itemize @bullet
 @item
 The standard directory for installing GNU CC is @file{/usr/local/lib}.
 If you want to install its files somewhere else, specify
@@ -353,7 +303,29 @@ Indications are that people who use this option use it based on
 mistaken ideas of what it is for.  People use it as if it specified
 where to install part of GNU CC.  Perhaps they make this assumption
 because installing GNU CC creates the directory.
-@end itemize
+
+@cindex Bison parser generator
+@cindex parser generator, Bison
+@item
+Make sure the Bison parser generator is installed.  (This is
+unnecessary if the Bison output files @file{c-parse.c} and
+@file{cexp.c} are more recent than @file{c-parse.y} and @file{cexp.y}
+and you do not plan to change the @samp{.y} files.)
+
+Bison versions older than Sept 8, 1988 will produce incorrect output
+for @file{c-parse.c}.
+
+@item
+If you have chosen a configuration for GNU CC which requires other GNU
+tools (such as GAS or the GNU linker) instead of the standard system
+tools, install the required tools in the build directory under the names
+@file{as}, @file{ld} or whatever is appropriate.  This will enable the
+compiler to find the proper tools for compilation of the program
+@file{enquire}.
+
+Alternatively, you can do subsequent compilation using a value of the
+@code{PATH} environment variable such that the necessary GNU tools come
+before the standard system tools.
 
 @item
 Build the compiler.  Just type @samp{make LANGUAGES=c} in the compiler
@@ -388,9 +360,9 @@ should be investigated and reported (@pxref{Bugs}).
 should be investigated and reported.
 @end ifset
 
-Some compilers fail to compile GNU CC because they have bugs or
-limitations.  For example, the Microsoft compiler is said to run out of
-macro space.  Some Ultrix compilers run out of expression space; then
+Some commercial compilers fail to compile GNU CC because they have bugs
+or limitations.  For example, the Microsoft compiler is said to run out
+of macro space.  Some Ultrix compilers run out of expression space; then
 you need to break up the statement where the problem happens.
 
 @item
@@ -485,8 +457,8 @@ instead of making @file{stage1}, @file{stage2}, and performing
 the two compiler builds.
 
 @item
-Compare the latest object files with the stage 2 object files---they
-ought to be identical, aside from time stamps (if any).
+Then compare the latest object files with the stage 2 object
+files---they ought to be identical, aside from time stamps (if any).
 
 On some systems, meaningful comparison of object files is impossible;
 they always appear ``different.''  This is currently true on Solaris and
@@ -574,8 +546,11 @@ compiler.)
 @item
 @cindex C++ runtime library
 @cindex @code{libstdc++}
-If you're going to use C++, you need to install the C++ runtime library.
-This includes all I/O functionality, special class libraries, etc.
+If you're going to use C++, it's likely that you need to also install
+a C++ runtime library.  Just as GNU C does not
+distribute a C runtime library, it also does not include a C++ runtime
+library.  All I/O functionality, special class libraries, etc., are
+provided by the C++ runtime library.
 
 The standard C++ runtime library for GNU CC is called @samp{libstdc++}.
 An obsolescent library @samp{libg++} may also be available, but it's
@@ -668,56 +643,6 @@ Microsoft Win32 API thread support.
 @end itemize
 @end enumerate
 
-@node Configuration Files
-@section Files Created by @code{configure}
-
-Here we spell out what files will be set up by @code{configure}.  Normally
-you need not be concerned with these files.
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-@ifset INTERNALS
-A file named @file{config.h} is created that contains a @samp{#include}
-of the top-level config file for the machine you will run the compiler
-on (@pxref{Config}).  This file is responsible for defining information
-about the host machine.  It includes @file{tm.h}.
-@end ifset
-@ifclear INTERNALS
-A file named @file{config.h} is created that contains a @samp{#include}
-of the top-level config file for the machine you will run the compiler
-on (@pxref{Config,,The Configuration File, gcc.info, Using and Porting
-GCC}).  This file is responsible for defining information about the host
-machine.  It includes @file{tm.h}.
-@end ifclear
-
-The top-level config file is located in the subdirectory @file{config}.
-Its name is always @file{xm-@var{something}.h}; usually
-@file{xm-@var{machine}.h}, but there are some exceptions.
-
-If your system does not support symbolic links, you might want to
-set up @file{config.h} to contain a @samp{#include} command which
-refers to the appropriate file.
-
-@item
-A file named @file{tconfig.h} is created which includes the top-level config
-file for your target machine.  This is used for compiling certain
-programs to run on that machine.
-
-@item
-A file named @file{tm.h} is created which includes the
-machine-description macro file for your target machine.  It should be in
-the subdirectory @file{config} and its name is often
-@file{@var{machine}.h}.
-
-@item
-The command file @file{configure} also constructs the file
-@file{Makefile} by adding some text to the template file
-@file{Makefile.in}.  The additional text comes from files in the
-@file{config} directory, named @file{t-@var{target}} and
-@file{x-@var{host}}.  If these files do not exist, it means nothing
-needs to be added for a given target or host.
-@end itemize
-
 @node Configurations
 @section Configurations Supported by GNU CC
 @cindex configurations supported by GNU CC
@@ -2438,7 +2363,7 @@ installed before GNU CC is built.  If the cross compilation header files
 are already suitable for ANSI C and GNU CC, nothing special need be
 done).
 
-@code{GPLUSPLUS_INCLUDE_DIR} means the same thing for native and cross.  It
+@code{GPLUS_INCLUDE_DIR} means the same thing for native and cross.  It
 is where @code{g++} looks first for header files.  The C++ library
 installs only target independent header files in that directory.
 

contrib/gcc/invoke.texi

@@ -122,12 +122,12 @@ in the following sections.
 @xref{Warning Options,,Options to Request or Suppress Warnings}.
 @smallexample
 -fsyntax-only  -pedantic  -pedantic-errors
--w  -W  -Wall  -Waggregate-return  -Warglist-size-@var{n}  -Wbad-function-cast
+-w  -W  -Wall  -Waggregate-return  -Wbad-function-cast
 -Wcast-align  -Wcast-qual  -Wchar-subscripts  -Wcomment
 -Wconversion  -Werror  -Wformat
 -Wid-clash-@var{len}  -Wimplicit -Wimplicit-int 
 -Wimplicit-function-declaration  -Wimport
--Werror-implicit-function-declaration  -Wframe-size-@var{n}  -Winline
+-Werror-implicit-function-declaration  -Winline
 -Wlarger-than-@var{len}  -Wlong-long
 -Wmain  -Wmissing-declarations  -Wmissing-noreturn
 -Wmissing-prototypes  -Wmultichar  -Wnested-externs  -Wno-import  
@@ -1698,12 +1698,6 @@ A @code{switch} statement has an operand of type @code{long}.
 @item
 A non-@code{static} function declaration follows a @code{static} one.
 This construct is not accepted by some traditional C compilers.
-
-@item
-The ANSI type of an integer constant has a different width or signedness
-from its traditional type.  This warning is only issued if the base of
-the constant is ten.  I.e. hexadecimal or octal values, which typically
-represent bit patterns, are not warned about.
 @end itemize
 
 @item -Wundef
@@ -1818,17 +1812,6 @@ the warning messages, use @samp{-Wno-long-long}.  Flags
 @samp{-Wlong-long} and @samp{-Wno-long-long} are taken into account
 only when @samp{-pedantic} flag is used.
 
-@item -Wframe-size-@var{n}
-Warn if a frame uses greater than @var{n} bytes.  This warning can be useful 
-when stack space is limited, as is typical in embedded environments.  This 
-warning, and also @samp{-Warglist-size-@var{n}}, can help locate functions
-who may contribute to a stack overrun.
-
-@item -Warglist-size-@var{n}
-Warn if function argument list uses greater than @var{n} bytes.  As with 
-@samp{-Wframe-size-@var{n}}, this warning can help locate functions who 
-may contribute to a stack overrun.
-
 @item -Werror
 Make all warnings into errors.
 @end table

contrib/gcc/jump.c

@@ -200,6 +200,8 @@ jump_optimize_1 (f, cross_jump, noop_moves, after_regscan, mark_labels_only)
   if (flag_exceptions && cross_jump)
     init_insn_eh_region (f, max_uid);
 
+  delete_barrier_successors (f);
+
   /* Leave some extra room for labels and duplicate exit test insns
      we make.  */
   max_jump_chain = max_uid * 14 / 10;
@@ -222,8 +224,6 @@ jump_optimize_1 (f, cross_jump, noop_moves, after_regscan, mark_labels_only)
   for (insn = exception_handler_labels; insn; insn = XEXP (insn, 1))
     LABEL_NUSES (XEXP (insn, 0))++;
 
-  delete_barrier_successors (f);
-
   /* Quit now if we just wanted to rebuild the JUMP_LABEL and REG_LABEL
      notes and recompute LABEL_NUSES.  */
   if (mark_labels_only)
@@ -2139,24 +2139,7 @@ delete_barrier_successors (f)
 	  insn = NEXT_INSN (insn);
 	  while (insn != 0 && GET_CODE (insn) != CODE_LABEL)
 	    {
-	      if (GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN)
-		{
-		  /* Detect when we're deleting a tablejump; get rid of
-		     the jump table as well.  */
-		  rtx next1 = next_nonnote_insn (insn);
-		  rtx next2 = next1 ? next_nonnote_insn (next1) : 0;
-		  if (next2 && GET_CODE (next1) == CODE_LABEL
-		      && GET_CODE (next2) == JUMP_INSN
-		      && (GET_CODE (PATTERN (next2)) == ADDR_VEC
-			  || GET_CODE (PATTERN (next2)) == ADDR_DIFF_VEC))
-		    {
-		      delete_insn (insn);
-		      insn = next2;
-		    }
-		  else
-		    insn = delete_insn (insn);
-		}
-	      else if (GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE
+	      if (GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE
 		  && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) != NOTE_INSN_FUNCTION_END)
 		insn = NEXT_INSN (insn);
 	      else

contrib/gcc/loop.c

@@ -1481,16 +1481,10 @@ combine_movables (movables, nregs)
 		      width as M1.  The check for integer is redundant, but
 		      safe, since the only case of differing destination
 		      modes with equal sources is when both sources are
-		      VOIDmode, i.e., CONST_INT.
-		    
-		      For 2.95, don't do this if the mode of M1 is Pmode.
-		      This prevents us from substituting SUBREGs for REGs
-		      in memory accesses; not all targets are prepared to
-		      handle this properly.  */
+		      VOIDmode, i.e., CONST_INT.  */
 		   (GET_MODE (m->set_dest) == GET_MODE (m1->set_dest)
 		    || (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (m->set_dest)) == MODE_INT
 			&& GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (m1->set_dest)) == MODE_INT
-			&& GET_MODE (m1->set_dest) != Pmode
 			&& (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (m->set_dest))
 			    >= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (m1->set_dest)))))
 		   /* See if the source of M1 says it matches M.  */

contrib/gcc/regmove.c

@@ -693,9 +693,6 @@ optimize_reg_copy_3 (insn, dest, src)
     }
   if (! (set = single_set (p))
       || GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set)) != MEM
-      /* If there's a REG_EQUIV note, this must be an insn that loads an
-	 argument.  Prefer keeping the note over doing this optimization.  */
-      || find_reg_note (p, REG_EQUIV, NULL_RTX)
       || SET_DEST (set) != src_reg)
     return;
 
@@ -740,12 +737,6 @@ optimize_reg_copy_3 (insn, dest, src)
       PUT_MODE (src_reg, old_mode);
       XEXP (src, 0) = src_reg;
     }
-  else
-    {
-      rtx note = find_reg_note (p, REG_EQUAL, NULL_RTX);
-      if (note)
-	remove_note (p, note);
-    }
 }
 
 

contrib/gcc/reload1.c

@@ -4278,6 +4278,9 @@ reload_as_needed (live_known)
 			    spill_reg_order);
 	    }
 
+	  if (num_eliminable && chain->need_elim)
+	    update_eliminable_offsets ();
+
 	  if (n_reloads > 0)
 	    {
 	      rtx next = NEXT_INSN (insn);
@@ -4324,10 +4327,6 @@ reload_as_needed (live_known)
 		      NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (p) = NOTE_INSN_DELETED;
 		    }
 	    }
-
-	  if (num_eliminable && chain->need_elim)
-	    update_eliminable_offsets ();
-
 	  /* Any previously reloaded spilled pseudo reg, stored in this insn,
 	     is no longer validly lying around to save a future reload.
 	     Note that this does not detect pseudos that were reloaded
@@ -8072,9 +8071,7 @@ delete_output_reload (insn, j, last_reload_reg)
     }
   n_occurrences = count_occurrences (PATTERN (insn), reg);
   if (substed)
-    n_occurrences += count_occurrences (PATTERN (insn),
-					eliminate_regs (substed, 0,
-							NULL_RTX));
+    n_occurrences += count_occurrences (PATTERN (insn), substed);
   if (n_occurrences > n_inherited)
     return;
 
@@ -9970,21 +9967,6 @@ reload_combine_note_use (xp, insn)
 	}
       break;
 
-    case USE:
-      /* If this is the USE of a return value, we can't change it.  */
-      if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == REG && REG_FUNCTION_VALUE_P (XEXP (x, 0)))
-	{
-	/* Mark the return register as used in an unknown fashion.  */
-	  rtx reg = XEXP (x, 0);
-	  int regno = REGNO (reg);
-	  int nregs = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, GET_MODE (reg));
-
-	  while (--nregs >= 0)
-	    reg_state[regno + nregs].use_index = -1;
-	  return;
-	}
-      break;
-
     case CLOBBER:
       if (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (x)) == REG)
 	return;
@@ -10001,23 +9983,12 @@ reload_combine_note_use (xp, insn)
       {
 	int regno = REGNO (x);
 	int use_index;
-	int nregs;
 
 	/* Some spurious USEs of pseudo registers might remain.
 	   Just ignore them.  */
 	if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
 	  return;
 
-	nregs = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, GET_MODE (x));
-
-	/* We can't substitute into multi-hard-reg uses.  */
-	if (nregs > 1)
-	  {
-	    while (--nregs >= 0)
-	      reg_state[regno + nregs].use_index = -1;
-	    return;
-	  }
-
 	/* If this register is already used in some unknown fashion, we
 	   can't do anything.
 	   If we decrement the index from zero to -1, we can't store more

contrib/gcc/rtl.h

@@ -888,12 +888,6 @@ extern char *note_insn_name[];
 /* For a NOTE_INSN_LIVE note, the original basic block number.  */
 #define RANGE_LIVE_ORIG_BLOCK(INSN) (XINT (INSN, 1))
 
-/* Nonzero if we need to distinguish between the return value of this function
-   and the return value of a function called by this function.  This helps
-   integrate.c.
-   This is 1 until after the rtl generation pass.  */
-extern int rtx_equal_function_value_matters;
-
 /* Generally useful functions.  */
 
 /* The following functions accept a wide integer argument.  Rather than

contrib/gcc/tm.texi

@@ -3464,13 +3464,6 @@ figure them out, compile a small program for profiling using the
 system's installed C compiler and look at the assembler code that
 results.
 
-@findex NO_PROFILE_COUNTERS
-@item NO_PROFILE_COUNTERS
-Define this macro if the @code{mcount} subroutine on your system does
-not need a counter variable allocated for each function.  This is true
-for almost all modern implementations.  If you define this macro, you
-must not use the @var{labelno} argument to @code{FUNCTION_PROFILER}.
-
 @findex PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE
 @item PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE
 Define this macro if the code for function profiling should come before

contrib/gcc/toplev.c

@@ -139,6 +139,8 @@ You Lose!  You must define PREFERRED_DEBUGGING_TYPE!
 #define DIR_SEPARATOR '/'
 #endif
 
+extern int rtx_equal_function_value_matters;
+
 #if ! (defined (VMS) || defined (OS2))
 extern char **environ;
 #endif
@@ -1073,10 +1075,6 @@ documented_lang_options[] =
   { "-Wlong-long","" },
   { "-Wno-long-long", "Do not warn about using 'long long' when -pedantic" },
   { "-Wmain", "Warn about suspicious declarations of main" },
-  { "-Wframe-size-<N>", 
-      "Warn if frame uses greater than <N> bytes." },
-  { "-Wlarglist-size-<N>", 
-      "Warn if function argument list uses greater than <N> bytes." },
   { "-Wno-main", "" },
   { "-Wmissing-braces",
     "Warn about possibly missing braces around initialisers" },
@@ -1231,18 +1229,6 @@ int warn_return_type;
 
 int warn_cast_align;
 
-/* Nonzero means warn if a frame is larger that N bytes.  The value 
-   of N is warn_frame_size. */
-
-int warn_frame_size_flag = 0;
-int warn_frame_size;
-
-/* Nonzero means warn if a function call pushes more than N bytes 
-   onto the stack.  The value of N is warn_arglist_size. */
-
-int warn_arglist_size_flag = 0;
-int warn_arglist_size;
-
 /* Nonzero means warn about any identifiers that match in the first N
    characters.  The value N is in `id_clash_len'.  */
 
@@ -4396,11 +4382,6 @@ rest_of_compilation (decl)
     }
 #endif
 
- if (warn_frame_size_flag)
-   if (get_frame_size () > warn_frame_size)
-     warning ("%d byte frame exceeds user specified limit (%d bytes)",
- 	       get_frame_size (), warn_frame_size);
-
   /* Now turn the rtl into assembler code.  */
 
   TIMEVAR (final_time,
@@ -4872,22 +4853,17 @@ main (argc, argv)
 	      if (optimize_val != -1)
 		{
 		  optimize = optimize_val;
-#ifdef FORCE_OPTIMIZATION_DOWNGRADE
-#warning FORCE_OPTIMIZATION_DOWNGRADE
-		  if (optimize > FORCE_OPTIMIZATION_DOWNGRADE)
-		    {
-		      optimize = FORCE_OPTIMIZATION_DOWNGRADE;
-		      warning ("\n***\n***\t-O%d converted to \"-O%d\" due to optimizer bugs on this platform\n***",
-			      optimize_val,
-			      FORCE_OPTIMIZATION_DOWNGRADE);
-
-		    }
-#endif /*FORCE_OPTIMIZATION_DOWNGRADE*/
-#if defined(__alpha__)
+#ifdef __alpha__
 		  if (optimize > 1)
 		    {
+		      #ifdef FORCE_OPTIMIZATION_DOWNGRADE
+		      optimize = 1;
+		      warning ("\n***\n***\t-O%d converted to \"-O1\" due to optimizer bugs on this platform\n***",
+			      optimize_val);
+		      #else
 		      warning ("\n***\n***\tThe -O%d flag TRIGGERS KNOWN OPTIMIZER BUGS ON THIS PLATFORM\n***",
 			      optimize_val);
+		      #endif
 		    }
 #endif /*__alpha__*/
 		  optimize_size = 0;

contrib/gcc/varasm.c

@@ -3494,9 +3494,18 @@ force_const_mem (mode, x)
 
 	  pop_obstacks ();
 	}
-
       if (GET_CODE (x) == LABEL_REF)
-	LABEL_PRESERVE_P (XEXP (x, 0)) = 1;
+	{
+	  extern rtx forced_labels;
+
+	  push_obstacks_nochange ();
+	  rtl_in_saveable_obstack ();
+
+	  forced_labels = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode,
+					     XEXP (x, 0),
+					     forced_labels);
+	  pop_obstacks ();
+	}
 
       /* Allocate a pool constant descriptor, fill it in, and chain it in.  */
 

contrib/gcc/version.c

@@ -1,3 +1 @@
-/* $FreeBSD$ */
-
-char *version_string = "2.95.4 20020320 [FreeBSD]";
+char *version_string = "2.95.3 20010315 (release) [FreeBSD]";

contrib/groff/tmac/doc-common

@@ -419,7 +419,6 @@
 .ds doc-operating-system-FreeBSD-4.3     4.3
 .ds doc-operating-system-FreeBSD-4.4     4.4
 .ds doc-operating-system-FreeBSD-4.5     4.5
-.ds doc-operating-system-FreeBSD-4.6     4.6
 .ds doc-operating-system-FreeBSD-5.0     5.0
 .
 .de Os

contrib/groff/tmac/groff_mdoc.man

@@ -45,8 +45,6 @@
 .\" times and is guaranteed to give a worst case performance
 .\" for an already extremely slow package.
 .\"
-.\" $FreeBSD$
-.\"
 .
 .Dd July 20, 2001
 .Os
@@ -837,7 +835,7 @@ the release ID.
 .It FreeBSD
 1.0, 1.1, 1.1.5, 1.1.5.1, 2.0, 2.0.5, 2.1, 2.1.5, 2.1.6, 2.1.7, 2.2, 2.2.1,
 2.2.2, 2.2.5, 2.2.6, 2.2.7, 2.2.8, 3.0, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 4.0, 4.1,
-4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 5.0
+4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 5.0
 .El
 .Ed
 .Pp

contrib/ipfilter/test/dotest6

@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh
-if [ -f /usr/ucb/touch ] ; then
-	TOUCH=/usr/ucb/touch
-else
-	if [ -f /usr/bin/touch ] ; then
-		TOUCH=/usr/bin/touch
-	else
-		if [ -f /bin/touch ] ; then
-			TOUCH=/bin/touch
-		fi
-	fi
-fi
-echo "$1...";
-/bin/cp /dev/null results/$1
-../ipftest -6 -r /dev/null -i /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1
-if [ $? -ne 0 ] ; then
-	echo "skipping IPv6 tests"
-	$TOUCH $1
-	exit 0
-fi
-( while read rule; do
-	echo "$rule" | ../ipftest -6Hbr - -i input/$1 >> results/$1;
-	if [ $? -ne 0 ] ; then
-		exit 1;
-	fi
-	echo "--------" >> results/$1
-done ) < regress/$1
-cmp expected/$1 results/$1
-status=$?
-if [ $status = 0 ] ; then
-	$TOUCH $1
-fi
-exit $status

contrib/ipfilter/test/expected/i12

@@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
-block in on eri0(!) from any to any head 1
-pass in on eri0(!) proto icmp from any to any group 1
-pass out on ed0(!) from any to any head 1000000
-block out on ed0(!) proto udp from any to any group 1000000